Electrical Work Tenders

Details: Description Republic Of The Philippines Department Of Public Works And Highways Davao Oriental 1st District Engineering Office Lucod, Baganga, Davao Oriental Invitation To Bid (itb No. 2025-036) For Construction (completion) Of Multi-purpose Building (barangay Hall), Barangay Taytayan, Cateel, Davao Oriental 1. The Department Of Public Works And Highway Davao Oriental 1st District Engineering Office, Through The Fy 2025 Regular Infra Program Intends To Apply The Sum Of Php3,960,000.00 Being The Approved Budget For The Contract (abc) To Payments Under The Contract For 25lf0128 – Construction (completion) Of Multi-purpose Building (barangay Hall), Barangay Taytayan, Cateel, Davao Oriental Bids Received In Excess Of The Abc Shall Be Automatically Rejected At Bid Opening. 2. The Department Of Public Works And Highways Davao Oriental 1st District Engineering Office, Thru Its Bids And Awards Committee (bac), Invites Bids For The Hereunder Works: Contract Id : 25lf0128 Contract Name : Construction (completion) Of Multi-purpose Building (barangay Hall), Barangay Taytayan, Cateel, Davao Oriental Location : Cateel, Davao Oriental Scope Of Works : • Completion Of Barangay Hall (civil, Mechanical, Electrical And Sanitary /plumbing Works) Approved Budget For The Contract (abc) : Php3,960,000.00 Contract Duration : 120 Calendar Days Bidders Should Have Completed A Contract Similar To The Project. The Description Of An Eligible Bidder Is Contained In The Bidding Documents, Particularly, In Section Ii (instruction To Bidders). 3. Prospective Bidders Should Be (1) Registered With And Classified By The Philippine Contractors Accreditation Board (pcab) With Pcab License Category Of Small B For Building. Contractors/applicants Who Wish To Participate In This Bidding Are Encouraged To Enroll In The Dpwh Civil Works Application (cwa) At The Dpwh Procurement Service (prs), 5th Floor, Dpwh Bldg., Bonifacio Drive, Port Area, Manila, While Those Already Enrolled Shall Keep Their Records Current And Updated. The Contractor’s Eligibility To Bid On The Project Will Be Determined Using The Dpwh Contractor Profile Eligibility Process (cpep) And Subject To Further Post-qualification. Information On Registration Can Be Obtained From The Prs During Working Weekdays From 7:00 Am To 4:00pm Or At The Dpwh Website Www.dpwh.gov.ph. 4. Bidding Will Be Conducted Through Open Competitive Bidding Procedures Using Non-discretionary Pass/fail Criterion As Specified In The 2016 Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations (irr) Of Republic Act 9184 (ra 9184). 5. Interested Bidders May Obtain Further Information From The Department Of Public Works And Highway Davao Oriental 1st District Engineering Office And Inspect The Bidding Documents At Procurement Office, 2nd Floor, Dpwh Building, Lucod, Baganga, Davao Oriental During Weekdays From 8:00 Am To 5:00pm. 6. A Complete Set Of Bidding Documents May Be Acquired By Interested Bidders On January 17, 2025 To February 06, 2025 Until 10:00 A.m. From Given Address Below And Upon Payment Of The Applicable Fee For The Bidding Documents, Pursuant To The Latest Guidelines Issued By The Gppb, In The Amount Of Php5,000.00. 7. The Bidding Documents May Also Be Downloaded Free Of Charge From The Website Of The Philippine Government Electronic Procurement System (philgeps), And The Website Of The Procuring Entity, Provided That Bidders Shall Pay The Applicable Fee For The Bidding Documents Not Later Than The Submission Of Their Bids. 8. The Department Of Public Works And Highways Davao Oriental 1st District Engineering Office Will Hold A Pre-bid Conference On January 24, 2025 At 10:00 A.m. At The Conference Room, 2nd Floor, Dpwh Building, Lucod, Baganga, Davao Oriental And/or Through Videoconferencing/webcasting Via Zoom, Which Shall Be Open To Prospective Bidders. Live Streaming Of Pre-bid Conference And Opening Of Bids Of The Said Procurement Can Be Viewed/watched Live Thru Official Facebook Page: Dpwh Davao Oriental 1st Deo - Bac (https://www.facebook.com/dpwh-davao-oriental-1st-deo-bac-109051221022684/) And Via Zoom Application With Meeting Id: 4206160051 Password:dpwhbga On The Dates Above. 9. Bid Submission Maybe Done Manually Or Electronically/online. However, Bidders Should Only Select One Mode Of Submission, Either Manual Or Electronic. Similar To Manual Submission, The Guidelines For The Preparation And Submission Of An Electronic Bid Are Contained In Bds Itb Clause 17. Bid Proposals May Be Submitted Through An Authorized Representative Together With A Company Id And Any Government Issued Id And The Original Authorization Letter (i.e. Special Power Of Attorney For Sole Proprietorship; Or Board/partnership/joint Venture Resolution With Secretary’s Certificate For Corporation/partnership/joint Venture/cooperative) With Attached Confirmation From The Owner/amo Of The Firm Through Their Registered Email Address In Civil Works Application (cwa) And Contact Number For The Authenticity And Veracity Of Said Authorization Letter. 10. Bids Must Be Duly Received By The Bac Secretariat At The Address Below For Manual Submission Or At Electronicbids_davaooriental1@dpwh.gov.ph For Electronic Submission On Or Before February 6, 2025 At 10:00 A.m. Late Bids Shall Not Be Accepted. 11. All Bids Must Be Accompanied By A Bid Security In Any Of The Acceptable Forms And In The Amount Stated In Itb Clause 15. 12. Bid Opening Shall Be On February 6, 2025, Immediately After The Deadline For The Submission Of Bid, At The Conference Room, 2nd Floor, Dpwh Building, Lucod, Baganga, Davao Oriental And/or Through Zoom. Bids Will Be Opened In The Presence Of The Bidders’ Representatives Who Choose To Attend At The Address Below. 13. The Department Of Public Works And Highway Davao Oriental 1st District Engineering Office Reserves The Right To Reject Any And All Bids, Declare A Failure Of Bidding, Or Not Award The Contract At Any Time Prior To Contract Award In Accordance With Section 41 Of The 2016 Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations (irr) Of Ra 9184, Without Thereby Incurring Any Liability To The Affected Bidder Or Bidders. For Further Information, Please Refer To: Odessa T. Manligoy Head, Bac Secretariat Dpwh Davao Oriental First District Engineering Office Lucod, Baganga, Davao Oriental Tel. No. (087) 306-2988 Do1bac@yahoo.com (sgd.)wilfredo L. Metucua Engineer Iii/chief, Const.. Section Bac, Chairperson Davao Oriental First District Engineering Office Lucod, Baganga, Davao Oriental Tel. No. (087) 306-2988 Do1bac@yahoo.com Date Of Posting: January 17, 2025 To January 23, 2025 Dpwh & Philgeps Websites Bulletin Board, Dpwh Davao Oriental 1st Deo Compound

Details: Description Republic Of The Philippines Department Of Public Works And Highways Davao Oriental 1st District Engineering Office Lucod, Baganga, Davao Oriental Invitation To Bid (itb No. 2024-175) For Construction Of Multi-purpose Building (gymnasium Covered Court), Barangay Central, Tarragona, Davao Oriental 1. The Department Of Public Works And Highway Davao Oriental 1st District Engineering Office, Through The Fy 2025 Regular Infra Program Intends To Apply The Sum Of Php13,860,000.00 Being The Approved Budget For The Contract (abc) To Payments Under The Contract For 25lf0086 – Construction Of Multi-purpose Building (gymnasium Covered Court), Barangay Central, Tarragona, Davao Oriental Bids Received In Excess Of The Abc Shall Be Automatically Rejected At Bid Opening. 2. The Department Of Public Works And Highways Davao Oriental 1st District Engineering Office, Thru Its Bids And Awards Committee (bac), Invites Bids For The Hereunder Works: Contract Id : 25lf0086 Contract Name : Construction Of Multi-purpose Building (gymnasium Covered Court), Barangay Central, Tarragona, Davao Oriental Location : Tarragona, Davao Oriental Scope Of Works : • Construction Of Gymnasium Covered Court W/ Stage And Bleachers (civil, Mechanical, Electrical And Sanitary/plumbing Works Approved Budget For The Contract (abc) : Php13,860,000.00 Contract Duration : 180 Calendar Days Bidders Should Have Completed A Contract Similar To The Project. The Description Of An Eligible Bidder Is Contained In The Bidding Documents, Particularly, In Section Ii (instruction To Bidders). 3. Prospective Bidders Should Be (1) Registered With And Classified By The Philippine Contractors Accreditation Board (pcab) With Pcab License Category Of Small B For Building. Contractors/applicants Who Wish To Participate In This Bidding Are Encouraged To Enroll In The Dpwh Civil Works Application (cwa) At The Dpwh Procurement Service (prs), 5th Floor, Dpwh Bldg., Bonifacio Drive, Port Area, Manila, While Those Already Enrolled Shall Keep Their Records Current And Updated. The Contractor’s Eligibility To Bid On The Project Will Be Determined Using The Dpwh Contractor Profile Eligibility Process (cpep) And Subject To Further Post-qualification. Information On Registration Can Be Obtained From The Prs During Working Weekdays From 7:00 Am To 4:00pm Or At The Dpwh Website Www.dpwh.gov.ph. 4. Bidding Will Be Conducted Through Open Competitive Bidding Procedures Using Non-discretionary Pass/fail Criterion As Specified In The 2016 Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations (irr) Of Republic Act 9184 (ra 9184). 5. Interested Bidders May Obtain Further Information From The Department Of Public Works And Highway Davao Oriental 1st District Engineering Office And Inspect The Bidding Documents At Procurement Office, 2nd Floor, Dpwh Building, Lucod, Baganga, Davao Oriental During Weekdays From 8:00 Am To 5:00pm. 6. A Complete Set Of Bidding Documents May Be Acquired By Interested Bidders On December 20, 2024 To January 16, 2025 Until 10:00 A.m. From Given Address Below And Upon Payment Of The Applicable Fee For The Bidding Documents, Pursuant To The Latest Guidelines Issued By The Gppb, In The Amount Of Php25,000.00. 7. The Bidding Documents May Also Be Downloaded Free Of Charge From The Website Of The Philippine Government Electronic Procurement System (philgeps), And The Website Of The Procuring Entity, Provided That Bidders Shall Pay The Applicable Fee For The Bidding Documents Not Later Than The Submission Of Their Bids. 8. The Department Of Public Works And Highways Davao Oriental 1st District Engineering Office Will Hold A Pre-bid Conference On December 27, 2024 At 10:00 A.m. At The Conference Room, 2nd Floor, Dpwh Building, Lucod, Baganga, Davao Oriental And/or Through Videoconferencing/webcasting Via Zoom, Which Shall Be Open To Prospective Bidders. Live Streaming Of Pre-bid Conference And Opening Of Bids Of The Said Procurement Can Be Viewed/watched Live Thru Official Facebook Page: Dpwh Davao Oriental 1st Deo - Bac (https://www.facebook.com/dpwh-davao-oriental-1st-deo-bac-109051221022684/) And Via Zoom Application With Meeting Id: 4206160051 Password:dpwhbga On The Dates Above. 9. Bid Submission Maybe Done Manually Or Electronically/online. However, Bidders Should Only Select One Mode Of Submission, Either Manual Or Electronic. Similar To Manual Submission, The Guidelines For The Preparation And Submission Of An Electronic Bid Are Contained In Bds Itb Clause 17. Bid Proposals May Be Submitted Through An Authorized Representative Together With A Company Id And Any Government Issued Id And The Original Authorization Letter (i.e. Special Power Of Attorney For Sole Proprietorship; Or Board/partnership/joint Venture Resolution With Secretary’s Certificate For Corporation/partnership/joint Venture/cooperative) With Attached Confirmation From The Owner/amo Of The Firm Through Their Registered Email Address In Civil Works Application (cwa) And Contact Number For The Authenticity And Veracity Of Said Authorization Letter. 10. Bids Must Be Duly Received By The Bac Secretariat At The Address Below For Manual Submission Or At Electronicbids_davaooriental1@dpwh.gov.ph For Electronic Submission On Or Before January 16, 2025 At 10:00 A.m. Late Bids Shall Not Be Accepted. 11. All Bids Must Be Accompanied By A Bid Security In Any Of The Acceptable Forms And In The Amount Stated In Itb Clause 15. 12. Bid Opening Shall Be On January 16, 2025, Immediately After The Deadline For The Submission Of Bid, At The Conference Room, 2nd Floor, Dpwh Building, Lucod, Baganga, Davao Oriental And/or Through Zoom. Bids Will Be Opened In The Presence Of The Bidders’ Representatives Who Choose To Attend At The Address Below. 13. The Department Of Public Works And Highway Davao Oriental 1st District Engineering Office Reserves The Right To Reject Any And All Bids, Declare A Failure Of Bidding, Or Not Award The Contract At Any Time Prior To Contract Award In Accordance With Section 41 Of The 2016 Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations (irr) Of Ra 9184, Without Thereby Incurring Any Liability To The Affected Bidder Or Bidders. For Further Information, Please Refer To: Odessa T. Manligoy Head, Bac Secretariat Dpwh Davao Oriental First District Engineering Office Lucod, Baganga, Davao Oriental Tel. No. (087) 306-2988 Do1bac@yahoo.com (sgd)wilfredo L. Metucua Engineer Iii/chief, Maint. Section Bac, Chairperson Davao Oriental First District Engineering Office Lucod, Baganga, Davao Oriental Tel. No. (087) 306-2988 Do1bac@yahoo.com Date Of Posting: December 20, 2024 To December 26, 2024 Dpwh & Philgeps Websites Bulletin Board, Dpwh Davao Oriental 1st Deo Compound

Details: (i) This Is A Combined Synopsis/solicitation For Commercial Services Prepared In Accordance With The Format In Federal Acquisition Regulation (far) Subpart 12.6, Streamlined Procedures For Evaluation And Solicitation For Commercial Items, As Supplemented With Additional Information Included In This Notice. This Announcement Constitutes The Only Solicitation; Quotes Are Being Requested, And A Written Solicitation Document Will Not Be Issued. (ii) This Solicitation Is Issued As A Request For Quotations (rfq) # 36c24925q0099. (iii) The Solicitation Document And Incorporated Provisions And Clauses Are Those In Effect Through Federal Acquisition Circular (fac) 2025-01 Effective Date 11/12/2024 Acq Policy Flash Thru 24-08 And 52.212-5 Facs 2025-01 Effective 11-12-2024. (iv) This Procurement Is A 100% Service Disabled Veteran Owned Small Business Set-aside. The Associated North American Industrial Classification System (naics) Code For This Requirement Is Naics Code 238290 Other Building Equipment Contractors ($22 Million) Sba Size Standard. Business Size Status Shall Be Listed And Verified With The Us Small Business Administration's "veteran Small Business Certification (vetcert)" At Https://veterans.certify.sba.gov , At The Time Of Quote Submission And Award. (v) This Is A Service Contract To Provide The Removal Of An Existing, Obsolete Dumbwaiter And Its Associated Components And Furnish And Install An Upgraded Dumbwaiter To Be Used By The Alvin C. York Va Lab. Below Is A Template For Pricing. Contractors May Provide Their Own Pricing Document, But It Must Be Broken Down To Allow For Price Reasonableness Determination. (vi) The Following Solicitation Provisions Apply To This Acquisition: 1. Far 52.212-1, Instructions To Quoters Commercial Items (addendum Attached) 2. Far 52.212-2, Evaluation-simplified Acquisition Procedures 3. Far 52.212-3, Offerors Representations And Certifications Commercial Items (www.sam.gov Registration Is Required To Be Complete At Time Of Submission Of Response) (vii) The Following Clauses Are Applicable To This Acquisition: 1. Far 52.212-4, Contract Terms And Conditions-commercial Products And Commercial Services And Any Addenda To The Clause. 2. Far 52.212-5, Contract Terms And Conditions Required To Implement Statutes Or Executive Orders-commercial Products And Commercial Services And Regarding Which, If Any, Of The Additional Far Clauses Cited In The Clause Are Applicable To This Acquisition. 3. 52.219-27ânotice Of Set-aside For, Or Sole-source Award To, Service-disabled Veteran-owned Small Business (sdvosb) Concerns Eligible Under The Sdvosb Program. 4. 852.219-73âva Notice Of Total Set-aside For Verified Service-disabled Veteran-owned Small Businesses. 5. 852.219-75âva Notice Of Limitations On Subcontracting - Certificate Of Compliance For Services And Construction. (viii) Quotes Are Due January 6, 2025 By 12:00 Pm Ct. Quotes Shall Be Submitted Via Email To: Rebecca.espinoza@va.gov . Quotes Received After This Date And Time Will Be Considered Late In Accordance With Far Provision 52.212-1 And Will Not Be Evaluated Unless The Contracting Officer Determines The Late Quote Will Be Accepted Iaw Far 52.212-1(f)(2)(i)(a-c). Instructions Are Listed On Pages 7-10. Quoters Shall Review The Below Statement Of Work (sow) And Provide Pricing Using The Following Price/cost Schedule. Price/cost Schedule Item Information Item Number Description Of Supplies/services Quantity Unit Unit Price Amount 0001 1.00 Each $0.000000 $0.00 Dumbwaiter (specifications In Sow) Contract Period: Base Pop Begin: 01-11-2025 Pop End: 06-11-2025 Principal Naics Code: 238290 Other Building Equipment Contractors Product/service Code: J036 Maintenance/repair/rebuild Of Equipment-special Industry Machinery 0002 1.0 Job $0.000000 $0.00 Labor To Install Dumbwaiter Contract Period: Base Pop Begin: 01-11-2025 Pop End: 06-11-2025 Principal Naics Code: 238290 Other Building Equipment Contractors Product/service Code: J036 Maintenance/repair/rebuild Of Equipment-special Industry Machinery Statement Of Work (sow) Building 117 Lab Dumbwaiter Replacement Alvin C. York Vamc Part I - General Introduction This Requirement Is For The Contractor To Supply The Labor, Materials, Tools And Supervisions To Remove Existing/obsolete Dumbwaiter And Its Associated Components And Furnish/install A Upgrade Dumbwaiter According The Specifications Listed Below For The Building 117 Dumbwaiter. Located At Alvin C York Veterans Affairs Med Ct Tennessee Valley Healthcare System (tvhs), Alvin C. York Campus, 3400 Lebanon Pike, Murfreesboro, Tennessee, 37129. Background The Ee#54206 Matot Relay Logic Serial #17269 Mfg 6/1/1986 Dumbwaiter For The Blood Lab At Building 117 Is Over 38 Years Old And Is Beginning To Fail And Has Been Deemed Obsolete And An Upgrade Is Required. Scope Of Work The Contractor Is To Provide All Parts, Materials, Labor, Transportation, Tools, And Supervision Necessary To Remove Existing Dumbwaiter/components And Replace/upgrade The Dumbwaiter For The Blood Lab In Building 117 Of The Tvhs, Alvin C. York Va Medical Center, 3400 Lebanon Pike, Murfreesboro Tennessee, 37129 The Dumbwaiter Specifications With This Upgrade Should Include A Capacity 300lbs, Speed 24 Fpm, Chain Drive Gear Motor, Electro-mechanical Interlocks Door Locks, Automatic Operation Manual Doors, Misc. Hardware (as Needed), Plc, Relay, Plug-n-play Field Wiring. The Electrical Requirements For The Dumb Waiter Shall Be 120v, 60hz, 20 Amp Circuit. For Jurisdictions Requiring Hardwiring, The Controller Must Be Hardwired Into Appropriate Disconnecting Means. This Tasking Shall Be Completed To The Manufacturers Recommendations And Perform All Testing To Ensure Operational In Compliance With: Asme A17.1 Safety Code For Elevators And Escalators, Latest Edition â· Asme A17.2 Inspectors Manual For Elevators And Escalators, Latest Edition â· Asme A17.3 Safety Code For Existing Elevators And Escalators, Latest Edition â· Ansi/npa 70 National Electric Code, Latest Edition â· Manufacturer S Requirements And Specifications On Inspection, Maintenance And According To Equipment Manufactures. D. Scheduling Onsite Work Performed For This Statement Of Work Will Be Performed Monday Through Friday During Normal Working Hours Of 7:30 Am To 3:30pm. Any Outages Required For The Safe Repair Of The Equipment Shall Be Scheduled With The Contracting Officers Representative (cor) And/or The Electrical Supervisor 3 Working Days In Advance Of The Repair And Will Be Scheduled During Normal Working Hours. No Contractor Overtime Hours Will Be Required To Accomplish This Repair Work. E. Warranty All Contract Work Shall Be Warranted Against Defects In Material, Equipment And Workmanship For A Period Of One (1) Year From Date Of Acceptance Unless Otherwise Noted. Part Ii Requirements A. General Requirements Contractor Shall Coordinate All Work Through The Va Cor. The Contractor Shall Identify Which Employees Will Be Working Under The Awarded Contract. Contractor Personnel Shall Include Employees, Sub-contractors, Subcontractor Employees, Suppliers And Delivery Personnel Entering The Medical Center.â This Does Not Apply To Suppliers And Delivery Personnel Making Deliveries To The Va Warehouse Dock Only.â Those Employees Shall Bring Photo Id To Obtain A Va Contractor Identification Badge That Shall Be Worn Above The Belt At All Times While On Medical Center Property.â Contractor's Employees Shall Return All I.d. Badges To Designated Personnel At Time Designated In The Task Order. The Safety Manager Is Responsible For Safety Inspections Of All Contract Operations.â The Safety Manager Will Be Identified To The Contractor. All Va And Osha Safety Regulations Shall Be Observed During All Work Of This Contract. The Contractor Shall Not Allow Smoking In Any Building.â The Contractor Shall Ensure Employees Smoke Only In Designated Outdoor Areas. A. General Requirements The Contractor Shall Not Park On Grassy Areas Unless Approved By The Cor And The Contractor Agrees To Restore Areas Back To Va Standards.â Drivers Should Be Particularly Concerned With Pedestrian Traffic.â Yield To Pedestrians In Crosswalks.â Posted Speed Limits And All Other Traffic Controls Are To Be Observed By Operators At All Times.â Seat Belt Use Is Mandatory On The Va Grounds. There Are No Reserved Parking Spots For Contractors At This Va Hospital. Contractor May Park At The Overflow Parking Lot At The Ball Field. Parking Areas For Service Vehicles (loading Dock Behind Building 2) Are Not Designated For Contractors. They May Park Only Long Enough On Site, To Load And Unload Supplies. B. Completion Assure All Material Are Removed From The Va Site And Disposed Of In Accordance With The Appropriate Codes And Standards. All Debris, Dust, Work Materials, Trash And Equipment Shall Be Cleared And Cleaned From The Work Area And Walkways. Request The Final Inspection From Cor. The Contractor Awarded This Contract Must Provide Proof To The Contracting Officer Of At Least 5 Years Of Experience In Repair Actions, Testing, Maintenance And Installation In Accordance With: Asme A17.1 Safety Code For Elevators And Escalators, Latest Edition Asme A17.2 Inspectors Manual For Elevators And Escalators, Latest Edition Asme A17.3 Safety Code For Existing Elevators And Escalators, Latest Edition Ansi/npa 70 National Electric Code, Latest Edition Manufacturer S Requirements And Specifications On Inspection, Maintenance And According To Equipment Manufactures. Addendum To Far 52.212-1 Instructions To Offerors - Commercial Items Provisions That Are Incorporated By Reference (by Citation Number, Title, And Date), Have The Same Force And Effect As If They Were Given In Full Text. Upon Request, The Contracting Officer Will Make Their Full Text Available. The Version Of Far 52.212-1 In The Addendum Is Tailored For Simplified Acquisition Procedures And Supersedes The Current Version Of Far 52.212-1 Contained In The Far. The Full Text Of Far Provisions Or Clauses May Be Accessed Electronically At Https://www.acquisition.gov/browse/index/far Instructions To Quoters Submitting Your Quote: Submit Your Company S Quote By Email The Address Specified On Page 1 Of This Request For Quotes (rfq) Utilizing Either Pdf Or Microsoft Word File Formats (8 Megabyte File Size Limitation) And With Subject Rfq 36c24925q0099 Response . Vendors Shall Submit Only One Quote. If A Concern Submits More Than One Quote All Quotes May Be Rejected From That Concern. Quotes Received That Do Not Contain All Of The Following Information Being Requested May Be Considered Unacceptable. Submission Deadline: Your Quote Must Be Received At The Email Address Specified By The Deadline Specified On Page 1. We Will Not Consider Any Quote That We Receive After The Deadline Unless We Receive It Before We Issue An Award And Considering It Will Not Delay The Award. In Case Of An Emergency That Delays Our Operations And Makes Submission Or Receipt Of Your Quote Impossible, We Will Extend The Deadline By One Working Day. All Interested Parties Are Hereby Advised That The Government Shall Not Be Responsible For Late Submissions, Wi-fi/server Interruptions Related To The Submission Of A Quote. It Shall Be The Responsibility Of Each Quoter To Confirm Receipt Of Quote With The Contracting Officer At The Time Of Submission Or Prior To The Close Of The Solicitation. Terms And Content Of Your Quote: Quotes Must Be Based On The Terms Of This Rfq. We May Reject Any Quote That Is Not Based On These Terms In Every Respect. Your Quote Must Contain All Of The Information Described Below. Information To Be Submitted: The Following Information Is Required On Your Quote: 1. Rfq Number: 36c24925q0099 2. Contractor ________________________________________ (contractor S Name) 3. Address ________________________________________(street-city-state-zip) 4. Point Of Contact ________________________________________ (name/title/phone/email) 5. Sam Uei Number ________________________________________ 6. All Quotes Shall Include A Statement Regarding The Terms And Conditions Herein As Follows: "the Terms And Conditions In The Rfq Are Acceptable To Be Included In The Award Document Without Modification, Deletion, Or Addition." Or "the Terms And Conditions In The Rfq Are Acceptable To Be Included In The Award Document With The Exception, Deletion, Or Addition Of The Following:" 7. Provide A Statement That Your Company S Offeror Representations And Certifications Are Complete In Sam.gov. 8. Acknowledgment Of Amendments: The Quoter Acknowledges Receipt Of Amendments To The Synopsis Solicitation Numbered And Dated As Follows: Amendment No Date Add Rows As Needed. The Above Amendment Section Must Be Filled-out In The Event That An Amendment(s) Is Sent To The Quoter Or Posted To Www.sam.gov And Must Be Returned With The Rfq Package. Failure To Acknowledge Amendment(s) May Constitute The Rejection Of The Quote. Award Will Be Made To The Quote Determined To Be The Lowest Price Technically Acceptable; All Eligible Quoters May Submit Quotes. All Quoters Must Be Registered In System For Award Management (sam) At Https://www.sam.gov At Time Quotes Are Due To Be Considered For An Award Of A Federal Contract. Registration Must Be Complete And Not Missing Any Elements Such As Representations And Certifications. To Be Eligible For This Sdvosb Total Set-aside Your Company S Registrations Shall Include The Appropriate Naics Code. The Network Contracting Office 9 Intends To Award A Firm Fixed Price Contract For Dumbwaiter Replacement For Alvin C. York Vamc. The Base Period Of Performance (pop) Is 01/11/2025 Through 06/11/2025. All Questions Regarding This Rfq Must Be In Writing And May Be Sent By E Mail To Rebecca.espinoza@va.gov. Vendor Questions: Questions Must Be Received No Later Than 01/02/2025 @ 4:00pm Ct. No Further Questions Will Be Accepted After That Date And Time. Answers To Vendor Questions: Answers To Vendor Questions Will Be Addressed In An Amendment To Contracting Opportunities No Later Than 01/03/2025 4:30pm Ct. You Are Reminded That Representatives From Your Company Shall Not Contact Any Va Medical Center Personnel To Discuss This Rfq During This Rfq Process. All Questions And Concerns Regarding This Rfq Shall Be Directed To The Contracting Officer By Email. To Be Considered For This Award The Contractor Must Provide The Following: Technical Contractor To Provide A Detailed Quote To Achieve The Government S Objectives Identified Within The Statement Of Work. Past Performance Vendors Submitting A Quote Shall Be Regularly Established In The Business Of Providing The Services Identified In The Statement Of Work And Who Have Experience With Commercial Contracts Of Similar Demand Or Greater, With Conditions And Scope As Required For This Contract. Vendors Submitting A Quote Shall Provide Three (3) Identified References When Submitting Their Quote. Emphasis Will Be On Recent And Relevant Past Performance. Recent Is Defined As Work Performed Within The Last 3 (three) Years. Relevant Is Defines As Work Similar In Scope Of The Work Described In The Statement Of Work. Contract: Start Date Of Contract: End Date Of Contract: Reference S Name And Phone Number: Type Of Work Performed & Product Used: Price Offerors Are Requested To Complete And Return Price/cost Schedule Located On Pages 7 Through 12 Of This Rfq. Evaluation The Government Will Award A Contract Resulting From This Solicitation To The Quoter Who Has The Lowest Price Technically Acceptable (lpta). The Following Factors Shall Be Used To Evaluate Quotes: Price Technical Past Performance Before Making Award, The Contracting Officer Will Determine Whether The Proposed Price Is Fair And Reasonable In Accordance With Far 13.106-3. Options. The Government Will Evaluate Quotes For Award Purposes By Adding The Total Price For All Options To The Total Price For The Basic Requirement. The Government May Determine That A Quote Is Unacceptable If The Option Prices Are Significantly Unbalanced. Evaluation Of Options Shall Not Obligate The Government To Exercise The Option(s). A Written Notice Of Award Or Acceptance Of A Quote, Mailed Or Otherwise Furnished To The Successful Quote Within The Time For Acceptance Specified In The Quote, Shall Result In A Binding Contract Without Further Action By Either Party. Before The Quote S Specified Expiration Time, The Government May Accept A Quote (or Part Of A Quote), Whether Or Not There Are Negotiations After Its Receipt, Unless A Written Notice Of Withdrawal Is Received Before Award. Point Of Contact: Rebecca Espinoza Rebecca.espinoza@va.gov

Details: Description Philippine Bidding Documents Completion Of Concrete Perimeter Fence At Evacuation Center Barangay Poblacion Municipality Of Carmen Province Of Surigao Del Sur Table Of Contents Part I Section I. Invitation To Bid 3 Section Ii. Eligibility Documents 5 Section Iii. Eligibility Data Sheet 15 Part Ii Section I. Instructions To Bidders 17 Section Ii. Bid Data Sheet 37 Section Iii. General Conditions Of Contract 40 Section Iv. Special Conditions Of Contract 72 Section V. Specifications 75 Section Vi. Drawings 76 Section Vii. Bill Of Quantities 77 Section Viii. Forms And Qualification Information 79 Part I. Section I. Invitation To Apply For Eligibility And To Bid Republic Of The Philippines Province Of Surigao Del Sur Municipality Of Carmen Invitation For Bids Completion Of Concrete Perimeter Fence At Evacuation Center Poblacion, Carmen, Surigao Del Sur 1. The Municipal Government Of Carmen, Surigao Del Sur Allocated Funds Under 20% Ldf 2025 Intends To Apply The Sum Of P 4,000,000.00 Being The Approved Budget For Contract (abc) To Payment Under The Contract For The Completion Of Concrete Perimeter Fence At Evacuation Center At Brgy. Poblacion, Carmen, Surigao Del Sur. Bids Received In Excess Of The Abc Shall Be Automatically Rejected During The Bid Opening. 2. The Municipal Government Of Carmen, Surigao Del Sur Now Invites Sealed Bids From Eligible Bidders For The Completion Of Concrete Perimeter Fence At Evacuation Center. Completion Of The Works Required By 105 Calendar Days. 3. Eligibility Screening And Bidding Will Be Conducted Through Open Competitive Bidding Procedures Using Non-discretionary Pass/fail Criterion As Specified In The Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations (irr) Of Republic Act 9184 (ra 9184), Otherwise Known As The “ Government Procurement Reform Act”. Bidding Is Restricted To Filipino Citizens/sole Proprietorships, Partnerships, Or Organizations With At Least Seventy Five Percent (75%) Interest Of Outstanding Capital Stock Belonging To Citizens Of The Philippines. 4. Interested Bidders May Obtain Further Information And Inspect The Bidding Documents At The Address Given Below From 8:00 A.m. To 5:00 P.m., Mondays Thru Fridays, Except Holidays. 5. A Complete Set Of Bidding Documents In English May Be Purchased By Eligible Bidders On January 30, 2025 To February 18, 2025 From The Address Below And Upon Payment Of A Non-refundable Fee Of Five Thousand Pesos (p 5,000.00). The Bidding Documents Shall Be Received Personally By The Eligible Bidder Or His Authorized Representative During Office Hours. 6. The Municipal Government Of Carmen, Surigao Del Sur Will Hold A Pre-bid Conference Open To All Eligible Bidders On February 6, 2025 At 10:00 A.m. At The Bac Office, Municipal Building, Carmen, Surigao Del Sur. 7. Bids Together With The Eligibility Documents Must Be Delivered To The Address Below On Or Before February 19, 2025 At 10:00 A.m. And In 3 Copies Each And In Two Separate Envelopes. And Must Be Accompanied By A Bid Security In Any Of The Acceptable Forms And In The Prescribed Amount. Late Bids Shall Not Be Accepted. 8. Bid Opening Shall Be On February 19, 2025 At 10:00 A.m. At The Bac Office, Municipal Building, Carmen, Surigao Del Sur. Bids Will Be Opened In The Presence Of The Bidders’ Representatives Who Choose To Attend At The Address Below. 9. To Be Considered Eligible And Qualified, A Bidder Must Have Successful Experience As Prime Contractor In The Construction Of At Least One (1) Work Of A Nature And Complexity Equivalent To The Works In The Last Five (5) Years ( To Comply With This Requirement, Single Works Cited Should Be At Least Eighty Percent (80%) Of Value Of Estimated Contract Cost Of Works Under Bid), Such Being Verifiable From Completion Certificates; Have An Annual Turnover From All Works Average Over The Last Three (3) Years Equal To One Hundred Percent (100%) Of The Estimated Value Of The Contract To Be Bid. 10. The Municipal Government Of Carmen, Surigao Del Sur Reserves The Right To Accept Or Reject Any Bid, To Annul The Bidding Process, And To Reject All Bids At Any Time Prior To Contract Award, Without Thereby Incurring Any Liability To The Affected Bidder Or Bidders. Office Of The Bids & Awards Committee For. Alain P. Cabanilla Carmen Municipal Hall Poblacion, Carmen, Surigao Del Sur Cellphone Number: 09304926186 Bac Chairperson (sgd) For. Alain P. Cabanilla Chairman, Bids And Awards Committee Carmen, Surigao Del Sur Part I. Section Ii. Eligibility Documents 1. Eligibility Criteria 1.1 A Bidder, And All Parties Constituting The Bidder, Shall Be Considered Eligible If It Has Satisfied The Requirement Provided In The Eligibility Data Sheet (eds) As Defined By The Funding Source Indicated In The Invitation To Apply For Eligibility And To Bid (iaeb). 1.2 A Bidder Shall Be Deemed To Have The Nationality Of A Country If The Bidder Is A Citizen Or Is Constituted, Or Incorporated, And Operates In Conformity With The Provisions Of The Laws Of That Country. This Criterion Shall Also Apply To The Determination Of The Nationality Of Proposed Subcontractors Or Suppliers For Any Part Of The Contract, Including All Related Services. 1.3 Bids Submitted By A Joint Venture (jv) Of Two Or More Entities As Partners, Shall Comply With The Following Requirements: (a) The Bid, And In Case Of A Successful Bid, The Contract Agreement, Shall Be Signed So As To Be Legally Binding On All Partners; (b) One Of The Parties To The Jv Shall Be Authorized To Be The Lead Partner; And This Authorization Shall Be Evidenced By Submitting A Special Power Of Attorney Signed By Legally Authorized Signatories Of All The Partners; (c) The Lead Partner Shall Be Authorized To Incur Liabilities, Receive Payments And Receive Instructions For And On Behalf Of All Partners To The Jv; (d) All Partners Of The Jv Shall Be Jointly And Severally Liable For The Execution Of The Contract In Accordance With The Contract Terms, And A Relevant Statement To This Effect Shall Be Included In The Authorization Mentioned In Item (b) Above As Well As In The Bid Form And The Contract Agreement (in Case Of A Successful Bid); And (e) A Copy Of The Notarized Joint Venture Agreement (jva) To Be Entered Into By The Jv Partners Shall Be Submitted With The Bid. 1.4 Subject To The Provisions In The Eds, A Bidder (including All Members Of A Jv And Subcontractors) Shall Not Be Presently Associated, Or Shall Not Have Been Associated In The Past, Directly Or Indirectly, With The Consultant Or Any Other Entity That Has Prepared The Design, Specifications, And Other Documents For The Project; Neither To Those Being Proposed As The Representative Of The Procuring Entity For The Contract. 1.5 A Bidder Shall Not Have A Conflict Of Interest. All Bidders Found To Have A Conflict Of Interest Shall Be Disqualified. A Bidder May Be Considered To Have Conflicting Interests With Another Bidder In Any Of The Events Described In Paragraphs (a) Through (c) Below And A General Conflict Of Interest In Any Of The Circumstances Set Out In Paragraphs (d) Through (g) Below: (a) Have Common Controlling Shareholders; (b) Receive Or Have Received Any Direct Or Indirect Subsidy From Any Of The Bidders; (c) Have The Same Legal Representative For Purposes Of This Bid; (d) Have A Relationship With Each Other, Directly Or Through Common Third Parties, That Puts Them In A Position To Have Access To Information About Or Influence On The Bid Of Another Bidder, Or Influence The Decisions Of The Procuring Entity Regarding This Bidding Process; (e) Submit More Than One Bid In This Bidding Process. However, This Does Not Limit The Participation Of Subcontractors (if Indicated In The Eds) In More Than One Bid, Or As Bidders And Subcontractors Simultaneously; (f) Participated As A Consultant In The Preparation Of The Design Or Technical Specifications Of The Goods And Related Services That Are The Subject Of The Bid; Or (g) A Firm Or An Organization Who Lends, Or Temporarily Seconds, Its Personnel To Firms Or Organizations Which Are Engaged In Consulting Services For The Preparation Related To Procurement For Or Implementation Of The Project, If The Personnel Would Be Involved In Any Capacity On The Same Project. 1.6 Bidders Shall Not Be Under A Declaration Of Ineligibility For Corrupt, Fraudulent, Or Coercive Practices. For Purposes Of This Clause, Corrupt, Fraudulent, And Coercive Practices Are Defined As Follows: (a) "corrupt Practice" Means Behavior On The Part Of Officials In The Public Or Private Sectors By Which They Improperly And Unlawfully Enrich Themselves, Others, Or Induce Others To Do So, By Misusing The Position In Which They Are Placed, And Includes The Offering, Giving, Receiving, Or Soliciting Of Anything Of Value To Influence The Action Of Any Such Official In The Procurement Process Or In Contract Execution; Entering, On Behalf Of The Procuring Entity, Into Any Contract Or Transaction Manifestly And Grossly Disadvantageous To The Same, Whether Or Not The Public Officer Profited Or Will Profit Thereby; And Similar Acts As Provided In Republic Act 3019; (b) "fraudulent Practice" Means A Misrepresentation Of Facts In Order To Influence A Procurement Process Or The Execution Of A Contract To The Detriment Of The Procuring Entity, And Includes Collusive Practices Among Bidders (prior To Or After Bid Submission) Designed To Establish Bid Prices At Artificial, Non-competitive Levels And To Deprive The Procuring Entity Of The Benefits Of Free And Open Competition; (c) “collusive Practices” Means A Scheme Or Arrangement Between Two Or More Bidders, With Or Without The Knowledge Of The Procuring Entity, Designed To Establish Bid Prices At Artificial, Non-competitive Levels; And (d) “coercive Practices” Means Harming Or Threatening To Harm, Directly Or Indirectly, Persons, Or Their Property To Influence Their Participation In A Procurement Process, Or Affect The Execution Of A Contract. 1.7 All Bidding Documents Shall Be Accompanied By A Sworn Affidavit Of The Bidder That It Is Not Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree Or Any Of The Procuring Entity’s Officers Or Employees Having Direct Access To Information That May Substantially Affect The Result Of The Bidding, Such As, But Not Limited To, The Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Members Of The Technical Working Group (twg), The Bac Secretariat, The Members Of The Project Management Office (pmo), And The Designers Of The Project. This Clause Shall Apply To The Following Persons: (a) If The Bidder Is An Individual Or A Sole Proprietorship, To The Bidder Himself; (b) If The Bidder Is A Partnership, To All Its Officers And Members; (c) If The Bidder Is A Corporation, To All Its Officers, Directors, And Controlling Stockholders; And (d) If The Bidder Is A Jv, The Provisions Of Items (a), (b), Or (c) Of This Clause Shall Correspondingly Apply To Each Of The Members Of The Said Jv, As May Be Appropriate. Relationship Of The Nature Described Above Or Failure To Comply With The Provisions Of This Clause Will Result In The Rejection Of A Bidder’s Bid. 1.8 Unless Otherwise Indicated In The Eds, Government-owned And/or –controlled Corporations Shall Be Eligible Only If, In Addition To Conformance With All Of The Above Requirements, They Are Also: (a) Commercially-oriented Legal Entities Distinct From The Procuring Entity, And Not A National Government Department; (b) Financially Autonomous, As Demonstrated By Requirements In Their Statutes Or By-laws To Provide Separate Audited Accounts And Return On Capital, Powers To Raise Loans And Obtain Revenues Through The Sale Of Goods Or Services; (c) Managerially Autonomous; And (d) Possess Additional Eligibility Requirements Indicated In The Eds. 2. Eligibility Requirements 2.1 Unless Otherwise Indicated In The Eds, The Eligibility Requirements Listed In The Following Clause Shall Be Submitted To The Bac In Advance Of The Pre-bid Conference In A Sealed Eligibility Envelope Duly Marked As Such. These Eligibility Envelopes Of Prospective Bidders Shall Be Submitted On Or Before The Date Of The Eligibility Check Specified In The Invitation To Apply For Eligibility And To Bid For Purposes Of Determining Eligibility Of Prospective Bidders. 2.2 Prospective Bidders Shall Submit The Following Eligibility Requirements, Unless Otherwise Stated In The Eds: (a) Class "a" Documents – Legal Documents (a.1) Department Of Trade And Industry (dti) Business Name Registration Or Securities And Exchange Commission (sec) Registration Certificate, Whichever May Be Appropriate Under Existing Laws Of The Philippines; (a.2) Valid And Current Mayor’s Permit/municipal License; (a.3) Taxpayer’s Identification Number; (a.4) Statement Of The Prospective Bidder That It Is Not “blacklisted” Or Barred From Bidding By The Government Or Any Of Its Agencies, Offices, Corporations Or Lgus, Including Non-inclusion In The Consolidated Blacklisting Report Issued By The Gop; Technical Documents (a.5) Statement Of The Prospective Bidder Of All Its Ongoing And Completed Government And Private Contracts Within The Relevant Period Pursuant To Clause 2.6, Where Applicable, Including Contracts Awarded But Not Yet Started, If Any. The Statement Shall State For Each Contract Whether It Is Ongoing, Completed Or Awarded But Not Yet Started; And Identify Whether Such Contracts Are Similar Or Not Similar In Nature And Complexity To The Project. The Statement Shall Include, For Each Contract, The Following: (i) The Name Of The Contract; (ii) Date Of Award Of The Contract; (iii) Contract Duration; (iv) Owner’s Name And Address; (v) Nature Of Work; (vi) Contractor’s Role (whether Sole Contractor, Sub-contractor, Or Partner In A Jv); (vii) Total Contract Value At Award; (viii) Date Of Completion Or Estimated Completion Time; (ix) Total Contract Value At Completion, If Applicable; (x) Percentages Of Planned And Actual Accomplishments, If Applicable; (xi) Value Of Outstanding Works, If Applicable; (xii) The Statement Shall Be Supported By The Notices Of Award And/or Notices To Proceed Issued By The Owners; And (xiii) The Statement Shall Be Supported By The Constructors Performance Evaluation System (cpes) Rating Sheets, And/or Certificates Of Completion And Owner’s Acceptance, If Applicable. (a.6) A Valid Philippine Contractors Accreditation Board (pcab) License And Registration For The Type And Cost Of The Contract To Be Bid; (a.7) Other Appropriate Licenses Stated In The Eds; (a.8) The Bidder’s Statement Of: Availability Of The Prospective Bidder’s Key Personnel, Such As Project Engineers, Materials Engineers And Foremen, That May Be Used For Construction Contracts; (a.9) The Bidder’s Statement Of: Availability Of Equipment That He Owns, Has Under Lease, And/or Has Under Purchase Agreements, That May Be Used For Construction Contracts, Provided That Ownership Of Equipment Is Not A Requisite For Eligibility; Financial Documents (a.10) The Prospective Bidder’s Audited Financial Statements, Stamped “received” By The Bureau Of Internal Revenue (bir) Or Its Duly Accredited And Authorized Institutions, For The Immediately Preceding Calendar Year, Showing, Among Others, The Prospective Bidder’s Total And Current Assets And Liabilities; (a.11) Prospective Bidder’s Computation Of Its Net Financial Contracting Capacity (nfcc) As Described In The Eds, Or At The Bidder’s Option A Commitment From A Licensed Bank To Extend A Credit Line, In The Event Of An Award In The Bidder’s Favor, Or At The Bidder’s Option A Cash Deposit Certificate, Of Not Less Than The Amount Shown In The Eds; (b) Class "b" Documents – (b.1) A Valid Jva; (b.2) A Letter Authorizing The Bac Or Its Duly Authorized Representative/s To Verify All Of The Documents Submitted; And (b.3) Any Other Document Described In The Eds. 2.3 A Bidder Portions Of The Works, Subject To The Maximum Allowable Limit For Subcontracting Of Works As Specified In Eds Clause 1.5(e). Subcontracting Of Any Portion Of The Works Shall Not Relieve The Bidder From Any Liability Or Obligation That May Arise From Its Performance. The Bidder Shall Be Responsible For The Acts, Defaults, And Negligence Of Any Subcontractor, Its Agents, Servants Or Workmen As Fully As If These Were The Bidder’s Own Acts, Defaults, Or Negligence, Or Those Of Its Agents, Servants Or Workmen. 2.4 Subcontractors Must Comply With The Provisions Of Clause 1 Herein. For This Purpose, The Bidder Shall Include In Technical Proposal Of Its Bid All The Documents Required Under Clause 2.2 Herein. If The Procuring Entity Determines During Post-qualification That A Subcontractor Is Ineligible, The Subcontracting Of Such Portion Of The Works Assigned To The Ineligible Subcontractor Shall Be Disallowed. 2.5 If A Bidder Has Previously Secured A Certification From The Procuring Entity To The Effect That It Has Previously Submitted The Above-enumerated Class “a” Documents, The Said Certification May Be Submitted In Lieu Of The Requirements Enumerated In Clauses 2.2(a.1) To 2.2(a.11). 2.6 In Case Of A Prospective Foreign Bidder, If Allowed, The Eligibility Requirements Described In Clause 2.1 Herein May Be Substituted With The Appropriate Equivalent Documents Issued By The Prospective Bidder’s Home Country; Such Documents Must Be Duly Acknowledged Or Authenticated By The Appropriate Philippine Consulate Therein. 2.7 To Be Considered Eligible And Qualified For Contract Award, A Bidder Must Meet The Minimum Qualifying Criteria Stated In The Eds. The Use Of Specialist Subcontractors Shall Also Be Stated In The Eds. 2.8 The Bidder’s Authorized Signatory Must Certify All Copy Documents As True And Correct Copies Of The Original Document(s). Bidders Must Follow The Format And Sequence Set Out Above. Should A Bidder Fail To Do So The Procuring Entity Will Accept No Liability For The Rejection Of A Bidder’s Bid In Accordance With The Corresponding Clause In The Instructions To Bidders. 2.9 Eligible Bidders Shall Be Notified Of Such Eligibility Through A Notice Of Eligibility Issued By The Bac Of The Procuring Entity Immediately After The Opening Of Eligibility Documents Pursuant To Section 23.3 Of The Irr-a Of R.a. 9184. Only Bids From Eligible Bidders Shall Be Opened And Considered For Award Of Contract. These Eligible Bidders, Whether Single Entities Or Jvs, Should Confirm In Their Bids That The Originally-submitted Information Remains Correct As Of The Date Of Bid Submission. 3. Format And Signing Of Eligibility Documents 3.1 Prospective Bidders Shall Prepare An Original Of The Eligibility Documents As Described In Clause 2, And Clearly Mark Each “original – Eligibility Documents”. In Addition, Each Prospective Bidder Shall Submit Copies Of The Eligibility Documents, And Clearly Mark Them “copy No. ___ - Eligibility Documents”. In The Event Of Any Discrepancy Between The Original And The Copies, The Original Shall Prevail. 3.2 The Original And The Number Of Copies Of The Bid As Indicated In The Eds Shall Be Typed Or Written In Indelible Ink And Shall Be Signed By The Prospective Bidder Or A Person Or Persons Duly Authorized To Bind The Prospective Bidder To The Contract. All Pages Of The Eligibility Documents Shall Be Initialed By The Person Or Persons Signing The Eligibility Documents. 3.3 Any Interlineations, Erasures, Or Overwriting Shall Be Valid Only If They Are Signed Or Initialed By The Person Signing The Eligibility Documents. 4. Sealing And Marking Of Eligibility Documents 4.1 Prospective Bidders Shall Enclose The Original Documents Described In Clause 2 Sealed In An Envelope Marked “original - Eligibility Documents”. Each Copy Of The Eligibility Documents Shall Be Similarly Sealed Duly Marking The Inner Envelopes As “copy No. ___ - Eligibility Documents”. These Envelopes Containing The Original And The Copies Shall Then Be Enclosed In One Single Envelope. 4.2 All Envelopes Shall: (a) Contain The Name Of The Contract To Be Bid In Capital Letters; (b) Bear The Name And Address Of The Prospective Bidder In Capital Letters; (c) Be Addressed To The Procuring Entity’s Bac; (d) Bear The Specific Identification Of This Project Indicated In The Iaeb; And (e) Bear A Warning “do Not Open Before…” The Date And Time For The Opening Of Eligibility Documents Indicated In The Iaeb, In Accordance With Clause 5. 4.3 The Procuring Entity Will Assume No Responsibility For The Misplacement Or Premature Opening Of The Eligibility Documents Not Sealed And Marked As Required. 5. Deadline For Submission Of Eligibility Documents 5.1 Eligibility Documents Must Be Received By The Procuring Entity’s Bac At The Address And On Or Before The Date And Time Indicated In The Iaeb And The Eds. 6. Late Submission Of Eligibility Documents 6.1 Any Eligibility Documents Submitted After The Deadline For Submission And Receipt Of Eligibility Documents Prescribed By The Procuring Entity, Pursuant To Clause 5, Shall Be Declared “late” And Shall Not Be Accepted By The Procuring Entity. 7. Modification And Withdrawal Of Eligibility Documents 7.1 The Prospective Bidder May Modify Its Eligibility Documents After It Has Been Submitted, Provided That The Modification Is Received By The Procuring Entity Prior To The Deadline Prescribed For Submission And Receipt Of Eligibility Documents. The Prospective Bidder Shall Not Be Allowed To Retrieve Its Original Eligibility Documents, But Shall Be Allowed To Submit Another Set Equally Sealed, Properly Identified, Linked To Its Original Eligibility Documents Marked As “modification” And Stamped “received” By The Bac. Eligibility Documents Modifications Received After The Applicable Deadline Shall Not Be Considered And Shall Be Returned To The Prospective Bidder Unopened. 7.2 A Prospective Bidder May, Through A Letter Of Withdrawal, Withdraw Its Eligibility Documents After It Has Been Submitted, For Valid And Justifiable Reason, Provided That The Letter Of Withdrawal Is Received By The Procuring Entity Prior To The Deadline Prescribed For Submission And Receipt Of Eligibility Documents. Eligibility Documents Requested To Be Withdrawn Shall Be Returned Unopened To The Prospective Bidders. A Prospective Bidder That Withdraws Its Eligibility Documents Shall Not Be Permitted To Submit Another Set Of Eligibility Documents, Directly Or Indirectly, For The Same Contract. 8. Opening And Preliminary Examination Of Eligibility Documents 8.1 The Procuring Entity’s Bac Will Open The Envelopes Containing The Eligibility Documents In The Presence Of The Prospective Bidders’ Representatives Who Choose To Attend, At The Time, On The Date, And At The Place Specified In The Iaeb. The Prospective Bidders’ Representatives Who Are Present Shall Sign A Register Evidencing Their Attendance. 8.2 Letters Of Withdrawal Shall Be Read Out And Recorded During The Opening Of Eligibility Documents And The Envelope Containing The Corresponding Withdrawn Eligibility Documents Shall Be Returned To The Withdrawing Prospective Bidder Unopened. If The Withdrawing Prospective Bidder’s Representative Is Present During The Opening, The Original Eligibility Documents And All Copies Thereof Shall Be Returned To The Representative During The Opening Of Eligibility Documents. If No Representative Is Present, The Eligibility Documents Shall Be Returned Unopened By Registered Mail. 8.3 A Prospective Bidder Determined As “ineligible” Has Seven (7) Calendar Days Upon Written Notice Or, If Present At The Time Of The Opening Of Eligibility Documents, Upon Verbal Notification, Within Which To File A Request Or Motion For Reconsideration With The Bac: Provided, However, That The Motion For Reconsideration Shall Not Be Granted If It Is Established That The Finding Of Failure Is Due To The Fault Of The Prospective Bidder Concerned: Provided, Further, That The Bac Shall Decide On The Request For Reconsideration Within Seven (7) Calendar Days From Receipt Thereof. If A Failed Prospective Bidder Signifies His Intent To File A Motion For Reconsideration, In The Case Of A Prospective Bidder Who Is Declared Ineligible, The Bac Shall Hold The Eligibility Documents Until Such Time That The Motion For Reconsideration Or Protest Has Been Resolved. 8.4 The Eligibility Documents Envelopes And Modifications, If Any, Shall Be Opened One At A Time, And The Following Read Out And Recorded: (a) The Name Of The Prospective Bidder; (b) Whether There Is A Modification Or Substitution; And (c) The Presence Or Absence Of Each Document Comprising The Eligibility Documents Vis-à-vis A Checklist Of The Required Documents. 8.5 The Eligibility Of Each Prospective Bidder Shall Be Determined By Examining Each Bidder’s Eligibility Requirements Or Statements Against A Checklist Of Requirements, Using Non-discretionary “pass/fail” Criteria, As Stated In The Iaeb, And Shall Be Determined As Either “eligible” Or “ineligible.” If A Prospective Bidder Submits The Specific Eligibility Document Required, He Shall Be Rated “passed” For That Particular Requirement. In This Regard, Failure To Submit A Requirement, Or An Incomplete Or Patently Insufficient Submission, Shall Be Considered “failed” For The Particular Eligibility Requirement Concerned. If A Prospective Bidder Is Rated “passed” For All The Eligibility Requirements, He Shall Be Considered Eligible To Participate In The Bidding, And The Bac Shall Mark The Set Of Eligibility Documents Of The Prospective Bidder Concerned As “eligible.” If A Prospective Bidder Is Rated “failed” In Any Of The Eligibility Requirements, He Shall Be Considered Ineligible To Participate In The Bidding, And The Bac Shall Mark The Set Of Eligibility Documents Of The Prospective Bidder Concerned As “ineligible.” In Either Case, The Bac Chairperson Or His Duly Designated Authority Shall Countersign The Markings. 8.6 The Procuring Entity Shall Prepare The Minutes Of The Proceedings Of The Opening Of Eligibility Documents That Shall Include, As A Minimum: (a) Names Of Prospective Bidders And Findings Of Eligibility; And (b) Attendance Sheet. The Minutes Of The Proceedings Of The Opening Of Eligibility Documents Shall Be Available To The Public Upon Written Request And Payment Of A Specified Fee To Recover Cost Of Materials And Production. Part I. Section Iii. Eligibility Data Sheet 1.1 Eligible Bidders Are As Defined In Guide¬lines: 1.4 All Bidders Shall Submit A Written Statement Of Compliance With This Provision. 1.5(e) There Is No Restriction On The Involvement Of General Sub-contractors In The Areas Of Manual And Semi-skilled Labor Or Construction Materials Provided That The Contractor Undertakes Not Less Than Fifty Percent (50%) Of The Contracted Works With Its Own Resources. 1.8 There Are No Additional Eligibility Requirements 1.8(d) There Are No Additional Eligibility Requirements. 2.1 All Documents Described In Clause 2.2 Shall Be Included In The Technical Proposal. Documents Do Not Need To Be Acknowledged Or Authenticated By The Appropriate Philippine Consulate. 2.2 In Lieu Of The Following Documents Required In Clause 2.2(a), The Equivalent Document In The Prospective Bidder’s Country/place Of Origin Shall Be Submitted: (a) Dti/sec/cda Registration; (b) Valid And Current Mayor’s Permit Issued By The City Or Municipality Where The Place Of Business Of The Prospective Bidder Is Located; (c) Tax Clearance, As Finally Reviewed And Approved By The Bir (d) Philippines Contractors Accreditation Board (pcab) License And Registration; And (e) Audited Financial Statements. 2.2(a.7) There Are No Other Additional License Required 2.2(a.11) In The Event That A Bidder, At Its Own Option, Does Not Provide Either A Credit Line Or Cash Deposit Certificate In The Amount At Least Equal To Ten Percent (10%) Of The Bid, The Bidder Must Provide A Statement Of Its Nfcc. The Nfcc Is As Follows: [(current Assets Minus Current Liabilities) (k)] Minus The Value Of All Outstanding Contracts Including Those Awarded But Not Yet Started.” Where: K = 15 (regardless Of Contract Duration) 2.2(b.3) None. 2.7 To Be Considered Eligible And Qualified A Bidder Must Have Successful Experience As Prime Contractor In The Construction Of At Least One (1) Work Of A Nature And Complexity Equivalent To The Works In The Last Five (5) Years (to Comply With This Requirement, Single Works Cited Should Be At Least Eighty Percent (80%) Of The Value Of Bid Under Consideration For Award), Such Being Verifiable From Completion Certificates, And Have An Annual Turnover From All Works Averaged Over The Last Three (3) Years Equal To One Hundred Percent (100%) Of The Value Of Bid Under Consideration For Award. 2.7 Not Applicable. 3.2 Each Prospective Bidder Shall Submit One (1) Original And Two (2) Copies Of Its Eligibility Documents. 5.1 The Address For Submission Of Eligibility Documents Is The Chairman, Bids And Awards Committee, Municipal Hall, Carmen, Surigao Del Sur The Deadline For Submission Of Eligibility Documents Is 10:00 A.m., February 19, 2025 (same As Submission Of Technical And Financial Envelope). Part Ii. Section I. Instructions To Bidders Table Of Contents 1. Scope Of Bid 19 2. Corrupt, Fraudulent, And Coercive Practices 19 3. Conflict Of Interest 20 4. One Bid Per Bidder 22 5. Pre-bid Conference 22 6. Content Of The Bidding Documents 22 7. Clarification And Amendment Of Bidding Documents 23 8. Cost Of Bidding 23 9. Language Of Bid 23 10. Documents Comprising The Bid 23 11. Bid Prices 25 12. Currencies Of Bid And Payment 25 13. Bid Validity 26 14. Bid Security 26 15. Alternative Proposals By Bidders 27 16. Format And Signing Of Bid 27 17. Sealing And Marking Of Bids 28 18. Deadline For Submission Of Bids 28 19. Late Bids 29 20. Modification And Withdrawal Of Bids 29 21. Opening And Preliminary Examination Of Bids 29 22. Process To Be Confidential 31 23. Detailed Evaluation And Comparison Of Bids 31 24. Preference For Provincial Bidders 32 25. Post Qualification Of The Lowest Calculated Bid 33 26. Right Of The Procuring Entity To Reject Any Or All Bids 33 27. Award Criteria 34 28. Notice Of Award 34 29. Signing Of The Contract 34 30. Performance Security 34 31. Notice To Proceed 35 32. Advance Payment 36 1. Scope Of Bid 1.1. The Procuring Entity As Defined In The Bds, Invites Bids For The Construction Of Works, As Described In The Bds. The Name And Identification Number Of The Contract Is Provided In The Bds. 1.2. The Successful Bidder Will Be Expected To Complete The Works By The Intended Completion Date Specified In The Scc Clause 1.17. 1.3. The Procuring Entity Has A Budget Or Has Applied For Or Received Funds From The Funding Source Named In The Bds, And In The Amount Indicated In The Bds. It Intends To Apply Part Of The Funds Received For The Project, As Defined In The Bds, To Cover Eligible Payments Under The Contract For The Works. 2. Corrupt, Fraudulent, And Coercive Practices 2.1. The Funding Source Requires That The Procuring Entity, As Well As Bidders And Contractors, Shall Observe The Highest Standard Of Ethics Sduring The Procurement And Execution Of Such Contracts. In Pursuance Of This Policy, The Funding Source: (a) Defines, For Purposes Of This Provision, The Terms Set Forth Below As Follows: (a.1) "corrupt Practice" Means Behavior On The Part Of Officials In The Public Or Private Sectors By Which They Improperly And Unlawfully Enrich Themselves, Others, Or Induce Others To Do So, By Misusing The Position In Which They Are Placed, And Includes The Offering, Giving, Receiving, Or Soliciting Of Anything Of Value To Influence The Action Of Any Such Official In The Procurement Process Or In Contract Execution; Entering, On Behalf Of The Government, Into Any Contract Or Transaction Manifestly And Grossly Disadvantageous To The Same, Whether Or Not The Public Officer Profited Or Will Profit Thereby, And Similar Acts As Provided In Republic Act 3019; (a.2) "fraudulent Practice" Means A Misrepresentation Of Facts In Order To Influence A Procurement Process Or The Execution Of A Contract To The Detriment Of The Procuring Entity, And Includes Collusive Practices Among Bidders (prior To Or After Bid Submission) Designed To Establish Bid Prices At Artificial, Non-competitive Levels And To Deprive The Procuring Entity Of The Benefits Of Free And Open Competition; (a.3) “collusive Practices” Means A Scheme Or Arrangement Between Two Or More Bidders, With Or Without The Knowledge Of The Procuring Entity, Designed To Establish Bid Prices At Artificial, Non-competitive Levels; And (a.4) “coercive Practices” Means Harming Or Threatening To Harm, Directly Or Indirectly, Persons, Or Their Property To Influence Their Participation In A Procurement Process, Or Affect The Execution Of A Contract; (b) Will Reject A Proposal For Award If It Determines That The Bidder Recommended For Award Has Engaged In Corrupt Or Fraudulent Practices In Competing For The Contract; And (c) Will Declare A Firm Ineligible, Either Indefinitely Or For A Stated Period Of Time, To Be Awarded Contract Funded By The Funding Source If It At Any Time Determines That The Firm Has Engaged In Corrupt Or Fraudulent Practices In Competing Or, Or In Executing, A Contract Funded By The Funding Source. 2.2. Further, The Gop Will Seek To Impose The Maximum Penalties For Civil And Criminal Liability Available Under The Applicable Law On Individuals And Organizations Deemed To Be Involved With Corrupt, Fraudulent, Or Practices. 2.3. Furthermore, The Funding Source Reserves The Right To Inspect And Audit Records And Accounts Of A Contractor In The Bidding For And Performance Of A Contract Themselves Or Through Independent Auditors As Reflected In The Gcc Clause 33. 3. Conflict Of Interest 3.1. All Bidders Found To Have Conflicting Interests Shall Be Disqualified To Participate In The Procurement At Hand, Without Prejudice To The Imposition Of Appropriate Administrative, Civil, And Criminal Sanctions. A Bidder May Be Considered To Have Conflicting Interests With Another Bidder In Any Of The Events Described In Paragraphs (a) Through (c) And A General Conflict Of Interest In Any Of The Circumstances Set Out In Paragraphs (d) Through (g) Below: (a) A Bidder Has Controlling Shareholders In Common With Another Bidder; (b) A Bidder Receives Or Has Received Any Direct Or Indirect Subsidy From Any Other Bidder; (c) A Bidder Has The Same Legal Representative As That Of Another Bidder For Purposes Of This Bid; (d) A Bidder Has A Relationship, Directly Or Through Third Parties, That Puts Them In A Position To Have Access To Information About Or Influence On The Bid Of Another Bidder Or Influence The Decisions Of The Procuring Entity Regarding This Bidding Process. This Will Include A Firm Or An Organization Who Lends, Or Temporarily Seconds, Its Personnel To Firms Or Organizations Which Are Engaged In Consulting Services For The Preparation Related To Procurement For Or Implementation Of The Project If The Personnel Would Be Involved In Any Capacity On The Same Project; (e) A Bidder Submits More Than One Bid In This Bidding Process. However, This Does Not Limit The Participation Of Subcontractors In More Than One Bid; (f) A Bidder Who Participated As A Consultant In The Preparation Of The Design Or Technical Specifications Of The Goods And Related Services That Are The Subject Of The Bid; Or (g) A Bidder Who Lends, Or Temporary Seconds, Its Personnel To Firms Or Organizations Which Are Engaged In Consulting Services For The Preparation Related To Procurement For Or Implementation Of The Project, If The Personnel Would Be Involved In Any Capacity On The Same Project. 3.2. In Accordance With Section 47 Of The Irr-a Of R.a. 9184, All Bidding Documents Shall Be Accompanied By A Sworn Affidavit Of The Bidder That It Is Not Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree Or Any Of The Procuring Entity’s Officers Or Employees Having Direct Access To Information That May Substantially Affect The Result Of The Bidding, Such As, But Not Limited To, The Members Of The Bac, The Members Of The Technical Working Group (twg), The Bac Secretariat, The Members Of The Project Management Office (pmo), And The Designers Of The Project. This Clause Shall Apply To The Following Persons: (a) If The Bidder Is An Individual Or A Sole Proprietorship, To The Bidder Himself; (b) If The Bidder Is A Partnership, To All Its Officers And Members; (c) If The Bidder Is A Corporation, To All Its Officers, Directors, And Controlling Stockholders; And (d) If The Bidder Is A Joint Venture (jv), The Provisions Of Items (a), (b), Or (c) Of This Clause Shall Correspondingly Apply To Each Of The Members Of The Said Jv, As May Be Appropriate. Relationship Of The Nature Described Above Or Failure To Comply With This Clause Will Result In The Automatic Disqualification Of A Bidder. 4. One Bid Per Bidder 4.1. Each Bidder Shall Submit Only One Bid, Either Individually Or As A Partner In A Jv. A Bidder Who Submits Or Participates In More Than One Bid (other Than As A Subcontractor If A Subcontractor Is Permitted To Participate In More Than One Bid) Will Cause All The Proposals With The Bidder’s Participation To Be Disqualified. This Shall Be Without Prejudice To Any Applicable Criminal, Civil And Administrative Penalties That May Be Imposed Upon The Persons And Entities Concerned. 5. Pre-bid Conference 5.1. The Bidder By The Act Of Submitting Its Bid, Shall Be Deemed To Have Inspected The Site And Determined The General Characteristics Of The Contract Works And The Conditions Of The Contract To Bid. The Bac Shall Require An Affidavit Of Such Site Inspection From Eligible Bidder. 5.2. The Procuring Entity May Organize A Site Visit Concurrently With The Pre-bid Conference. 5.3. The Bidder Or His Official Is Invited By The Procuring Entity To A Pre-bid Conference, The Venue, Time And Date Of Which Shall Be Indicated In The Bds. Non-attendance At The Pre-bid Conference Shall Not Be A Ground For Disqualification Of A Bidder. 5.4. The Pre-bid Conference Shall Be Held At Least Twelve (12) Calendar Days Before The Deadline For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids. However, Attendance Of The Bidders Shall Not Be Mandatory. 5.5. The Pre-bid Conference Shall Discuss Among Other Things, The Technical And Financial Components Of The Contract To Be Bid. The Minutes Of The Pre-bid Conference Shall Be Recorded And Made Available To All Participants Not Later Than Three (3) Calendar Days After The Pre-bid Conference. 6. Content Of The Bidding Documents 6.1. The Set Of Bidding Documents Comprises The Documents Listed In The Table Below And Addenda Issued In Accordance With Itb Clause 7: Partii Section V. Specifications Partii. Section Vi. Drawings Partii. Section Vii. Bill Of Quantities Partii Section Viii. Forms And Qualification Information 6.2. Bidders Should Note That The Procuring Entity Will Only Accept Bids From Bidders That Have Purchased The Bidding Documents From The Office Indicated In The Iaeb. 7. Clarification And Amendment Of Bidding Documents 7.1. Bidders May Request For Clarification(s) On Any Part Of The Bidding Documents Or For An Interpretation. Such A Request Must Be In Writing And Submitted To The Procuring Entity At The Address Indicated In The Bds At Least Ten (10) Calendar Days Before The Deadline Set For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids. The Procuring Entity Shall Respond To The Said Request By Issuing A Supplemental/bid Bulletin, To Be Made Available To All Those Who Have Properly Secured The Bidding Documents From The Procuring Entity, At Least Seven (7) Calendar Days Before The Deadline For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids. It Shall Be The Responsibility Of All Those Who Have Properly Secured The Bidding Documents To Inquire And Secure Supplemental/bid Bulletins That May Be Issued By The Procuring Entity. 7.2. Supplemental/bid Bulletins May Be Issued Upon The Procuring Entity’s Initiative For Purposes Of Clarifying Or Modifying Any Provision Of The Bidding Documents Not Later Than Seven (7) Calendar Days Before The Deadline For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids. It Is The Responsibility Of The Procuring Entity To Notify In Writing And Through Posting In The Website Of The Procuring Entity And The Government Electronic Procurement System (g-eps) The Said Documents To All Those Who Have Properly Secured The Bidding Documents. Any Modification To The Bidding Documents Shall Be Identified As An Amendment. Bidders Who Have Submitted Bids Before The Issuance Of The Supplemental/bid Bulletin Must Be Informed And Allowed To Modify Or Withdraw Their Bids. 8. Cost Of Bidding 8.1. The Bidder Shall Bear All Costs Associated With The Preparation And Submission Of His Bid, And The Procuring Entity Will In No Case Be Responsible Or Liable For Those Costs. 9. Language Of Bid 9.1. The Bid, As Well As All Correspondence And Documents Relating To The Bid Exchanged By The Bidder And The Procuring Entity, Shall Be Written In English. Supporting Documents And Printed Literature Furnished By The Bidder May Be In Another Language Provided They Are Accompanied By An Accurate Translation Of The Relevant Passages In English, In Which Case, For Purposes Of Interpretation Of The Bid, The English Translation Shall Govern. 10. Documents Comprising The Bid 10.1. Unless Otherwise Indicated In The Bds, Bids Shall Include The Following: (a) Technical Proposal – (a.1) Bid Security As To Form, Amount, And Validity Period; (a.2) Authority Of The Signing Official; (a.3) Construction Schedule And S-curve; (a.4) Manpower Schedule; (a.5) Construction Methods; (a.6) Organizational Chart For The Contract To Be Bid; (a.7) List Of Contractor’s Personnel (viz., Project Manager, Project Engineers, Materials Engineers, And Foremen), To Be Assigned To The Contract To Be Bid, With Their Complete Qualification And Experience Data; (a.8) List Of Contractor’s Equipment Units, Which Are Owned, Leased, And/or Under Purchase Agreements, Supported By Certification Of Availability Of Equipment From The Equipment Lessor/vendor For The Duration Of The Project; (a.9) Equipment Utilization Schedule; (a.10) Affidavit Of Site Inspection; (a.11) Written Commitment From The Contractor’s Bank To Extend To It A Credit Line If Awarded The Contract To Be Bid, Or A Cash Deposit Certificate Specifically Committed To The Contract Or Project, If Awarded, In An Amount Not Lower Than That Set In The Bds; (a.12) Construction Safety And Health Program Of The Contractor; (a.13) Certificate From The Bidder Under Oath Of Its Compliance With Existing Labor Laws And Standards; (a.14) A Sworn Affidavit In Accordance With Itb Clause 3.2; And (a.15) Any Other Documents Described In The Bds. (b) Financial Proposal – (b.1) Bid Prices In Bill Of Quantities In The Prescribed Bid Form; (b.2) Detailed Estimates Including A Summary Sheet Indicating The Unit Prices Of Construction Materials, Labor Rates And Equipment Rentals Used In Coming Up With The Bid; (b.3) Cash Flow By The Quarter And Payments Schedule; And (b.4) Any Other Document Described In The Bds. 10.2. If Indicated In The Bds, All Financial Proposals That Exceed The Abc As Indicated In The Bds, Shall Be Rejected. 11. Bid Prices 11.1. The Contract Shall Be For The Whole Works, As Described In Itb Clause 1.1, Based On The Priced Bill Of Quantities Submitted By The Bidder. 11.2. The Bidder Shall Fill In Rates And Prices For All Items Of The Works Described In The Bill Of Quantities. Bids Not Addressing Or Providing All Of The Required Items In The Bidding Documents Including, Where Applicable, Bill Of Quantities, Shall Be Considered Non-responsive And, Thus, Automatically Disqualified. In This Regard, Where A Required Item Is Provided, But No Price Is Indicated, The Same Shall Be Considered As Non-responsive, But Specifying A "0" (zero) For The Said Item Would Mean That It Is Being Offered For Free To The Government. 11.3. All Duties, Taxes, And Other Levies Payable By The Contractor Under The Contract, Or For Any Other Cause, Prior To The Deadline For Submission Of Bids, Shall Be Included In The Rates, Prices, And Total Bid Price Submitted By The Bidder. 11.4. For The Given Scope Of Work In The Contract As Awarded, All Bid Prices Shall Be Considered As Fixed Prices, And Therefore Not Subject To Price Escalation During Contract Implementation, Except Under Extraordinary Circumstances As Indicated In The Bds And Specified In Gcc Clause 47 And Its Corresponding Scc Provision. 12. Currencies Of Bid And Payment 12.1. Subject To Applicable Laws And Unless Otherwise Specified In The Bds, All Bid Prices Shall Be Quoted In Philippine Pesos. However, For Purposes Of Bid Evaluation, Bids Denominated In Foreign Currencies Shall Be Converted To Philippine Currency Based On The Exchange Rate Prevailing On The Day Of The Bid Opening. 12.2. All Contracts Shall Be Denominated And Payable In Philippine Pesos. 13. Bid Validity 13.1. Bids Shall Remain Valid For The Period Specified In The Bds Which Shall Not Exceed One Hundred Twenty (120) Days From The Date Of The Opening Of Bids. 13.2. In Exceptional Circumstances, The Procuring Entity May Request That The Bidders Extend The Period Of Validity For A Specified Additional Period. The Request And The Bidders’ Responses Shall Be Made In Writing. A Bidder May Refuse The Request Without Forfeiting The Bid Security. A Bidder Agreeing To The Request Will Not Be Required Or Permitted To Otherwise Modify The Bid, But Will Be Required To Extend The Validity Of Bid Security For The Period Of The Extension, And In Compliance With Itb Clause 14 In All Respects. 13.3. Unless Otherwise Indicated In The Bds, If The Period Of Bid Validity Is Extended Beyond Sixty (60) Days After The Original Bid Validity Period, The Bid Prices Shall Remain Fixed And Therefore Not Subject To Any Adjustment. 14. Bid Security 14.1. The Bidder Shall Furnish, As Part Of The Bid, A Bid Security In Local Currency Or In A Freely Convertible Currency, In The Forms And Amount Specified In The Bds. 14.2. As Indicated In The Bds, The Procuring Entity Shall Prescribe The Acceptable Forms Of Bid Security From Among The Following, From Which Acceptable Forms The Bidder May Choose: (a) Cash; (b) A Cashier's Or Certified Check; (c) An Irrevocable Letter Of Credit; (d) A Bank Guarantee; (e) Surety Bond; Or (f) Foreign Government Guarantee. 14.3. In Case Of Bank Guarantee, The Bid Security Shall Be Submitted Using The Form Included In Part Ii, Section Viii, Forms And Qualifications Information, Or Another Form Acceptable To The Procuring Entity. The Form Must Include The Complete Name Of The Bidder. The Bid Security Should Be Valid For The Period Specified In The Bds. 14.4. Any Bid Not Accompanied By An Acceptable Bid Security Shall Be Rejected By The Procuring Entity. The Bid Security Of A Jv, If In The Form Of A Bank Guarantee Must Define As “bidder” All Jv Partners And List Them In The Following Manner: A Jv Consisting Of “______,” “______,” And “______”. 14.5. No Bid Securities Shall Be Returned To Bidders After The Opening Of Bids And Before Contract Signing, Except To Those That Failed To Comply With Any Of The Requirements To Be Submitted In The First Bid Envelope Of The Bid, As Provided In This Irr-a. Without Prejudice To The Forfeiture Of Bid Securities, Bid Securities Shall Be Returned Only After The Bidder With The Lowest Calculated Responsive Bid Has Signed The Contract And Furnished The Performance Security, But In No Case Later Than The Expiration Of The Bid Security Validity Period Indicated In The Bds. 14.6. The Bid Security May Be Forfeited: (a) If The Bidder Withdraws The Bid After Bid Opening During The Period Of Bid Validity; (b) If The Bidder Does Not Accept The Correction Of The Bid Price, Pursuant To Itb Clause 23; Or (c) In The Case Of A Successful Bidder, If The Bidder Fails Within The Specified Time Limit To: (c.1) Sign The Agreement; (c.2) Furnish The Required Performance Security; Or (c.3) Enter Into A Jv Agreement If It Has Undertaken To Do So. (d) Any Other Reasons Stated In The Bds. 15. Alternative Proposals By Bidders 15.1. Bidders Shall Submit Offers That Comply With The Requirements Of The Bidding Documents, Including The Basic Technical Design As Indicated In The Drawings And Specifications. Unless There Is A Value Engineering Clause In The Bds, Alternative Bids Shall Not Be Accepted. 16. Format And Signing Of Bid 16.1. The Bidder Shall Submit One Original Of The Technical Proposal And One Original Of The Financial Proposal As Described In Itb Clause 17 And Clearly Mark Each As “original - Technical Proposal” And “original – Financial Proposal”. In Addition, The Bidder Shall Submit Two (2) Copies Of The Technical Proposal And The Financial Proposal, And Clearly Mark Them “copy No… - Technical Proposal” And “copy No…. – Financial Proposal”. In The Event Of Any Discrepancy Between The Original And The Copies, The Original Shall Prevail. 16.2. The Original And The Two (2) Copies Of The Bid Shall Be Typed Or Written In Indelible Ink And Shall Be Signed By The Bidder Or A Person Or Persons Duly Authorized To Bind The Bidder To The Contract. All Pages Of The Bid Where Entries Or Amendments Have Been Made Shall Be Initialed By The Person Or Persons Signing The Bid. 16.3. Any Interlineations, Erasures, Alterations Or Overwriting Shall Be Valid Only If They Are Signed Or Initialed By The Person Signing The Bid. 16.4. Unless Otherwise Provided In The Bds, Commissions Or Gratuities Are Not Allowed. 17. Sealing And Marking Of Bids 17.1. The Bidder Shall Enclose The Original Of The Technical Proposal In One Sealed Envelope Marked As “original - Technical Proposal”; Whereas, The Original Of The Financial Proposal Shall Be Enclosed In Another Sealed Envelope Marked As “original - Financial Proposal”. Both Envelopes Shall Then Be Placed In Another Single Envelope Marked As “original Bid”. 17.2. Each Copy Of The Technical Proposal And Financial Proposal, Shall Be Similarly Sealed Duly Marked As “copy No… - Technical Proposal” And “copy No… – Financial Proposal” Respectively And The Outer Envelope As “copy No”. These Envelopes Containing The Original And The Copies Shall Then Be Enclosed In One Single Envelope That Shall: (a) Name Of The Contract To Be Bid; (b) Bear The Name And Address Of The Bidder; (c) Be Addressed To The Procuring Entity In Accordance With Itb Clause 18.1; (d) Bear The Specific Identification Of This Bidding Process Indicated In The Bds; And (e) Bear A Warning “do Not Open Before…” The Time And Date For The Opening Of Bids , In Accordance With Itb Clause 18.1. 17.3. If All Envelopes Are Not Sealed And Marked As Required, The Procuring Entity Will Assume No Responsibility For The Misplacement Or Premature Opening Of The Bid. 18. Deadline For Submission Of Bids 18.1. Bids Must Be Received By The Bac Of The Procuring Entity At The Address And On Or Before The Date And Time Indicated In The Bds. 19. Late Bids 19.1. Any Bid Submitted After The Deadline For Submission And Receipt Of Bids Prescribed By The Procuring Entity, Pursuant To Itb Clause 18.1, Shall Be Declared “late” And Shall Not Be Accepted By The Procuring Entity. 20. Modification And Withdrawal Of Bids 20.1. The Bidder May Modify Its Bid After It Has Been Submitted; Provided That The Modification Is Received By The Procuring Entity Prior To The Deadline Prescribed For Submission And Receipt Of Bids. The Bidder Shall Not Be Allowed To Retrieve Its Original Bid, But Shall Be Allowed To Submit Another Bid Equally Sealed, Properly Identified, Linked To Its Original Bid Marked As “technical Modification” Or “financial Modification” And Stamped “received” By The Bac. Bid Modifications Received After The Applicable Deadline Shall Not Be Considered And Shall Be Returned To The Bidder Unopened. 20.2. A Bidder May, Through A Letter Of Withdrawal, Withdraw Its Bid After It Has Been Submitted, For Valid And Justifiable Reason; Provided That The Letter Of Withdrawal Is Received By The Procuring Entity Prior To The Deadline Prescribed For Submission And Receipt Of Bids. 20.3. Bids Requested To Be Withdrawn In Accordance With Itb Clause 20.2 Shall Be Returned Unopened To The Bidders. A Bidder May Also Express Its Intention Not To Participate In The Bidding Through A Letter Which Should Reach And Be Stamped By The Bac Before The Deadline For Submission And Receipt Of Bids. A Bidder That Withdraws Its Bid Shall Not Be Permitted To Submit Another Bid, Directly Or Indirectly, For The Same Contract. 20.4. No Bid May Be Modified After The Deadline For Submission Of Bids. No Bid May Be Withdrawn In The Interval Between The Deadline For Submission Of Bids And The Expiration Of The Period Of Bid Validity Specified By The Bidder On The Bid Form. Withdrawal Of A Bid During This Interval May Result In The Forfeiture Of The Bidder’s Bid Security, Pursuant To The Itb Clause 14.6, And The Imposition Of Administrative, Civil And Criminal Sanctions As Prescribed By R.a. 9184 And Its Irr-a. 21. Opening And Preliminary Examination Of Bids 21.1. The Bac Of The Procuring Entity Shall Open Bid Envelopes In The Presence Of Bidders’ Representatives Who Choose To Attend, At The Time, On The Date, And At The Place Specified In The Bds. Bidders’ Representatives Who Are Present Shall Sign A Register Evidencing Their Attendance. 21.2. Letters Of Withdrawal Shall Be Read Out And Recorded, And The Envelope Containing The Corresponding Withdrawn Bid Shall Be Returned To The Bidder Unopened. If The Withdrawing Bidder’s Representative Is In Attendance The Original Bid And All Copies Thereof Shall Be Returned To The Representative During The Bid Opening. If The Representative Is Not In Attendance, The Bid Shall Be Returned Unopened By Registered Mail. The Bidder May Withdraw Its Bid Prior To The Deadline For Submission And Receipt Of Bids, Provided That The Corresponding Letter Of Withdrawal Contains A Valid Justification Requesting For Such Withdrawal, Subject To Appropriate Administrative Sanctions. 21.3. If The Bidding Is Subject To An Eligibility Check As Described In Itb Clause 21.6, The Procuring Entity Shall Not Accept The Bids Of Ineligible Bidders. The Procuring Entity Shall Open Bids Of Eligible Bidders Only, In Accordance With The Following Paragraph. 21.4. Outer Envelopes Marked “technical Modification” Or “financial Modification” Will Be Identified But Not Opened. The Procuring Entity Will Announce The Presence And Type Of Modification From The Information Contained On The Outer Envelope. 21.5. The Procuring Entity Shall First Open The Envelopes Holding The Technical Proposals And Modification, If Any, One At A Time, And Read Out And Record The Following: (a) The Name Of The Bidder; (b) Whether There Is A Technical Modification Or Substitution; (c) The Presence, Amount And Validity Of The Bid Security; And (d) The Presence Or Absence Of Each Document Comprising The Technical Proposal Vis-à-vis A Checklist Of The Required Documents. 21.6. The Bac Of The Procuring Entity Shall Determine Each Bidder’s Compliance With The Documents Required To Be Submitted For The Technical Proposal Of The Bid, As Prescribed In Itb Clause 10. For This Purpose, The Bac Of The Procuring Entity Shall Check The Submitted Documents Of Each Bidder Against A Checklist Of Required Documents To Ascertain If They Are All Present In The First (technical) Envelope, Using Non-discretionary “pass/fail” Criteria, As Stated In The Iaeb And Itb Clause 10. If A Bidder Submits All Required Documents, It Shall Be Rated “passed” For That Particular Requirement. In This Regard, Failure To Submit A Requirement, Or An Incomplete Or Patently Insufficient Submission, Shall Be Considered “failed” For The Particular Requirement Concerned. In Case One Or More Of The Above Required Documents In The First Envelope Of A Particular Bid Is Missing, Incomplete, Or Patently Insufficient, The Bac Of The Procuring Entity Shall Rate The Bid Concerned As “failed” And Immediately Return To The Bidder Concerned Its Second (financial) Envelope Unopened. 21.7. Immediately After Determining Compliance With The Requirements In The First Bid Envelope (technical Proposal), The Bac Shall Forthwith Open The Second Bid Envelope (financial Proposal) Of Each Remaining Eligible Bidder Whose First Bid Envelope Was Rated “passed.” The Second Envelope Of Each Complying Bidder Shall Be Opened Within The Same Day. In Case One Or More Of The Requirements In The Second Envelope Of A Particular Bid Is Missing, Incomplete Or Patently Insufficient, And/or If The Submitted Total Bid Price Exceeds The Abc, The Bac Shall Rate The Bid Concerned As “failed.” Bids That Are Determined To Contain All The Requirements For The Second (financial) Envelope Shall Be Rated “passed” And Shall Immediately Be Considered For Detailed Evaluation Of The Bids. 21.8. The Procuring Entity Shall Prepare The Minutes Of The Proceedings Of The Bid Opening That Shall Include, As A Minimum: (a) Abstract Of Bids As Read Including Names Of Bidders, Their Bid Price, Bid Security, Findings Of Preliminary Examination; And (b) Attendance Sheet. The Bac Members Shall Sign The Abstract Of Bids As Read And The Observers May Witness The Same. A Copy Of The Abstract Of Bids As Read Shall Be Made Available To All Interested Bidders. The Minutes Of The Proceedings Of The Bid Opening Shall Be Available To The Public Upon Written Request And Payment At A Specified Fee To Cover The Cost Of Materials. 22. Process To Be Confidential 22.1. Members Of The Bac, Including Its Staff And Personnel, As Well As Its Secretariat And Twg, Are Prohibited From Making Or Accepting Any Kind Of Communication With Any Bidder Regarding The Evaluation Of Their Bids Until The Issuance Of The Notice Of Award. 23. Detailed Evaluation And Comparison Of Bids 23.1. The Procuring Entity Will Evaluate And Compare, In Detail, Only The Bids That Are Rated “passed” For Both Technical And Financial Proposals. 23.2. In Evaluating The Bids To Get The Lowest Calculated Bid, The Procuring Entity Shall Undertake The Following: (a) The Detailed Evaluation Of The Financial Component Of The Bids, To Establish The Correct Calculated Prices Of The Bids; And (b) The Ranking Of The Total Bid Prices As So Calculated From The Lowest To Highest. The Bid With The Lowest Price Shall Be Identified As The Lowest Calculated Bid. 23.3. To Determine The Lowest Calculated Bid, The Bac Shall Use A Non-discretionary “pass/fail” Criteria, As Stated In The Iaeb, Which Shall Include A Consideration Of The Following: (a) The Bid Must Be Complete. Bids Not Addressing Or Providing All Of The Required Items In The Bidding Documents Including, Where Applicable, Bill Of Quantities, Shall Be Considered Non-responsive And, Thus, Automatically Disqualified. In This Regard, Where A Required Item Is Provided, But No Price Is Indicated, The Same Shall Be Considered As Non-responsive, But Specifying A “0” (zero) For The Said Item Would Mean That It Is Being Offered For Free To The Government; And (b) Minor Arithmetical Corrections To Consider Computational Errors, Omissions And Discounts If Allowed, In The Bidding Documents To Enable Proper Comparison Of All Eligible Bids. Any Adjustment Shall Be Calculated In Monetary Terms To Determine The Calculated Prices. 23.4. The Bac Shall Evaluate All Bids On An Equal Footing To Ensure Fair And Competitive Bid Evaluation. For This Purpose, All Bidders Shall Be Required To Include The Cost Of All Taxes, Such As, But Not Limited To, Value Added Tax (vat), Income Tax, Local Taxes, And Other Fiscal Levies And Duties Which Shall Be Itemized In The Bid Form And Reflected In The Detailed Estimates. Such Bids, Including Said Taxes, Shall Be The Basis For Bid Evaluation And Comparison. 23.5. In Case Of Discrepancies Between: (a) Bid Prices In Figures And In Words, The Latter Shall Prevail; (b) The Total Bid Amount And The Sum Of Total Costs Per Item, The Sum Of The Total Costs Per Item Shall Prevail And The Total Bid Amount Will Be Corrected; And (c) Unit Cost In The Detailed Estimate And Unit Cost In The Bill Of Quantities, The Latter Shall Prevail. 23.6. Based On The Detailed Evaluation Of Bids, Those That Comply With The Above-mentioned Requirements Shall Be Ranked In The Ascending Order Of Their Total Calculated Bid Prices, As Evaluated And Corrected For Computational Errors, Discounts And Other Modifications, To Identify The Lowest Calculated Bid. Total Calculated Bid Prices, As Evaluated And Corrected For Computational Errors, Discounts And Other Modifications, Which Exceed The Abc Shall Not Be Considered. 23.7. The Estimated Effect Of Any Price Adjustment Conditions Under Gcc Clause 47, During The Period Of Implementation Of The Contract, Will Not Be Taken Into Account In Bid Evaluation. 24. Preference For Provincial Bidders 24.1. If So Indicated In The Bds, Bidders Whose Principal Office Is Within The Same Province Where The Project Is To Be Implemented Shall Be Given Preference By Allowing A Right To Match The Lowest Calculated Bid Subject To Applicable Laws And Following The Mechanism Shown In The Bds. 25. Post Qualification Of The Lowest Calculated Bid The Procuring Entity Shall Conduct Post Qualification To Determine Whether The Bidder That Is Evaluated To Have The Lowest Calculated Bid Complies With And Is Responsive To All Requirements And Conditions For Eligibility And Of The Bidding For The Contract. The Determination Shall Use Non-discretionary “pass/fail” Criteria And Be Based Upon Examination, Verification And Validation Of The Documentary Evidence Of The Bidder’s Eligibility/qualifications Submitted By The Bidder Pursuant To 25.1. Part I. Section Ii. Eligibility Documents And The Technical And Financial Proposals For Itb Clause 10. If The Said Bidder Passes The Post-qualification, His Bid Shall Be Declared As The Lowest Calculated And Responsive Bid (lcrb). 26. Right Of The Procuring Entity To Reject Any Or All Bids 26.1. Notwithstanding The Eligibility Or Post-qualification Of A Bidder, The Procuring Entity Concerned Reserves The Right To Review Its Qualifications At Any Stage Of The Procurement Process If It Has Reasonable Grounds To Believe That A Misrepresentation Has Been Made By The Said Bidder, Or That There Has Been A Change In The Bidder’s Capability To Undertake The Project From The Time It Submitted Its Eligibility Requirements. Should Such Review Uncover Any Misrepresentation Made In The Eligibility And Bidding Requirements, Statements Or Documents, Or Any Changes In The Situation Of The Bidder Which Will Affect Its Capability To Undertake The Project So That It Fails The Preset Eligibility Or Bid Evaluation Criteria, The Procuring Entity Shall Consider The Said Bidder As Ineligible And Shall Disqualify It From Submitting A Bid Or From Obtaining An Award Or Contract. 26.2. The Procuring Entity Reserves The Right To Reject Any And All Bids, Declare A Failure Of Bidding, Or Not Award The Contract In The Following Situations: (a) If There Is Prima Facie Evidence Of Collusion Between Appropriate Public Officers Or Employees Of The Procuring Entity, Or Between The Bac And Any Of The Bidders, Or If The Collusion Is Between Or Among The Bidders Themselves, Or Between A Bidder And A Third Party, Including Any Act Which Restricts, Suppresses Or Nullifies Or Tends To Restrict, Suppress Or Nullify Competition; (b) If The Bac Is Found To Have Failed In Following The Prescribed Bidding Procedures; Or (c) For Any Justifiable And Reasonable Ground Where The Award Of The Contract Will Not Redound To The Benefit Of The Government As Follows: (i) If The Physical And Economic Conditions Have Significantly Changed So As To Render The Project No Longer Economically, Financially Or Technically Feasible As Determined By The Head Of The Procuring Entity; (ii) If The Project Is No Longer Necessary As Determined By The Head Of The Procuring Entity; And (iii) If The Source Of Funds For The Project Has Been Withheld Or Reduced Through No Fault Of The Procuring Entity. 27. Award Criteria 27.1. Subject To Itb Clause 25, The Procuring Entity Shall Award The Contract To The Successful Bidder Whose Bid Has Been Determined To Be The Lcrb. 28. Notice Of Award 28.1. The Procuring Entity Shall Issue A Written Notice Of Award/letter Of Acceptance To The Bidder With The Lcrb Prior To The Expiration Of The Bid Validity Period, By Registered Mail, By Hand Or By Facsimile. This Notice Of Award/letter Of Acceptance Shall State The Proposed Contract Price Equivalent To The Lcrb, Together With The Documentary Requirements For The Contract. 29. Signing Of The Contract 29.1. Within Ten (10) Calendar Days Upon Receipt Of The Award, The Successful Bidder Shall Submit To The Procuring Entity: (a) Its Written Confirmation To The Award; (b) The Contract Form Signed By The Bidder; (c) The Required Performance Security; And (d) All Other Documentary Requirements For The Contract. 29.2. Within Twenty (20) Calendar Days Upon Receipt From The Successful Bidder Of The Signed Confirmation Of The Award, The Signed Contract, The Required Performance Security And All Other Documentary Requirements, The Procuring Entity Shall Sign And Approve The Contract. 30. Performance Security 30.1. Within A Maximum Period Of Ten (10) Calendar Days Upon Receipt Of The Notification Of Award From The Procuring Entity, And In No Case Later Than The Signing Of The Contract By The Successful Bidder And The Procuring Entity, The Successful Bidder Shall Furnish To The Procuring Entity, The Performance Security In Accordance With The Conditions Of Contract, In The Performance Security Form Provided In The Bidding Documents, Or In Another Form Acceptable To The Procuring Entity. 30.2. As Indicated In The Bds, The Procuring Entity Shall Prescribe The Acceptable Forms Of Performance Security From Among The Following, From Which Acceptable Forms The Bidder May Choose: (a) Cash; (b) A Cashier’s Or Certified Check; (c) An Irrevocable Letter Of Credit; (d) A Bank Guarantee; (e) Surety Bond; Or (f) Foreign Government Guarantee. 30.3. If The Acceptable Performance Security Is Provided By The Successful Bidder In The Form Of A Bank Guarantee, Or Other Form If Indicated In Scc Clause 7.1, It Shall Be Issued Either (a) At The Bidder’s Option, By A Bank Located In The Country Of The Procuring Entity Or A Foreign Bank Through A Correspondent Bank Located In The Country Of The Procuring Entity, Or (b) With The Agreement Of The Procuring Entity Directly By A Foreign Bank Acceptable To The Procuring Entity. 30.4. Failure Of The Successful Bidder To Comply With The Requirements Of Itb Clause 30.1 Shall Constitute Sufficient Grounds For Cancellation Of The Award And Forfeiture Of The Bid Security. In Which Event, The Procuring Entity Shall Initiate And Complete The Post Qualification Of The Second Lowest Calculated Bid. The Procedure Shall Be Repeated Until The Lowest Calculated And Responsive Bid Is Identified And Selected For Contract Award. However, If No Bidder Passed Post-qualification, The Bac Shall Declare The Bidding A Failure And Conduct A Re-bidding With Re-advertisement. 30.5. Upon The Furnishing By The Successful Bidder Of The Performance Security, The Procuring Entity Will Promptly Notify The Other Bidders That Their Bids Have Been Unsuccessful. 31. Notice To Proceed 31.1. Within Seven (7) Calendar Days From The Date Of Approval Of The Contract By The Appropriate Government Approving Authority, The Procuring Entity Shall Issue Its Notice To Proceed. 32. Advance Payment 32.1. The Procuring Entity Will Provide An Advance Payment On The Contract Price As Stipulated In The Conditions Of Contract, Subject To The Maximum Amount Stated In Scc Clause 38.1. Part Ii. Section Ii. Bid Data Sheet Itb Clause 1.1 The Procuring Entity Is Municipality Of Carmen, Surigao Del Sur The Name Of The Contract Is Completion Of Concrete Perimeter Fence At Evacuation Center 5.3 The Procuring Entity’s Address Is: Local Government Unit Carmen, Surigao Del Sur Hon. Jane V. Plaza - Municipal Mayor 7.1 All Bids Submitted Will Be Opened At The Bid Opening Ceremony. Determination Of A Bidder’s Qualifications And Eligibility Will Form Part Of The Procuring Entity’s Evaluation Process And Post-qualification. During Bid Opening Technical Proposals That Lack Any Of The Following Documents Shall Be Rejected And Returned To The Bidder Together With Its Unopened Price Proposal: A) Evidence Of Financial, Technical And Production Capability; (minimum Equipment Required) B) Audited Financial Statements; C) Nfcc Or Credit Line Certificate Or Cash Deposit Certificate; D) Bid Security; And E) Authority Of The Signatory. 10.1 F) 10.1(a.11) Minimum Required Equipment 10.1(a.11) Ten Percent (10%) Of The Bid Amount. Note: If The Bidder, At Its Own Option Provides A Cash Deposit Certificate It Must Be At Least Ten Percent (10%) Of The Bid Amount 10.1(a.15) None. 10.1(b.4) None. 10.2 There Is No Ceiling For Financial Proposals. 11.4 Bid Prices Shall Be Fixed; Adjustable Financial Proposals Will Be Rejected. 12.1 For Goods And Services That Will Be Supplied From Outside Of The Philippines. Bid Prices Therefore Shall Be Quoted In United States Dollars. 13.1 Bids Will Be Valid Until 120 Calendar Days From The Date Of Bid Opening. 13.3 If The Period Of Bid Validity Is Extended Beyond Sixty (60) Days After The Original Bid Validity Period; Or In The Request For Extension, For The Period Of Delay Beyond Sixty (60) Days After The Expiry Of The Initial Bid Validity, Up To The Notification Of Award, Bid Prices Shall Be Increased On The Local Component By 3% Per Annum. Bid Evaluation Will Be Based On The Bid Prices Without Taking The Above Correction Into Consideration. 14.1 And 14.2 The Bid Security Shall Be In The Following Forms And Amount: (a) Cash, Certified (cashier’s Or Manager’s) Check At One Percent (1%) Of The Bid; And (b) Bank Guarantee At One And A Half Percent (1.5%) Of The Bid; (c) Bid Securing Declaration 14.3 And 14.5 One Hundred Twenty (120) Days From The Date Set For Bid Opening. 14.6(d) The Following Shall Be The Additional Grounds For Forfeiture Of The Bid Security: 1. Submission Of Eligibility Requirements Containing False Information Or Falsified Documents. 2. Submission Of Bids That Contain False Information Or Falsified Documents, Or The Concealment Of Such Information In The Bids In Order To Influence The Outcome Of Eligibility Screening Or Any Other Stage Of The Public Bidding. 3. Allowing The Use Of One’s Name, Or Using The Name Of Another For Purposes Of Public Bidding. 4. Withdrawal Of A Bid, Or Refusal To Accept An Award, Or Enter Into Contract With The Government Without Justifiable Cause, After He Had Been Adjudged As Having Submitted The Lowest Calculated Responsive Bid Or Highest Rated Responsive Bid. 5. Refusal To Clarify Or Validate In Writing Its Bid During Post-qualification Within A Period Of Seven (7) Calendar Days From Receipt Of The Request For Clarification. 6. Any Documented Unsolicited Attempt By A Bidder To Unduly Influence The Outcome Of The Bidding In His Favor. 7. All Other Acts That Tend To Defeat The Purpose Of The Competitive Bidding, Such As An Eligible Contractor Not Buying Bid Documents, And Contractors Habitually Withdrawing From Bidding Or Submitting Letters Of Non-participation For At Least Three (3) Times Within A Year, Except For Valid Reasons. 15.1 None 16.4 No Further Instructions. 17.2(d) The Specific Identification Of This Bidding Process Is 18.1 The Address For Submission Of Bids Is Bac Office, Municipal Hall, Carmen, Surigao Del Sur. The Deadline For Submission Of Bids Is February 19, 2025 At 10:00 Am 21.1 The Place Of Bid Opening Is Bac Office, Municipal Hall, Carmen, Surigao Del Sur. The Date And Time Of Bid Opening Is February 19, 2025 At 10:00 Am 24.1 Not Applicable. Part Ii. Section Iii. General Conditions Of Contract Table Of Contents 1. Definitions 42 2. Interpretation 44 3. Governing Language And Law 45 4. Communications 45 5. Possession Of Site 45 6. The Contractor’s Obligations 46 7. Performance Security 47 8. Sub-contracting 47 9. Liquidated Damages 48 10. Site Investigation Reports 48 11. The Procuring Entity, Licenses And Permits 48 12. Contractor’s Risk And Warranty Security 48 13. Procuring Entity’s Risk 50 14. Insurance 51 15. Termination For Default Of Contractor 52 16. Termination For Default Of Procuring Entity 53 17. Termination For Other Causes 53 18. Procedures For Termination Of Contracts 55 19. Force Majeure, Release From Performance 56 20. Resolution Of Disputes 57 21. Suspension Of Loan, Credit, Grant, Or Appropriation 58 22. Procuring Entity’s Representative’s Decisions 58 23. Approval Of Drawings And Temporary Works By The Procuring Entity’s Representative 58 24. Acceleration And Delays Ordered By The Procuring Entity’s Representative 58 25. Extension Of The Intended Completion Date 59 26. Right To Vary 59 27. Contractors Right To Claim 60 28. Dayworks 60 29. Early Warning 60 30. Program Of Work 60 31. Management Conferences 61 32. Bill Of Quantities 61 33. Instructions, Inspections And Audits 62 34. Identifying Defects 62 35. Cost Of Repairs 62 36. Correction Of Defects 63 37. Uncorrected Defects 63 38. Advance Payment 63 39. Progress Payments 64 40. Payment Certificates 64 41. Retention 65 42. Variation Orders 65 43. Contract Completion 67 44. Suspension Of Work 67 45. Payment On Termination 68 46. Extension Of Contract Time 69 47. Price Adjustment 70 48. Completion 70 49. Taking Over 70 50. Operating And Maintenance Manuals 71 1. Definitions 1.1. For Purposes Of This Clause, Boldface Type Is Used To Identify Defined Terms. 1.2. The Arbiter Is The Person Appointed Jointly By The Procuring Entity And The Contractor To Resolve Disputes In The First Instance, As Provided For In Gcc Clause 20. 1.3. Bill Of Quantities Refers To A List Of The Specific Items Of The Work And Their Corresponding Unit Prices, Lump Sums, And/or Provisional Sums. 1.4. The Completion Date Is The Date Of Completion Of The Works As Certified By The Procuring Entity’s Representative, In Accordance With Gcc Clause 48. 1.5. The Contract Is The Contract Between The Procuring Entity And The Contractor To Execute, Complete, And Maintain The Works. It Consists Of The Documents Listed In Gcc Clause 2.3. 1.6. The Contract Price Is The Price Stated In The Letter Of Acceptance And Thereafter To Be Paid By The Procuring Entity To The Contractor For The Execution Of The Works In Accordance With This Contract. 1.7. Contract Time Extension Is The Allowable Period For The Contractor To Complete The Works In Addition To The Original Completion Date Stated In This Contract. 1.8. The Contractor Is The Juridical Entity Whose Proposal Has Been Accepted By The Procuring Entity And To Whom The Contract To Execute The Work Was Awarded. 1.9. The Contractor’s Bid Is The Signed Offer Or Proposal Submitted By The Contractor To The Procuring Entity In Response To The Bidding Documents. 1.10. Days Are Calendar Days; Months Are Calendar Months. 1.11. Day Works Are Varied Work Inputs Subject To Payment On A Time Basis For The Contractor’s Employees And Equipment, In Addition To Payments For Associated Materials And Plant. 1.12. A Defect Is Any Part Of The Works Not Completed In Accordance With The Contract. 1.13. The Defects Liability Certificate Is The Certificate Issued By Procuring Entity’s Representative Upon Correction Of Defects By The Contractor. 1.14. The Defects Liability Period Is The One Year Period Between Project Completion And Final Acceptance Within Which The Contractor Assumes The Responsibility To Undertake The Repair Of Any Damage To The Works At His Own Expense. 1.15. Drawings Are Graphical Presentations Of The Works. They Include All Supplementary Details, Shop Drawings, Calculations, And Other Information Provided Or Approved For The Execution Of This Contract. 1.16. Equipment Refers To All Facilities, Supplies, Appliances, Materials Or Things Required For The Execution And Completion Of The Work Provided By The Contractor And Which Shall Not Form Or Are Not Intended To Form Part Of The Permanent Works. 1.17. The Intended Completion Date Refers To The Date Specified In The Scc When The Contractor Is Expected To Have Completed The Works. The Intended Completion Date May Be Revised Only By The Procuring Entity’s Representative By Issuing An Extension Of Time Or An Acceleration Order. 1.18. Materials Are All Supplies, Including Consumables, Used By The Contractor For Incorporation In The Works. 1.19. The Notice To Proceed Is A Written Notice Issued By The Procuring Entity Or The Procuring Entity’s Representative To The Contractor Requiring The Latter To Begin The Commencement Of The Work Not Later Than A Specified Or Determinable Date. 1.20. Permanent Works All Permanent Structures And All Other Project Features And Facilities Required To Be Constructed And Completed In Accordance With This Contract Which Shall Be Delivered To The Procuring Entity And Which Shall Remain At The Site After The Removal Of All Temporary Works. 1.21. Plant Refers To The Machinery, Apparatus, And The Like Intended To Form An Integral Part Of The Permanent Works. 1.22. The Procuring Entity Is The Party Who Employs The Contractor To Carry Out The Works Stated In The Scc. 1.23. The Procuring Entity’s Representative Refers To The Head Of The Procuring Entity Or His Duly Authorized Representative, Identified In The Scc, Who Shall Be Responsible For Supervising The Execution Of The Works And Administering This Contract. 1.24. The Site Is The Place Provided By The Procuring Entity Where The Works Shall Be Executed And Any Other Place Or Places Which May Be Designated In The Scc, Or Notified To The Contractor By The Procuring Entity’s Representative As Forming Part Of The Site. 1.25. Site Investigation Reports Are Those That Were Included In The Bidding Documents And Are Factual And Interpretative Reports About The Surface And Subsurface Conditions At The Site. 1.26. Slippage Is A Delay In Work Execution Occurring When Actual Accomplishment Falls Below The Target As Measured By The Difference Between The Scheduled And Actual Accomplishment Of The Work By The Contractor As Established From The Work Schedule. This Is Actually Described As A Percentage Of The Whole Works. 1.27. Specifications Means The Description Of Works To Be Done And The Qualities Of Materials To Be Used, The Equipment To Be Installed And The Mode Of Construction. 1.28. The Start Date, As Specified In The Scc, Is The Date When The Contractor Is Obliged To Commence Execution Of The Works. It Does Not Necessarily Coincide With Any Of The Site Possession Dates. 1.29. A Subcontractor Is Any Person Or Organization To Whom A Part Of The Works Has Been Subcontracted By The Contractor, As Allowed By The Procuring Entity, But Not Any Assignee Of Such Person. 1.30. Temporary Works Are Works Designed, Constructed, Installed, And Removed By The Contractor That Are Needed For Construction Or Installation Of The Permanent Works. 1.31. Work(s) Refer To The Permanent Works And Temporary Works To Be Executed By The Contractor In Accordance With This Contract, Including (i) The Furnishing Of All Labor, Materials, Equipment And Others Incidental, Necessary Or Convenient To The Complete Execution Of The Works; (ii) The Passing Of Any Tests Before Acceptance By The Procuring Entity’s Representative; (iii) And The Carrying Out Of All Duties And Obligations Of The Contractor Imposed By This Contract As Described In The Scc. 2. Interpretation 2.1. In Interpreting The Conditions Of Contract, Singular Also Means Plural, Male Also Means Female Or Neuter, And The Other Way Around. Headings Have No Significance. Words Have Their Normal Meaning Under The Language Of This Contract Unless Specifically Defined. The Procuring Entity’s Representative Will Provide Instructions Clarifying Queries About The Conditions Of Contract. 2.2. If Sectional Completion Is Specified In The Scc, References In The Conditions Of Contract To The Works, The Completion Date, And The Intended Completion Date Apply To Any Section Of The Works (other Than References To The Completion Date And Intended Completion Date For The Whole Of The Works). 2.3. The Documents Forming This Contract Shall Be Interpreted In The Following Order Of Priority: (a) Contract Agreement; (b) Instructions To Bidders; (c) Addenda To The Bidding Documents; (d) Specifications; (e) Drawings; (f) Special Conditions Of Contract; (g) General Conditions Of Contract; And (h) Any Other Document Listed In The Scc As Forming Part Of This Contract. 3. Governing Language And Law 3.1. This Contract Has Been Executed In The English Language, Which Shall Be The Binding And Controlling Language For All Matters Relating To The Meaning Or Interpretation Of This Contract. All Correspondence And Other Documents Pertaining To This Contract Which Are Exchanged By The Parties Shall Be Written In English. 3.2. This Contract Shall Be Interpreted In Accordance With The Laws Of The Republic Of The Philippines. 4. Communications 4.1. Communications Between Parties That Are Referred To In The Conditions Shall Be Effective Only When In Writing. A Notice Shall Be Effective Only When It Is Received By The Concerned Party. 5. Possession Of Site 5.1. On The Date Specified In The Scc, The Procuring Entity Shall Grant The Contractor Possession Of So Much Of The Site As May Be Required To Enable It To Proceed With The Execution Of The Works. If The Contractor Suffers Delay Or Incurs Cost From Failure On The Part Of The Procuring Entity To Give Possession In Accordance With The Terms Of This Clause, The Procuring Entity’s Representative Shall Give The Contractor A Contract Time Extension And Certify Such Sum As Fair To Cover The Cost Incurred, Which Sum Shall Be Paid By Procuring Entity. 5.2. If Possession Of A Portion Is Not Given By The Date Stated In The Scc Clause 5.1, The Procuring Entity Will Be Deemed To Have Delayed The Start Of The Relevant Activities. The Resulting Adjustments In Contact Time To Address Such Delay Shall Be In Accordance With Gcc Clause 46. 5.3. The Contractor Shall Bear All Costs And Charges For Special Or Temporary Right-of-way Required By It In Connection With Access To The Site. The Contractor Shall Also Provide At His Own Cost Any Additional Facilities Outside The Site Required By It For Purposes Of The Works. 5.4. The Contractor Shall Allow The Procuring Entity’s Representative And Any Person Authorized By The Procuring Entity’s Representative Access To The Site And To Any Place Where Work In Connection With This Contract Is Being Carried Out Or Is Intended To Be Carried Out. 6. The Contractor’s Obligations 6.1. The Contractor Shall Carry Out The Works Properly And In Accordance With This Contract. The Contractor Shall Provide All Supervision, Labor, Materials, Plant And Contractor's Equipment, Which May Be Required. All Materials And Plant On Site Shall Be Deemed To Be The Property Of The Procuring Entity. 6.2. The Contractor Shall Commence Execution Of The Works On The Start Date And Shall Carry Out The Works In Accordance With The Program Of Work Submitted By The Contractor, As Updated With The Approval Of The Procuring Entity’s Representative, And Complete Them By The Intended Completion Date. 6.3. The Contractor Shall Be Responsible For The Safety Of All Activities On The Site. 6.4. The Contractor Shall Carry Out All Instructions Of The Procuring Entity’s Representative That Comply With The Applicable Laws Where The Site Is Located. 6.5. The Contractor Shall Employ The Key Personnel Named In The Schedule Of Key Personnel, As Referred To In The Scc, To Carry Out The Supervision Of The Works. The Procuring Entity Will Approve Any Proposed Replacement Of Key Personnel Only If Their Relevant Qualifications And Abilities Are Equal To Or Better Than Those Of The Personnel Listed In The Schedule. 6.6. If The Procuring Entity’s Representative Asks The Contractor To Remove A Member Of The Contractor’s Staff Or Work Force, For Justifiable Cause, The Contractor Shall Ensure That The Person Leaves The Site Within Seven (7) Days And Has No Further Connection With The Work In This Contract. 6.7. During Contract Implementation, The Contractor And His Subcontractors Shall Abide At All Times By All Labor Laws, Including Child Labor Related Enactments, And Other Relevant Rules. 6.8. The Contractor Shall Submit To The Procuring Entity For Consent The Name And Particulars Of The Person Authorized To Receive Instructions On Behalf Of The Contractor. 6.9. The Contractor Shall Cooperate And Share The Site With Other Contractors, Public Authorities, Utilities, And The Procuring Entity Between The Dates Given In The Schedule Of Other Contractors Particularly When They Shall Require Access To The Site. The Contractor Shall Also Provide Facilities And Services For Them During This Period. The Procuring Entity May Modify The Schedule Of Other Contractors, And Shall Notify The Contractor Of Any Such Modification Thereto. 6.10. Should Anything Of Historical Or Other Interest Or Of Significant Value Be Unexpectedly Discovered On The Site, It Shall Be The Property Of The Procuring Entity. The Contractor Shall Notify The Procuring Entity’s Representative Of Such Discoveries And Carry Out The Procuring Entity’s Representative’s Instructions In Dealing With Them. 7. Performance Security 7.1. The Performance Security Shall Be Submitted To The Procuring Entity Not Later Than The Date Specified In The Letter Of Acceptance And Shall Be Issued In An Amount And Form As Specified In The Scc, And Denominated In The Currency In Which The Contract Price Is Payable. The Performance Security Shall Be Valid For The Period Specified In The Scc. 7.2. The Contractor, By Entering Into The Contract With The Procuring Entity, Acknowledges The Right Of The Procuring Entity To Institute Action Pursuant To Act 3688 Against Any Subcontractor Be They An Individual, Firm, Partnership, Corporation, Or Association Supplying The Contractor With Labor, Materials And/or Equipment For The Performance Of This Contract. 8. Sub-contracting 8.1. Unless Otherwise Indicated In The Scc, The Contractor Cannot Subcontract More Than Fifty Percent (50%) Of The Value Of The Works,. Subcontracting Of Any Portion Of The Works Does Not Relieve The Contractor Of Any Liability Or Obligation Under This Contract. The Contractor Will Be Responsible For The Acts, Defaults, And Negligence Of Any Subcontractor, Its Agents, Servants Or Workmen As Fully As If These Were The Contractor’s Own Acts, Defaults, Or Negligence, Or Those Of Its Agents, Servants Or Workmen. 8.2. All Subcontracting Arrangements As Disclosed And Identified During The Eligibility Check Shall Not Be Changed During The Implementation Of This Contract. 9. Liquidated Damages 9.1. The Contractor Shall Pay Liquidated Damages To The Procuring Entity At The Rate Per Day Stated In The Scc For Each Day That The Completion Date Is Later Than The Intended Completion Date. The Total Amount Of Liquidated Damages Shall Not Exceed The Amount Defined In The Scc. The Procuring Entity May Deduct Liquidated Damages From Payments Due To The Contractor. Payment Of Liquidated Damages Shall Not Affect The Contractor. Once The Cumulative Amount Of Liquidated Damages Reaches Ten Percent (10%) Of The Amount Of This Contract, The Procuring Entity Shall Rescind This Contract, Without Prejudice To Other Courses Of Action And Remedies Open To It. 9.2. If The Intended Completion Date Is Extended After Liquidated Damages Have Been Paid, The Engineer Of The Procuring Entity Shall Correct Any Overpayment Of Liquidated Damages By The Contractor By Adjusting The Next Payment Certificate. The Contractor Shall Be Paid Interest On The Overpayment, Calculated From The Date Of Payment To The Date Of Repayment, At The Rates Specified In Gcc Clause 39.1 10. Site Investigation Reports 10.1. The Contractor, In Preparing The Bid, Shall Rely On Any Site Investigation Reports Referred To In The Scc Supplemented By Any Information Obtained By The Contractor. 11. The Procuring Entity, Licenses And Permits 11.1. The Procuring Entity Shall, If Requested By The Contractor, Assist Him In Applying For Permits, Licenses Or Approvals, Which Are Required For The Works. 12. Contractor’s Risk And Warranty Security 12.1. The Contractor Shall Assume Full Responsibility For The Works From The Time Project Construction Commenced Up To Final Acceptance By The Procuring Entity And Shall Be Held Responsible For Any Damage Or Destruction Of The Works Except Those Occasioned By Force Majeure. The Contractor Shall Be Fully Responsible For The Safety, Protection, Security, And Convenience Of His Personnel, Third Parties, And The Public At Large, As Well As The Works, Equipment, Installation, And The Like To Be Affected By His Construction Work. 12.2. The Defects Liability Period For Infrastructure Projects Shall Be One Year From Project Completion Up To Final Acceptance By The Procuring Entity. During This Period, The Contractor Shall Undertake The Repair Works, At His Own Expense, Of Any Damage To The Works On Account Of The Use Of Materials Of Inferior Quality Within Ninety (90) Days From The Time The Head Of The Procuring Entity Has Issued An Order To Undertake Repair. In Case Of Failure Or Refusal To Comply With This Mandate, The Procuring Entity Shall Undertake Such Repair Works And Shall Be Entitled To Full Reimbursement Of Expenses Incurred Therein Upon Demand. In Case The Contractor Fails To Comply With The Preceding Paragraph, It Shall Suffer Perpetual Disqualification From Participating In Any Public Bidding And Its Property Or Properties Shall Be Subject To Attachment Or Garnishment Proceedings To Recover The Costs. All Payables Of The Procuring Entity In The Contractor’s Favor Shall Be Offset To Recover The Costs. 12.3. After Final Acceptance Of The Works By The Procuring Entity, The Contractor Shall Be Held Responsible For Structural Defects And/or Failure Of The Completed Project Within The Following Warranty Periods From Final Acceptance, Except Those Occasioned By Force Majeure And Those Caused By Other Parties: (a) Permanent Structures: Fifteen (15) Years Buildings Of Types 4 (steel, Iron, Concrete, Or Masonry Construction With Walls, Ceilings, And Permanent Partitions Of Incombustible Fire Resistance) And 5 (steel, Iron, Concrete, Or Masonry Construction), Steel And Concrete Bridges, Flyovers, Concrete Aircraft Movement Areas, Ports, Dams, Diversion Tunnels, Causeways, Wharves, Piers, Dikes, Filtration And Treatment Plants, Sewerage Systems, Power Plants, Transmission And Communication Towers, Railway System, And Other Similar Structures; (b) Semi-permanent Structures: Five (5) Years Buildings Of Types 1 (wooden), 2 (wood With 1 Hour Fire Resistance), And 3 (masonry And Wood Construction), Concrete Roads, Asphalt Roads, River Control, Drainage, Irrigation And Drainage Canals, Municipal Ports And River Landing, Deep Wells, Rock Causeway, Pedestrian Overpass, And Other Similar Structures; And (c) Other Structures: Two (2) Years Bailey And Wooden Bridges, Shallow Wells, Spring Developments, And Other Similar Structures. 12.4. The Contractor Shall Be Required To Put Up A Warranty Security In The Form Of Cash, Bank Guarantee, Letter Of Credit, Gsis Or Surety Bond Callable On Demand, In Accordance With The Following Schedule: Form Of Warranty Minimum Amount In Percentage (%) Of Total Contract Price 1. Cash Deposit, Cash Bond Or Letter Of Credit Five Percent (5%) 2. Bank Guarantee Ten Percent (10%) 3. Surety Bond Thirty Percent (30%) 12.5. The Warranty Security Shall Be Stated In Philippine Pesos And Shall Remain Effective During The Applicable Warranty Period Provided In Gcc Clause 12.3. 12.6. In Case Of Structural Defects/failure Occurring During The Applicable Warranty Period Provided In Gcc Clause 12.3, The Procuring Entity Shall Undertake The Necessary Restoration Or Reconstruction Works And Shall Be Entitled To Full Reimbursement By The Parties Found To Be Liable, Of Expenses Incurred Therein Upon Demand, Without Prejudice To The Filing Of Appropriate Administrative, Civil, And/or Criminal Charges Against The Responsible Persons As Well As The Forfeiture Of The Warranty Security Posted In Favor Of The Procuring Entity. For Purposes Of This Clause, The Term “structural Defects” Shall Mean Major Faults/flaws/deficiencies In One Or More Key Structural Elements Of The Works Which May Lead To Structural Failure Of The Completed Elements Or Structure. The Term “structural Failures” Is Defined As An Occurrence Where One Or More Key Structural Elements In An Infrastructure Facility Fails Or Collapses, Thereby Rendering The Facility Or Part Thereof Incapable Of Withstanding The Design Loads, And/or Endangering The Safety Of The Users Or The General Public. 13. Procuring Entity’s Risk 13.1. From The Start Date Until The Certificate Of Final Acceptance Has Been Issued, The Following Are Risks Of The Procuring Entity: (a) The Risk Of Personal Injury, Death, Or Loss Of Or Damage To Property (excluding The Works, Plant, Materials, And Equipment), Which Are Due To: (a.1) Any Type Of Use Or Occupation Of The Site Authorized By The Procuring Entity After The Official Acceptance Of The Works; Or (a.2) Negligence, Breach Of Statutory Duty, Or Interference With Any Legal Right By The Procuring Entity Or By Any Person Employed By Or Contracted To Him Except The Contractor. (b) The Risk Of Damage To The Works, Plant, Materials, And Equipment To The Extent That It Is Due To A Fault Of The Procuring Entity Or In The Procuring Entity’s Design, Or Due To War Or Radioactive Contamination Directly Affecting The Country Where The Works Are To Be Executed. 14. Insurance 14.1. The Contractor Shall, Under His Name And At His Own Expense, Obtain And Maintain, For The Duration Of This Contract, The Following Insurance Coverage: (a) Contractor’s All Risk Insurance; (b) Transportation To The Project Site Of Equipment, Machinery, And Supplies Owned By The Contractor; (c) Personal Injury Or Death Of Contractor’s Employees; And (d) Comprehensive Insurance For Third Party Liability To Contractor’s Direct Or Indirect Act Or Omission Causing Damage To Third Persons. 14.2. The Contractor Shall Provide Evidence To The Procuring Entity’s Representative That The Insurances Required Under This Contract Have Been Effected And Shall, Within A Reasonable Time, Provide Copies Of The Insurance Policies To The Procuring Entity’s Representative. Such Evidence And Such Policies Shall Be Provided To The Procuring Entity Through The Procuring Entity’s Representative. 14.3. The Contractor Shall Notify The Insurers Of Changes In The Nature, Extent, Or Program For The Execution Of The Works And Ensure The Adequacy Of The Insurances At All Times In Accordance With The Terms Of This Contract And Shall Produce To The Procuring Entity’s Representative The Insurance Policies In Force Including The Receipts For Payment Of The Current Premiums. The Above Insurance Policies Shall Be Obtained From Any Reputable Insurance Company Approved By The Procuring Entity’s Representative. 14.4. If The Contractor Fails To Obtain And Keep In Force The Insurances Referred To Herein Or Any Other Insurance Which He May Be Required To Obtain Under The Terms Of This Contract, The Procuring Entity May Obtain And Keep In Force Any Such Insurances And Pay Such Premiums As May Be Necessary For The Purpose. From Time To Time, The Procuring Entity May Deduct The Amount It Shall Pay For Said Premiums Including Twenty Five Percent (25%) Therein From Any Monies Due, Or Which May Become Due, To The Contractor, Without Prejudice To The Procuring Entity Exercising Its Right To Impose Other Sanctions Against The Contractor Pursuant To The Provisions Of This Contract. 14.5. In The Event The Contractor Fails To Observe The Above Safeguards, The Procuring Entity May, At The Contractor’s Expense, Take Whatever Measure Is Deemed Necessary For Its Protection And That Of The Contractor’s Personnel And Third Parties, And/or Order The Interruption Of Dangerous Works. In Addition, The Procuring Entity May Refuse To Make The Payments Under Gcc Clause 39 Until The Contractor Complies With This Clause. 14.6. The Contractor Shall Immediately Replace The Insurance Policy Obtained As Required In This Contract, Without Need Of The Procuring Entity’s Demand, With A New Policy Issued By A New Insurance Company Acceptable To The Procuring Entity For Any Of The Following Grounds: (a) The Issuer Of The Insurance Policy To Be Replaced Has: (a.1) Become Bankrupt; (a.2) Been Placed Under Receivership Or Under A Management Committee; (a.3) Been Sued For Suspension Of Payment; Or (a.4) Been Suspended By The Insurance Commission And Its License To Engage In Business Or Its Authority To Issue Insurance Policies Cancelled; Or (b) Where Reasonable Grounds Exist That The Insurer May Not Be Able, Fully And Promptly, To Fulfill Its Obligation Under The Insurance Policy. 15. Termination For Default Of Contractor 15.1. The Procuring Entity Shall Terminate This Contract For Default When Any Of The Following Conditions Attend Its Implementation: 15.2. Due To The Contractor’s Fault And While The Project Is On-going, It Has Incurred Negative Slippage Of Fifteen Percent (15%) Or More In Accordance With Presidential Decree 1870, Regardless Of Whether Or Not Previous Warnings And Notices Have Been Issued For The Contractor To Improve His Performance; 15.3. Due To Its Own Fault And After This Contract Time Has Expired, The Contractor Incurs Delay In The Completion Of The Work After This Contract Has Expired; Or 15.4. The Contractor: (a) Abandons The Contract Works, Refuses Or Fails To Comply With A Valid Instruction Of The Procuring Entity Or Fails To Proceed Expeditiously And Without Delay Despite A Written Notice By The Procuring Entity; (b) Does Not Actually Have On The Project Site The Minimum Essential Equipment Listed On The Bid Necessary To Prosecute The Works In Accordance With The Approved Program Of Work And Equipment Deployment Schedule As Required For The Project; (c) Does Not Execute The Works In Accordance With This Contract Or Persistently Or Flagrantly Neglects To Carry Out Its Obligations Under This Contract; (d) Neglects Or Refuses To Remove Materials Or To Perform A New Work That Has Been Rejected As Defective Or Unsuitable; Or (e) Sub-lets Any Part Of This Contract Without Approval By The Procuring Entity. 15.5. All Materials On The Site, Plant, Equipment, And Works Shall Be Deemed To Be The Property Of The Procuring Entity If This Contract Is Rescinded Because Of The Contractor’s Default. 16. Termination For Default Of Procuring Entity 16.1. The Contractor May Terminate This Contract With The Procuring Entity If The Works Are Completely Stopped For A Continuous Period Of At Least Sixty (60) Calendar Days Through No Fault Of Its Own, Due To Any Of The Following Reasons: (a) Failure Of The Procuring Entity To Deliver, Within A Reasonable Time, Supplies, Materials, Right-of-way, Or Other Items It Is Obligated To Furnish Under The Terms Of This Contract; Or (b) The Prosecution Of The Work Is Disrupted By The Adverse Peace And Order Situation, As Certified By The Armed Forces Of The Philippines Provincial Commander And Approved By The Secretary Of National Defense. 17. Termination For Other Causes 17.1. The Procuring Entity May Terminate This Contract, In Whole Or In Part, At Any Time For Its Convenience. The Head Of The Procuring Entity May Terminate This Contract For The Convenience Of The Procuring Entity If He Has Determined The Existence Of Conditions That Make Project Implementation Economically, Financially Or Technically Impractical And/or Unnecessary, Such As, But Not Limited To, Fortuitous Event(s) Or Changes In Law And National Government Policies. 17.2. The Procuring Entity Or The Contractor May Terminate This Contract If The Other Party Causes A Fundamental Breach Of This Contract. 17.3. Fundamental Breaches Of Contract Shall Include, But Shall Not Be Limited To, The Following: (a) The Contractor Stops Work For Twenty Eight (28) Days When No Stoppage Of Work Is Shown On The Current Program Of Work And The Stoppage Has Not Been Authorized By The Procuring Entity’s Representative; (b) The Procuring Entity’s Representative Instructs The Contractor To Delay The Progress Of The Works, And The Instruction Is Not Withdrawn Within Twenty Eight (28) Days; (c) The Procuring Entity Shall Terminate This Contract If The Contractor Is Declared Bankrupt Or Insolvent As Determined With Finality By A Court Of Competent Jurisdiction. In This Event, Termination Will Be Without Compensation To The Contractor, Provided That Such Termination Will Not Prejudice Or Affect Any Right Of Action Or Remedy Which Has Accrued Or Will Accrue Thereafter To The Procuring Entity And/or The Contractor. In The Case Of The Contractor's Insolvency, Any Contractor's Equipment Which The Procuring Entity Instructs In The Notice Is To Be Used Until The Completion Of The Works; (d) A Payment Certified By The Procuring Entity’s Representative Is Not Paid By The Procuring Entity To The Contractor Within Eighty Four (84) Days From The Date Of The Procuring Entity’s Representative’s Certificate; (e) The Procuring Entity’s Representative Gives Notice That Failure To Correct A Particular Defect Is A Fundamental Breach Of Contract And The Contractor Fails To Correct It Within A Reasonable Period Of Time Determined By The Procuring Entity’s Representative; (f) The Contractor Does Not Maintain A Security, Which Is Required; (g) The Contractor Has Delayed The Completion Of The Works By The Number Of Days For Which The Maximum Amount Of Liquidated Damages Can Be Paid, As Defined In The Gcc Clause 9; And (h) In Case It Is Determined Prima Facie By The Procuring Entity That The Contractor Has Engaged, Before Or During The Implementation Of The Contract, In Unlawful Deeds And Behaviors Relative To Contract Acquisition And Implementation, Such As, But Not Limited To, The Following: (h.1) Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive And Coercive Practices As Defined In Itb Clause 2.1(a); (h.2) Drawing Up Or Using Forged Documents; (h.3) Using Adulterated Materials, Means Or Methods, Or Engaging In Production Contrary To Rules Of Science Or The Trade; And (h.4) Any Other Act Analogous To The Foregoing. 17.4. The Funding Source Or The Procuring Entity, As Appropriate, Will Seek To Impose The Maximum Civil, Administrative And/or Criminal Penalties Available Under The Applicable Law On Individuals And Organizations Deemed To Be Involved With Corrupt, Fraudulent, Or Coercive Practices. 17.5. When Persons From Either Party To This Contract Gives Notice Of A Fundamental Breach To The Procuring Entity’s Representative In Order To Terminate The Existing Contract For A Cause Other Than Those Listed Under Gcc Clause 17.3, The Procuring Entity’s Representative Shall Decide Whether The Breach Is Fundamental Or Not. 17.6. If This Contract Is Terminated, The Contractor Shall Stop Work Immediately, Make The Site Safe And Secure, And Leave The Site As Soon As Reasonably Possible. 18. Procedures For Termination Of Contracts 18.1. The Following Provisions Shall Govern The Procedures For The Termination Of This Contract: (a) Upon Receipt Of A Written Report Of Acts Or Causes Which May Constitute Ground(s) For Termination As Aforementioned, Or Upon Its Own Initiative, The Implementing Unit Shall, Within A Period Of Seven (7) Calendar Days, Verify The Existence Of Such Ground(s) And Cause The Execution Of A Verified Report, With All Relevant Evidence Attached; (b) Upon Recommendation By The Implementing Unit, The Head Of The Procuring Entity Shall Terminate This Contract Only By A Written Notice To The Contractor Conveying The Termination Of This Contract. The Notice Shall State: (b.1) That This Contract Is Being Terminated For Any Of The Ground(s) Afore-mentioned, And A Statement Of The Acts That Constitute The Ground(s) Constituting The Same; (b.2) The Extent Of Termination, Whether In Whole Or In Part; (b.3) An Instruction To The Contractor To Show Cause As To Why This Contract Should Not Be Terminated; And (b.4) Special Instructions Of The Procuring Entity, If Any. The Notice To Terminate Shall Be Accompanied By A Copy Of The Verified Report; (c) Within A Period Of Seven (7) Calendar Days From Receipt Of The Notice Of Termination, The Contractor Shall Submit To The Head Of The Procuring Entity A Verified Position Paper Stating Why The Contract Should Not Be Terminated. If The Contractor Fails To Show Cause After The Lapse Of The Seven (7) Day Period, Either By Inaction Or By Default, The Head Of The Procuring Entity Shall Issue An Order Terminating The Contract; (d) The Procuring Entity May, At Anytime Before Receipt Of The Bidder’s Verified Position Paper To Withdraw The Notice To Terminate If It Is Determined That Certain Items Or Works Subject Of The Notice Had Been Completed, Delivered, Or Performed Before The Contractor’s Receipt Of The Notice; (e) Within A Non-extendible Period Of Ten (10) Calendar Days From Receipt Of The Verified Position Paper, The Head Of The Procuring Entity Shall Decide Whether Or Not To Terminate This Contract. It Shall Serve A Written Notice To The Contractor Of Its Decision And, Unless Otherwise Provided In The Said Notice, This Contract Is Deemed Terminated From Receipt Of The Contractor Of The Notice Of Decision. The Termination Shall Only Be Based On The Ground(s) Stated In The Notice To Terminate; And (f) The Head Of The Procuring Entity May Create A Contract Termination Review Committee (ctrc) To Assist Him In The Discharge Of This Function. All Decisions Recommended By The Ctrc Shall Be Subject To The Approval Of The Head Of The Procuring Entity. 19. Force Majeure, Release From Performance 19.1. For Purposes Of This Contract The Terms “force Majeure” And “fortuitous Event” May Be Used Interchangeably. In This Regard, A Fortuitous Event Or Force Majeure Shall Be Interpreted To Mean An Event Which The Contractor Could Not Have Foreseen, Or Which Though Foreseen, Was Inevitable. It Shall Not Include Ordinary Unfavorable Weather Conditions; And Any Other Cause The Effects Of Which Could Have Been Avoided With The Exercise Of Reasonable Diligence By The Contractor. 19.2. If This Contract Is Discontinued By An Outbreak Of War Or By Any Other Event Entirely Outside The Control Of Either The Procuring Entity Or The Contractor, The Procuring Entity’s Representative Shall Certify That This Contract Has Been Discontinued. The Contractor Shall Make The Site Safe And Stop Work As Quickly As Possible After Receiving This Certificate And Shall Be Paid For All Works Carried Out Before Receiving It And For Any Work Carried Out Afterwards To Which A Commitment Was Made. 19.3. If The Event Continues For A Period Of Eighty Four (84) Days, Either Party May Then Give Notice Of Termination, Which Shall Take Effect Twenty Eight (28) Days After The Giving Of The Notice. 19.4. After Termination, The Contractor Shall Be Entitled To Payment Of The Unpaid Balance Of The Value Of The Works Executed And Of The Materials And Plant Reasonably Delivered To The Site, Adjusted By The Following: (a) Any Sum To Which The Contractor Is Entitled Under Gcc Clause 27.1; (b) The Cost Of His Suspension And Demobilization; (c) Any Sum To Which The Procuring Entity Is Entitled. 19.5. The Net Balance Due Shall Be Paid Or Repaid Within A Reasonable Time Period From The Time Of The Notice Of Termination. 20. Resolution Of Disputes 20.1. If The Contractor Believes That A Decision Taken By The Procuring Entity’s Representative Was Either Outside The Authority Given To The Procuring Entity’s Representative By This Contract Or That The Decision Was Wrongly Taken, The Decision Shall Be Referred To The Arbiter Indicated In The Scc Within Fourteen (14) Days Of The Notification Of The Procuring Entity’s Representative’s Decision. 20.2. Any And All Disputes Arising From The Implementation Of This Contract Covered By The R.a. 9184 And Its Irr-a Shall Be Submitted To Arbitration In The Philippines According To The Provisions Of Republic Act 9285, Otherwise Known As The “alternative Dispute Resolution Act Of 2004”: Provided, However, That, Disputes That Are Within The Competence Of The Construction Industry Arbitration Commission To Resolve Shall Be Referred Thereto. The Process Of Arbitration Shall Be Incorporated As A Provision In This Contract That Will Be Executed Pursuant To The Provisions Of The Act And Its Irr-a: Provided, Further, That, By Mutual Agreement, The Parties May Agree In Writing To Resort To Other Alternative Modes Of Dispute Resolution. Additional Instructions On Resolution Of Disputes, If Any, Shall Be Indicated In The Scc. 21. Suspension Of Loan, Credit, Grant, Or Appropriation 21.1. In The Event That The Funding Source Suspends The Loan, Credit, Grant, Or Appropriation To The Procuring Entity, From Which Part Of The Payments To The Contractor Are Being Made: (a) The Procuring Entity Is Obligated To Notify The Contractor Of Such Suspension Within Seven (7) Days Of Having Received The Suspension Notice. (b) If The Contractor Has Not Received Sums Due It For Work Already Done Within Forty Five (45) Days From The Time The Contractor’s Claim For Payment Has Been Certified By The Procuring Entity’s Representative, The Contractor May Immediately Issue A Suspension Of Work Notice In Accordance With Scc Clause 44.2. 22. Procuring Entity’s Representative’s Decisions 22.1. Except Where Otherwise Specifically Stated, The Procuring Entity’s Representative Will Decide Contractual Matters Between The Procuring Entity And The Contractor In The Role Representing The Procuring Entity. 22.2. The Procuring Entity’s Representative May Delegate Any Of His Duties And Responsibilities To Other People, Except To The Arbiter, After Notifying The Contractor, And May Cancel Any Delegation After Notifying The Contractor. 23. Approval Of Drawings And Temporary Works By The Procuring Entity’s Representative 23.1. All Drawings Prepared By The Contractor For The Execution Of The Temporary Works, Are Subject To Prior Approval By The Procuring Entity’s Representative Before Its Use. 23.2. The Contractor Shall Be Responsible For Design Of Temporary Works. 23.3. The Procuring Entity’s Representative’s Approval Shall Not Alter The Contractor’s Responsibility For Design Of The Temporary Works. 23.4. The Contractor Shall Obtain Approval Of Third Parties To The Design Of The Temporary Works, When Required By The Procuring Entity. 24. Acceleration And Delays Ordered By The Procuring Entity’s Representative 24.1. When The Procuring Entity Wants The Contractor To Finish Before The Intended Completion Date, The Procuring Entity’s Representative Will Obtain Priced Proposals For Achieving The Necessary Acceleration From The Contractor. If The Procuring Entity Accepts These Proposals, The Intended Completion Date Will Be Adjusted Accordingly And Confirmed By Both The Procuring Entity And The Contractor. 24.2. If The Contractor’s Financial Proposals For An Acceleration Are Accepted By The Procuring Entity, They Are Incorporated In The Contract Price And Treated As A Variation. 25. Extension Of The Intended Completion Date 25.1. The Procuring Entity’s Representative Shall Extend The Intended Completion Date If A Variation Is Issued Which Makes It Impossible For The Intended Completion Date To Be Achieved By The Contractor Without Taking Steps To Accelerate The Remaining Work, Which Would Cause The Contractor To Incur Additional Costs. Unless Specified In The Scc, No Payment Shall Be Made For Any Event Which May Warrant The Extension Of The Intended Completion Date. 25.2. The Procuring Entity’s Representative Shall Decide Whether And By How Much To Extend The Intended Completion Date Within Twenty One (21) Days Of The Contractor Asking The Procuring Entity’s Representative For A Decision Thereto After Fully Submitting All Supporting Information. If The Contractor Has Failed To Give Early Warning Of A Delay Or Has Failed To Cooperate In Dealing With A Delay, The Delay By This Failure Shall Not Be Considered In Assessing The New Intended Completion Date. 26. Right To Vary 26.1. The Procuring Entity’s Representative With The Prior Approval Of The Procuring Entity May Instruct Variations, Up To A Maximum Cumulative Amount Of Ten Percent (10%) Of The Original Contract Cost. 26.2. Variations Shall Be Valued As Follows: (a) At A Lump Sum Price Agreed Between The Parties; (b) Where Appropriate, At Rates In This Contract; (c) In The Absence Of Appropriate Rates, The Rates In This Contract Shall Be Used As The Basis For Valuation; Or Failing Which (d) At Appropriate New Rates, Equal To Or Lower Than Current Industry Rates And To Be Agreed Upon By Both Parties And Approved By The Head Of The Procuring Entity. 27. Contractors Right To Claim 27.1. If The Contractor Incurs Cost As A Result Of Any Of The Events Under Gcc Clause 13, The Contractor Shall Be Entitled To The Amount Of Such Cost. If As A Result Of Any Of The Said Events, It Is Necessary To Change The Works, This Shall Be Dealt With As A Variation. 28. Dayworks 28.1. Subject To Gcc Clause 42 On Variation Order, And If Applicable As Indicated In The Scc, The Dayworks Rates In The Contractor’s Bid Shall Be Used For Small Additional Amounts Of Work Only When The Procuring Entity’s Representative Has Given Written Instructions In Advance For Additional Work To Be Paid For In That Way. 28.2. All Work To Be Paid For As Dayworks Shall Be Recorded By The Contractor On Forms Approved By The Procuring Entity’s Representative. Each Completed Form Shall Be Verified And Signed By The Procuring Entity’s Representative Within Two Days Of The Work Being Done. 28.3. The Contractor Shall Be Paid For Dayworks Subject To Obtaining Signed Dayworks Forms. 29. Early Warning 29.1. The Contractor Shall Warn The Procuring Entity’s Representative At The Earliest Opportunity Of Specific Likely Future Events Or Circumstances That May Adversely Affect The Quality Of The Work, Increase The Contract Price, Or Delay The Execution Of The Works. The Procuring Entity’s Representative May Require The Contractor To Provide An Estimate Of The Expected Effect Of The Future Event Or Circumstance On The Contract Price And Completion Date. The Estimate Shall Be Provided By The Contractor As Soon As Reasonably Possible. 29.2. The Contractor Shall Cooperate With The Procuring Entity’s Representative In Making And Considering Proposals For How The Effect Of Such An Event Or Circumstance Can Be Avoided Or Reduced By Anyone Involved In The Work And In Carrying Out Any Resulting Instruction Of The Procuring Entity’s Representative. 30. Program Of Work 30.1. Within The Time Stated In The Scc, The Contractor Shall Submit To The Procuring Entity’s Representative For Approval A Program Of Work Showing The General Methods, Arrangements, Order, And Timing For All The Activities In The Works. 30.2. An Update Of The Program Of Work Shall The Show The Actual Progress Achieved On Each Activity And The Effect Of The Progress Achieved On The Timing Of The Remaining Work, Including Any Changes To The Sequence Of The Activities. 30.3. The Contractor Shall Submit To The Procuring Entity’s Representative For Approval An Updated Program Of Work At Intervals No Longer Than The Period Stated In The Scc. If The Contractor Does Not Submit An Updated Program Of Work Within This Period, The Procuring Entity’s Representative May Withhold The Amount Stated In The Scc From The Next Payment Certificate And Continue To Withhold This Amount Until The Next Payment After The Date On Which The Overdue Program Of Work Has Been Submitted. 30.4. The Procuring Entity’s Representative’s Approval Of The Program Of Work Shall Not Alter The Contractor’s Obligations. The Contractor May Revise The Program Of Work And Submit It To The Procuring Entity’s Representative Again At Any Time. A Revised Program Of Work Shall Show The Effect Of Any Approved Variations; And If Allowed, Any Compensation Event. 30.5. When The Program Of Work Is Updated, The Contractor Shall Provide The Procuring Entity’s Representative With An Updated Cash Flow Forecast. The Cash Flow Forecast Shall Include Different Currencies, As Defined In The Contract, Converted As Necessary Using The Contract Exchange Rates. 30.6. All Variations Shall Be Included In Updated Program Of Work Produced By The Contractor. 31. Management Conferences 31.1. Either The Procuring Entity’s Representative Or The Contractor May Require The Other To Attend A Management Conference. The Management Conference Shall Review The Plans For Remaining Work And Deal With Matters Raised In Accordance With The Early Warning Procedure. 31.2. The Procuring Entity’s Representative Shall Record The Business Of Management Conferences And Provide Copies Of The Record To Those Attending The Conference And To The Procuring Entity. The Responsibility Of The Parties For Actions To Be Taken Shall Be Decided By The Procuring Entity’s Representative Either At The Management Conference Or After The Management Conference And Stated In Writing To All Who Attended The Conference. 32. Bill Of Quantities 32.1. The Bill Of Quantities Shall Contain Items Of Work For The Construction, Installation, Testing, And Commissioning Of Work To Be Done By The Contractor. 32.2. The Bill Of Quantities Is Used To Calculate The Contract Price. The Contractor Is Paid For The Quantity Of The Work Done At The Rate In The Bill Of Quantities For Each Item. 32.3. If The Final Quantity Of Any Work Done Differs From The Quantity In The Bill Of Quantities For The Particular Item And Is Not More Than Twenty Five Percent (25%) Of The Original Quantity, Provided The Aggregate Changes For All Items Do Not Exceed Ten Percent (10%) Of The Contract Price, The Procuring Entity’s Representative Shall Make The Necessary Adjustments To Allow For The Changes Subject To Applicable Laws, Rules, And Regulations. 32.4. If Requested By The Procuring Entity’s Representative, The Contractor Shall Provide The Procuring Entity’s Representative With A Detailed Cost Breakdown Of Any Rate In The Bill Of Quantities. 33. Instructions, Inspections And Audits 33.1. The Procuring Entity’s Personnel Shall At All Reasonable Times During Construction Of The Work Be Entitled To Examine, Inspect, Measure And Test The Materials And Workmanship, And To Check The Progress Of The Construction. 33.2. If The Procuring Entity’s Representative Instructs The Contractor To Carry Out A Test Not Specified In The Specification To Check Whether Any Work Has A Defect And The Test Shows That It Does, The Contractor Shall Pay For The Test And Any Samples. If There Is No Defect, The Test Shall Be A Compensation Event. 33.3. The Contractor Shall Permit The Funding Source Named In The Scc To Inspect The Contractor’s Accounts And Records Relating To The Performance Of The Contractor And To Have Them Audited By Auditors Appointed By The Funding Source, If So Required By The Funding Source. 34. Identifying Defects 34.1. The Procuring Entity’s Representative Shall Check The Contractor’s Work And Notify The Contractor Of Any Defects That Are Found. Such Checking Shall Not Affect The Contractor’s Responsibilities. The Procuring Entity’s Representative May Instruct The Contractor To Search Uncover Defects And Test Any Work That The Procuring Entity’s Representative Considers Below Standards And Defective. 35. Cost Of Repairs 35.1. Loss Or Damage To The Works Or Materials To Be Incorporated In The Works Between The Start Date And The End Of The Defects Liability Periods Shall Be Remedied By The Contractor At The Contractor’s Cost If The Loss Or Damage Arises From The Contractor’s Acts Or Omissions. 36. Correction Of Defects 36.1. The Procuring Entity’s Representative Shall Give Notice To The Contractor Of Any Defects Before The End Of The Defects Liability Period, Which Begins At Completion Date Up To Final Acceptance By The Procuring Entity, Unless Otherwise Specified In The Scc. The Defects Liability Period Shall Be Extended For As Long As Defects Remain To Be Corrected. 36.2. Every Time Notice Of A Defect Is Given, The Contractor Shall Correct The Notified Defect Within The Length Of Time Specified In The Procuring Entity’s Representative’s Notice. 36.3. The Contractor Shall Correct The Defects Which He Notices Himself Before The End Of The Defects Liability Period. 36.4. The Procuring Entity Shall Certify That All Defects Have Been Corrected. If The Procuring Entity Considers That Correction Of A Defect Is Not Essential, He Can Request The Contractor To Submit A Quotation For The Corresponding Reduction In The Contract Price. If The Procuring Entity Accepts The Quotation, The Corresponding Change In The Scc Is A Variation. 37. Uncorrected Defects 37.1. The Procuring Entity Shall Give The Contractor At Least Fourteen (14) Days Notice Of His Intention To Use A Third Party To Correct A Defect. If The Contractor Does Not Correct The Defect Himself Within The Period, The Procuring Entity May Have The Defect Corrected By The Third Party. The Cost Of The Correction Will Be Deducted From The Contract Price. 37.2. The Use Of A Third Party To Correct Defects That Are Uncorrected By The Contractor Will In No Way Relieve The Contractor Of Its Liabilities And Warranties Under The Contract. 38. Advance Payment 38.1. The Procuring Entity Shall, Upon A Written Request Of The Contractor Which Shall Be Submitted As A Contract Document, Make An Advance Payment To The Contractor In An Amount Not To Exceed Fifteen Percent (15%) Of The Total Contract Price, To Be Made In Lump Sum Or, At The Most Two, Installments According To A Schedule Specified In The Scc. 38.2. The Advance Payment Shall Be Made Only Upon The Submission To And Acceptance By The Procuring Entity Of An Irrevocable Standby Letter Of Credit Of Equivalent Value From A Commercial Bank, A Bank Guarantee Or A Surety Bond Callable Upon Demand, Issued By A Surety Or Insurance Company Duly Licensed By The Insurance Commission And Confirmed By The Procuring Entity. 38.3. The Advance Payment Shall Be Repaid By The Contractor By Deducting A Percentage Equal To That Used For The Advance Payment From Periodic Progress Payments To Be Made To The Contractor. 38.4. The Contractor May Reduce His Standby Letter Of Credit Or Guarantee Instrument By The Amounts Refunded By The Monthly Certificates In The Advance Payment. 39. Progress Payments 39.1. The Contractor May Submit A Request For Payment For Work Accomplished. Such Request For Payment Shall Be Verified And Certified By The Procuring Entity’s Representative. Except As Otherwise Stipulated In The Scc, Materials And Equipment Delivered On The Site But Not Completely Put In Place Shall Not Be Included For Payment. 39.2. The Procuring Entity Shall Have The Right To Deduct From The Contractor’s Progress Billing Such Amount As May Be Necessary To Cover Third Party Liabilities, As Well As Uncorrected Discovered Defects In The Project. 39.3. Payments Shall Be Adjusted By Deducting Therefrom The Amounts For Advance Payments And Retention. The Procuring Entity Shall Pay The Contractor The Amounts Certified By The Procuring Entity’s Representative Within Twenty Eight (28) Days From The Date Each Certificate Was Issued. Unless Otherwise Indicated In The Scc, No Payment Of Interest For Delayed Payments And Adjustments Shall Be Made By The Procuring Entity. 39.4. Items Of The Works For Which A Price Of “0” (zero) Has Been Entered Will Not Be Paid For By The Procuring Entity And Shall Be Deemed Covered By Other Rates And Prices In The Contract. 40. Payment Certificates 40.1. The Contractor Shall Submit To The Procuring Entity’s Representative Monthly Statements Of The Estimated Value Of The Work Executed Less The Cumulative Amount Certified Previously. 40.2. The Procuring Entity’s Representative Shall Check The Contractor’s Monthly Statement And Certify The Amount To Be Paid To The Contractor. 40.3. The Value Of Work Executed Shall: (a) Be Determined By The Procuring Entity’s Representative; (b) Comprise The Value Of The Quantities Of The Items In The Bill Of Quantities Completed; And (c) Include The Valuations Of Approved Variations. 40.4. The Procuring Entity’s Representative May Exclude Any Item Certified In A Previous Certificate Or Reduce The Proportion Of Any Item Previously Certified In Any Certificate In The Light Of Later Information. 41. Retention 41.1. The Procuring Entity Shall Retain From Each Payment Due To The Contractor An Amount Equal To A Percentage Thereof Using The Rate As Specified In Scc Clause 41.2. 41.2. Progress Payments Are Subject To Retention Of Ten Percent (10%), Unless Otherwise Specified In The Scc, Referred To As The “retention Money.” Such Retention Shall Be Based On The Total Amount Due To The Contractor Prior To Any Deduction And Shall Be Retained From Every Progress Payment Until Fifty Percent (50%) Of The Value Of Works, As Determined By The Procuring Entity, Are Completed. If, After Fifty Percent (50%) Completion, The Work Is Satisfactorily Done And On Schedule, No Additional Retention Shall Be Made; Otherwise, The Ten Percent (10%) Retention Shall Again Be Imposed Using The Rate Specified Therefor. 41.3. The Total “retention Money” Shall Be Due For Release Upon Final Acceptance Of The Works. The Contractor May, However, Request The Substitution Of The Retention Money For Each Progress Billing With Irrevocable Standby Letters Of Credit From A Commercial Bank, Bank Guarantees Or Surety Bonds Callable On Demand, Of Amounts Equivalent To The Retention Money Substituted For And Acceptable To The Procuring Entity, Provided That The Project Is On Schedule And Is Satisfactorily Undertaken. Otherwise, The Percentage Retained Shall Be Made. Said Irrevocable Standby Letters Of Credit, Bank Guarantees And/or Surety Bonds, To Be Posted In Favor Of The Procuring Entity Shall Be Valid For A Duration To Be Determined By The Concerned Implementing Office/agency Or Procuring Entity And Will Answer For The Purpose For Which The Retention Is Intended, I.e., To Cover Uncorrected Discovered Defects And Third Party Liabilities. 41.4. On Completion Of The Whole Works, The Contractor May Substitute Retention Money With An “on Demand” Bank Guarantee In A Form Acceptable To The Procuring Entity. 42. Variation Orders 42.1. Variation Orders May Be Issued By The Procuring Entity To Cover Any Increase/decrease In Quantities, Including The Introduction Of New Work Items That Are Not Included In The Original Contract Or Reclassification Of Work Items That Are Either Due To Change Of Plans, Design Or Alignment To Suit Actual Field Conditions Resulting In Disparity Between The Preconstruction Plans Used For Purposes Of Bidding And The “as Staked Plans” Or Construction Drawings Prepared After A Joint Survey By The Contractor And The Procuring Entity After Award Of The Contract, Provided That The Cumulative Amount Of The Variation Order Does Not Exceed Ten Percent (10%) Of The Original Project Cost. The Addition/deletion Of Works Should Be Within The General Scope Of The Project As Bid And Awarded. A Variation Order May Either Be In The Form Of A Change Order Or Extra Work Order. 42.2. A Change Order May Be Issued By The Implementing Official To Cover Any Increase/decrease In Quantities Of Original Work Items In The Contract. 42.3. An Extra Work Order May Be Issued By The Implementing Official To Cover The Introduction Of New Work Necessary For The Completion, Improvement Or Protection Of The Project Which Were Not Included As Items Of Work In The Original Contract, Such As, Where There Are Subsurface Or Latent Physical Conditions At The Site Differing Materially From Those Indicated In The Contract, Or Where There Are Duly Unknown Physical Conditions At The Site Of An Unusual Nature Differing Materially From Those Ordinarily Encountered And Generally Recognized As Inherent In The Work Or Character Provided For In The Contract. 42.4. Any Cumulative Variation Order Beyond Ten Percent (10%) Shall Be Subject Of Another Contract To Be Bid Out If The Works Are Separable From The Original Contract. In Exceptional Cases Where It Is Urgently Necessary To Complete The Original Scope Of Work, The Head Of The Procuring Entity May Authorize The Variation Order Beyond Ten Percent (10%) But Not More Than Twenty Percent (20%) Subject To The Guidelines To Be Determined By The Gppb: Provided, However, That Appropriate Sanctions Shall Be Imposed On The Designer, Consultant Or Official Responsible For The Original Detailed Engineering Design Which Failed To Consider The Variation Order Beyond Ten Percent (10%). 42.5. In Claiming For Any Variation Order, The Contractor Shall, Within Seven (7) Calendar Days After Such Work Has Been Commenced Or After The Circumstances Leading To Such Condition(s) Leading To The Extra Cost, And Within Twenty-eight (28) Calendar Days Deliver A Written Communication Giving Full And Detailed Particulars Of Any Extra Cost In Order That It May Be Investigated At That Time. Failure To Provide Either Of Such Notices In The Time Stipulated Shall Constitute A Waiver By The Contractor For Any Claim. The Preparation And Submission Of Variation Orders Are As Follows: (a) If The Head Of The Procuring Entity Believes That A Change Order Or Extra Work Order Should Be Issued, He Shall Prepare The Proposed Order Accompanied With The Notices Submitted By The Contractor, The Plans Therefore, His Computations As To The Quantities Of The Additional Works Involved Per Item Indicating The Specific Stations Where Such Works Are Needed, The Date Of His Inspections And Investigations Thereon, And The Log Book Thereof, And A Detailed Estimate Of The Unit Cost Of Such Items Of Work, Together With His Justifications For The Need Of Such Change Order Or Extra Work Order, And Shall Submit The Same To The Procuring Entity’s Representative. (b) The Procuring Entity’s Representative, Upon Receipt Of The Proposed Change Order Or Extra Work Order Shall Immediately Instruct The Technical Staff Of The Procuring Entity To Conduct An On-the-spot Investigation To Verify The Need For The Work To Be Prosecuted. A Report Of Such Verification Shall Be Submitted Directly To The Procuring Entity’s Representative. (c) The Procuring Entity’s Representative, After Being Satisfied That Such Change Order Or Extra Work Order Is Justified And Necessary, Shall Review The Estimated Quantities And Prices And Forward The Proposal With The Supporting Documentation To The Head Of Procuring Entity For Consideration. (d) If, After Review Of The Plans, Quantities And Estimated Unit Cost Of The Items Of Work Involved, The Proper Office Of The Procuring Entity Empowered To Review And Evaluate Change Orders Or Extra Work Orders Recommends Approval Thereof, The Procuring Entity’s Representative, Believing The Change Order Or Extra Work Order To Be In Order, Shall Approve The Same. (e) The Timeframe For The Processing Of Variation Orders From The Preparation Up To The Approval By The Head Of The Procuring Entity Concerned Shall Not Exceed Thirty (30) Calendar Days. 43. Contract Completion 43.1. Once The Project Reaches An Accomplishment Of Ninety Five (95%) Of The Total Contract Amount, The Procuring Entity May Create An Inspectorate Team To Make Preliminary Inspection And Submit A Punch-list To The Contractor In Preparation For The Final Turnover Of The Project. Said Punch-list Will Contain, Among Others, The Remaining Works, Work Deficiencies For Necessary Corrections, And The Specific Duration/time To Fully Complete The Project Considering The Approved Remaining Contract Time. This, However, Shall Not Preclude The Claim Of The Procuring Entity For Liquidated Damages. 44. Suspension Of Work 44.1. The Procuring Entity Shall Have The Authority To Suspend The Work Wholly Or Partly By Written Order For Such Period As May Be Deemed Necessary, Due To Force Majeure Or Any Fortuitous Events Or For Failure On The Part Of The Contractor To Correct Bad Conditions Which Are Unsafe For Workers Or For The General Public, To Carry Out Valid Orders Given By The Procuring Entity Or To Perform Any Provisions Of The Contract, Or Due To Adjustment Of Plans To Suit Field Conditions As Found Necessary During Construction. The Contractor Shall Immediately Comply With Such Order To Suspend The Work Wholly Or Partly. 44.2. The Contractor Or Its Duly Authorized Representative Shall Have The Right To Suspend Work Operation On Any Or All Projects/activities Along The Critical Path Of Activities After Fifteen (15) Calendar Days From Date Of Receipt Of Written Notice From The Contractor To The District Engineer/regional Director/consultant Or Equivalent Official, As The Case May Be, Due To The Following: (a) There Exist Right-of-way Problems Which Prohibit The Contractor From Performing Work In Accordance With The Approved Construction Schedule. (b) Requisite Construction Plans Which Must Be Owner-furnished Are Not Issued To The Contractor Precluding Any Work Called For By Such Plans. (c) Peace And Order Conditions Make It Extremely Dangerous, If Not Possible, To Work. However, This Condition Must Be Certified In Writing By The Philippine National Police (pnp) Station Which Has Responsibility Over The Affected Area And Confirmed By The Department Of Interior And Local Government (dilg) Regional Director. (d) There Is Failure On The Part Of The Procuring Entity To Deliver Government-furnished Materials And Equipment As Stipulated In The Contract. (e) Delay In The Payment Of Contractor’s Claim For Progress Billing Beyond Forty-five (45) Calendar Days From The Time The Contractor’s Claim Has Been Certified To By The Procuring Entity’s Authorized Representative That The Documents Are Complete Unless There Are Justifiable Reasons Thereof Which Shall Be Communicated In Writing To The Contractor. 44.3. In Case Of Total Suspension, Or Suspension Of Activities Along The Critical Path, Which Is Not Due To Any Fault Of The Contractor, The Elapsed Time Between The Effective Order Of Suspending Operation And The Order To Resume Work Shall Be Allowed The Contractor By Adjusting The Contract Time Accordingly. 45. Payment On Termination 45.1. If The Contract Is Terminated Because Of A Fundamental Breach Of Contract By The Contractor, The Procuring Entity’s Representative Shall Issue A Certificate For The Value Of The Work Done And Materials Ordered Less Advance Payments Received Up To The Date Of The Issue Of The Certificate And Less The Percentage To Apply To The Value Of The Work Not Completed, As Indicated In The Scc. Additional Liquidated Damages Shall Not Apply. If The Total Amount Due To The Procuring Entity Exceeds Any Payment Due To The Contractor, The Difference Shall Be A Debt Payable To The Procuring Entity. 45.2. If The Contract Is Terminated For The Procuring Entity’s Convenience Or Because Of A Fundamental Breach Of Contract By The Procuring Entity, The Procuring Entity’s Representative Shall Issue A Certificate For The Value Of The Work Done, Materials Ordered, The Reasonable Cost Of Removal Of Equipment, Repatriation Of The Contractor’s Personnel Employed Solely On The Works, And The Contractor’s Costs Of Protecting And Securing The Works, And Less Advance Payments Received Up To The Date Of The Certificate. 45.3. The Net Balance Due Shall Be Paid Or Repaid Within Twenty Eight (28) Days From The Notice Of Termination. 45.4. If The Contractor Has Terminated The Contract Under Gcc Clauses 16 Or 17, The Procuring Entity Shall Promptly Return The Performance Security To The Contractor. 46. Extension Of Contract Time 46.1. Should The Amount Of Additional Work Of Any Kind Or Other Special Circumstances Of Any Kind Whatsoever Occur Such As To Fairly Entitle The Contractor To An Extension Of Contract Time, The Procuring Entity Shall Determine The Amount Of Such Extension; Provided That The Procuring Entity Is Not Bound To Take Into Account Any Claim For An Extension Of Time Unless The Contractor Has, Prior To The Expiration Of The Contract Time And Within Thirty (30) Calendar Days After Such Work Has Been Commenced Or After The Circumstances Leading To Such Claim Have Arisen, Delivered To The Procuring Entity Notices In Order That It Could Have Investigated Them At That Time. Failure To Provide Such Notice Shall Constitute A Waiver By The Contractor Of Any Claim. Upon Receipt Of Full And Detailed Particulars, The Procuring Entity Shall Examine The Facts And Extent Of The Delay And Shall Extend The Contract Time Completing The Contract Work When, In The Procuring Entity’s Opinion, The Findings Of Facts Justify An Extension. 46.2. No Extension Of Contract Time Shall Be Granted The Contractor Due To (a) Ordinary Unfavorable Weather Conditions And (b) Inexcusable Failure Or Negligence Of Contractor To Provide The Required Equipment, Supplies Or Materials. 46.3. Extension Of Contract Time May Be Granted Only When The Affected Activities Fall Within The Critical Path Of The Pert/cpm Network. 46.4. No Extension Of Contract Time Shall Be Granted When The Reason Given To Support The Request For Extension Was Already Considered In The Determination Of The Original Contract Time During The Conduct Of Detailed Engineering And In The Preparation Of The Contract Documents As Agreed Upon By The Parties Before Contract Perfection. 46.5. Extension Of Contract Time Shall Be Granted For Rainy/unworkable Days Considered Unfavorable For The Prosecution Of The Works At The Site, Based On The Actual Conditions Obtained At The Site, In Excess Of The Number Of Rainy/unworkable Days Pre-determined By The Procuring Entity In Relation To The Original Contract Time During The Conduct Of Detailed Engineering And In The Preparation Of The Contract Documents As Agreed Upon By The Parties Before Contract Perfection, And/or For Equivalent Period Of Delay Due To Major Calamities Such As Exceptionally Destructive Typhoons, Floods, Earthquakes, And Epidemics, And For Causes Such As Non-delivery On Time Of Materials, Working Drawings, Or Written Information To Be Furnished By The Procuring Entity, Non-acquisition Of Permit To Enter Private Properties Within The Right-of-way Resulting In Complete Paralyzation Of Construction Activities, And Other Meritorious Causes As Determined By The Procuring Entity’s Representative And Approved By The Head Of The Procuring Entity. Shortage Of Construction Materials, General Labor Strikes, And Peace And Order Problems That Disrupt Construction Operations Through No Fault Of The Contractor May Be Considered As Additional Grounds For Extension Of Contract Time Provided They Are Publicly Felt And Certified By Appropriate Government Agencies Such As Dti, Dole, Dilg, And Dnd, Among Others. The Written Consent Of Bondsmen Must Be Attached To Any Request Of The Contractor For Extension Of Contract Time And Submitted To The Procuring Entity For Consideration And The Validity Of The Performance Security Shall Be Correspondingly Extended. 47. Price Adjustment 47.1. Except For Extraordinary Circumstances As Determined By Neda And Approved By The Gppb, No Price Adjustment Shall Be Allowed Unless Otherwise Specified In The Scc. 48. Completion 48.1. The Contractor Shall Request The Procuring Entity’s Representative To Issue A Certificate Of Completion Of The Works, And The Procuring Entity’s Representative Will Do So Upon Deciding That The Work Is Completed. 49. Taking Over 49.1. The Procuring Entity Shall Take Over The Site And The Works Within Seven (7) Days From The Date The Procuring Entity’s Representative Issues A Certificate Of Completion. 50. Operating And Maintenance Manuals 50.1. If “as Built” Drawings And/or Operating And Maintenance Manuals Are Required, The Contractor Shall Supply Them By The Dates Stated In The Scc. 50.2. If The Contractor Does Not Supply The Drawings And/or Manuals By The Dates Stated In The Scc, Or They Do Not Receive The Procuring Entity’s Representative’s Approval, The Procuring Entity’s Representative Shall Withhold The Amount Stated In The Scc From Payments Due To The Contractor. Part Ii. Section Iv. Special Conditions Of Contract Gcc Clause 1.17 The Intended Completion Date Is 105 Calendar Days. 1.22 The Procuring Entity Is Municipality Of Carmen. 1.23 The Procuring Entity’s Representative Is Hon. Jane V. Plaza - Municipal Mayor. 1.24 The Site Is Located At Barangay Poblacion, Carmen, Surigao Del Sur And Is Defined In Drawings No. Sheet No. 01 Vicinity Map See Part Ii Section Vi. 1.28 The Start Date Is Within 10 Calendar Days Upon Receipt Of Ntp. 1.31 The Works Consist Of I. Construction Of Additional 75 Meters Perimeter Fence Ii. Finishing Works Of Existing Fence Iii. Construction/welding Of Steel Fence With Steel Matting As Main Fence Iv. Painting Works Of Inner Wall And Concrete Post Structures And All Steel Materials V. Installation Of Electrical Materials Vi. Construction Of 368m Drainage Canal 2.2 Not Applicable (h) The Other Documents Forming Part Of The Contract Are: None. 5.1 The Procuring Entity Shall Give Possession Of All Parts Of The Site To The Contractor Upon Issuance Of Ntp 6.5 The Contractor Shall Employ The Following Key Personnel: 1. Civil Engineer 2. Construction Foreman 3. Carpenter/mason/paintor 4. Equipment Operator 5. Laborers 6. Welders Equipment Needed: 1 Concrete Mixer, Welding Machine 1 Bar Cutter, Grinder 1 Concrete Vibrator 7.1 At The Contractor’s Option The Performance Security Is To Be In Any Of The Following Form: (a) Cash, Certified (cashier’s Or Manager’s) Check, In The Amount Of Five Percent (5%) Of The Contract Price; And (b) Bank Guarantee In The Amount Of Ten Percent (10%) Of The Contract Price. The Performance Security Shall Be Discharged By The Procuring Entity And Returned To The Contractor Not Later Than Thirty (30) Days Following The Date Of The Expiration Of This Contract. 8.1 No Further Instructions. 9.1 The Applicable Liquidated Damages Is At Least One Tenth (1/10) Of A Percent Of The Cost Of The Unperformed Portion For Every Day Of Delay. The Maximum Deduction Shall Be Ten Percent (10%) Of The Amount Of The Contract, The Procuring Entity Shall Rescind The Contract, Without Prejudice To Other Courses Of Action And Remedies Open To It. 10.1 The Site Investigation Reports Are: None 20.1 The Arbiter Is: Construction Industry Arbitration Commission Manila 20.2 No Further Instructions. 25.1 No Further Instructions. 28.1 No Day Works Are Applicable To The Contract. 30.1 The Contractor Shall Submit The Program Of Work To The Procuring Entity’s Representative Within [10] Days Of Delivery Of The Letter Of Acceptance. 30.3 The Period Between Program Of Work Updates Is [30] Days. The Amount To Be Withheld For Late Submission Of An Updated Program Of Work Is 1% Of The Progress Billing. 33.3 The Funding Source: 20% Ldf 2025 36.1 The Defects Liability Period Is One Year. 38.1 The Amount Of The Advance Payment Is 15% Of The Contract Price And To Be Recouped Every Progress Billing. 39.1 No Further Instructions. 39.3 No Further Instructions. 41.2 The Amount Of Retention Is Ten Percent (10%) Of The Contract Value. 47.1 No Further Instructions. 50.1 The Date By Which Operating And Maintenance Manuals Are Required Is : Not Applicable The Date By Which “as Built” Drawings Are Required Is : [within Fifteen (15) Days After Completion] 50.2 The Amount To Be Withheld For Failing To Produce “as Built” Drawings By The Date Required Is : [1% Of The Final Contract Amount] Part Ii. Section V. Specifications I. Site Clearing Site Clearing (before And After) 1 Lot Including Vegetation Controls And Alike Ii. Excavation And Filling Works Footing, Wall Footing Excavation 190 Cu.m Filling And Grading Of Soil Near The Fence Iii. Carpentry Works (forms, Scafolding) 100-2”x3”x16’ Lawaan 800 Bd.ft 100-2”x2”x16’ Lawaan 534 Bd.ft #cwn Assorted 80 Kls Marine Plywood 120 Pcs Iv. Concrete Works Portland Cement Type 1 280 Bags Washed Sand 22 Cu.m ¾” Screened Gravel 30 Cu.m V. Reinforcement Works 10mm Dsb 295 Le Of 6m 1079.7 Lg 12mm Dsb 740 Le Of 6m 3944.2 Kg #16 Tie Wire 100 Kg Vi. Masonry Works (walls And Finishing Works) 6” Chb 1100 Pcs Portland Cement 160 Bags Washed Sand 17 Cu.m Vii. Welding Works Steel Matting Wire Mesh 4”x8”, 4.5mm Thick Rod 137 Sheet G.i. Steel Tubular Type 2”x3”x6m Length, 1.5mm Thick 274 Pcs 12mm Steel Bars 504 Pcs 2”x1” Angle Bar 5mm Thick 6m Length 125 Pcs Grinding Disk 150 Pcs Bolts (connection For Steel To Concrete) 1500 Pcs Cutting Disk 100 Pcs Welding Rod 700 Pcs Viii. Painting Works Painting Of Walls (two Coats) 632.2 Sq.m Painting Of Steels (use Zinc Chromate For Tubular And Red Oxide For Steel Matting For First Coat) Used Epoxy Enamel For Top Coat. Black Use Color Black 675 Sq.m Ix. Electrical Works Thhn – Thwn Paciflex #10 10 Mts Thhn – Thwn Paciflex #12 9 Boxes Electrical Pvc Pipe #3/4 160 Le Heavy Duty Metal Conduit Clamp Gi Clamps Single #3/4 40 Pcs Electrical Pvc Elbow #3/4 30 Pcs Electrical Square Box Poly 70 Pcs Enclosure Boxn Surface Type 9 Way 161 Mm-w/ 255mm-i 1 Pc Mcb Circuit Breaker 20 Amps Ac 4 Pcs Mcb Circuit Breaker 40 Amps Ac 1 Pc Electrical Conduit Pipe Connector, Male Adapter W/ Lock Nut #3/4 6 Pcs Electrical Tape Big 20 Pcs 30 Watts Outdoor Street Light As Showed In Plan. With Holder (clamps) With Steel As Shown 65 Sets G.i. Pipe 2” Dia. X 6m Sched. 20 33 Pcs Welding Rod #6013 15 Boxes Anchor Bolt 5/8 X 8” With Nut And Washer 4 Pcs With 5mm 8” X 8” Steel Plate 65 Sets Steel Plate 5mm Thick 1 Sheet Cutting Disk For Steel 15 Pcs X. Billboard Project Billboard 1 Lot Xi. Temporary Facility 1 Lot Provision Of Bunk House Temporary Electrical Connection Temporary Water Supply Connection Part Ii. Section Vi. Drawings Part Ii. Section Vii. Bill Of Quantities Item Scope Of Works Unit Qty Unit Price Total Amount I Site Clearing Lot 1.00 Ii Excavation & Filling Works Lot 1.00 Iii Carpentry Works (forms, Scafolding) Lot 1.00 Iv Concrete Works Lot 1.00 V Reinforcement Works Kgs 5023.90 Vi Masonry Works (walls & Finishing Works) Lot 1.00 Vii Welding Works Lot 1.00 Viii Painting Works Sq.m 1307.20 Ix Electrical Works Lot 1.00 X Billboard Lot 1.00 Xi Temporary Facility Lot 1.00 Part Ii. Section Viii. Forms And Qualification Information Table Of Contents Bid Form 129 Form Of Bid Security (bank Guarantee) 131 Qualification Information 133 Letter Of Acceptance 136 Form Of Contract Agreement 137 Form Of Performance Security (bank Guarantee) 140 Bank Guarantee For Advance Payment 141 Affidavit Of Disclosure Of No Relationship 142 Bid Form Date: Iaeb No.: To: Alain P. Cabanilla Chairman, Bids And Awards Committee Carmen, Municipal Hall Poblacion, Carmen, Surigao Del Sur We, The Undersigned, Declare That: We Have Examined And Have No Reservation On The Bidding Documents Including Addenda, For The Contract Completion Of Concrete Perimeter Fence At Evacuation Center, At Brgy. Poblacion, Carmen, Surigao Del Sur. A) We Offer To Execute The Works For This Contract In Accordance With The Bid, And Bid Data Sheet, General And Special Conditions Of Contract Accompanying This Bid The Total Price Of Our Bid, Excluding Any Discounts Offered In Item (d) Below Is: _______________ The Discounts Offered And The Methodology For Their Application Are: _______________ B) Our Bid Shall Be Valid For A Period Of [insert Number] Days From The Date Fixed For The Bid Submission Deadline In Accordance With The Bidding Documents, And It Shall Remain Binding Upon Us And May Be Accepted At Any Time Before The Expiration Of That Period; C) If Our Bid Is Accepted, We Commit To Obtain A Performance Security In The Amount Of __________ Percent Of The Contract Price For The Due Performance Of The Contract; D) Our Firm, Including Any Subcontractors Or Suppliers For Any Part Of The Contract, Have Nationalities From The Following Eligible Countries: Philippines E) We Are Not Participating, As Bidders, In More Than One Bid In This Bidding Process, Other Than Alternative Offers In Accordance With The Bidding Documents; F) Our Firm, Its Affiliates Or Subsidiaries, Including Any Subcontractors Or Suppliers For Any Part Of The Contract, Has Not Been Declared Ineligible By The Funding Source; G) We Understand That This Bid, Together With Your Written Acceptance Thereof Included In Your Notification Of Award, Shall Constitute A Binding Contract Between Us, Until A Formal Contract Is Prepared And Executed; And H) We Understand That You Are Not Bound To Accept The Lowest Evaluated Bid Or Any Other Bid That You May Receive. Name: ___________________ In The Capacity Of: _______________ Signed: _______________ Duly Authorized To Sign The Bid For And On Behalf Of: ___________________ Date: ______________________ (with Bank’s Letter Head) Form Of Bid Security (bank Guarantee) Whereas, [insert Name Of Bidder] (hereinafter Called The “bidder”) Has Submitted His Bid Dated [insert Date] For The [insert Name Of Contract] (hereinafter Called The “bid”). Know All Men By These Presents That We [insert Name Of Bank] Of [insert Name Of Country] Having Our Registered Office At [insert Address] (hereinafter Called The “bank” Are Bound Unto [insert Name Of Procuring Entity] (hereinafter Called The “entity”) In The Sum Of [insert Amount] For Which Payment Well And Truly To Be Made To The Said Entity The Bank Binds Himself, His Successors And Assigns By These Presents. Sealed With The Common Seal Of The Said Bank This _____ Day Of _________ 20___. The Conditions Of This Obligation Are: 1. If The Bidder: (a) Withdraws His Bid During The Period Of Bid Validity Specified In The Form Of Bid; Or (b) Does Not Accept The Correction Of Arithmetical Errors Of His Bid Price In Accordance With The Instructions To Bidder; Or 2. If The Bidder Having Been Notified Of The Acceptance Of His Bid By The Employer During The Period Of Bid Validity: (a) Fails Or Refuses To Execute The Form Of Agreement In Accordance With The Instructions To Bidders, If Required; Or (b) Fails Or Refuses To Furnish The Performance Security In Accordance With The Instructions To Bidders. We Undertake To Pay To The Entity Up To The Above Amount Upon Receipt Of His First Written Demand, Without The Entity Having To Substantiate His Demand, Provided That In His Demand The Entity Will Note That The Amount Claimed By Him Is Due To Him Owing To The Occurrence Of One Or Both Of The Two (2) Conditions, Specifying The Occurred Condition Or Conditions. The Guarantee Will Remain In Force Up To And Including The Date 120 Days After The Deadline For Submission Of Bids As Such Deadline Is Stated In The Instructions To Bidders Or As It May Be Extended By The Entity, Notice Of Which Extension(s) To The Bank Is Hereby Waived. Any Demand In Respect Of This Guarantee Should Reach The Bank Not Later Than The Above Date. Date Signature Of The Bank Witness Seal (signature, Name And Address) Qualification Information Notes: The Information To Be Filled In By Bidders In The Following Pages Will Be Used For Purposes Of Qualification As Provided For In Part I, Part I. Section Ii. Eligibility Documents. This Information Will Not Be Incorporated In The Contract. Attach Additional Pages As Necessary. 1. Individual Bidders Or Individual Members Of Joint Ventures 1.1 Constitution Or Legal Status Of Bidder: [attach Copy] Place Of Registration: [insert] Principal Place Of Business: [insert] Power Of Attorney Of Signatory Of Bid: [attach] 1.2* Total Annual Volume Of Construction Work Performed In The Past Five Years As Listed In The Eligibility Data Sheet, Reflected Using The Currency Specified For The Bid. Annual Turnover Data (construction Only) Year Turnover In (specified Currency) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1.3 Work Performed As Prime Contractor On Works Of A Similar Nature And Volume Over The Last Ten Years. Proof Of Completion, E.g. Certificate Of Completion Signed By The Employer Or Owner, Shall Be Submitted. Also List Details Of Work Under Way Or Committed, Including Expected Completion Date. Project Name And Country Name Of Employer And Contact Person Type Of Work Performed And Year Of Completion Total Value Of Contract (in Specified Currency) 1. 2. 1.4 Major Items Of Contractor’s Equipment Proposed For Carrying Out The Works. List All Information Requested Below. Item Of Equipment Description, Make, And Age (years) Owned, Leased (from Whom?), Or To Be Purchased (from Whom?) 1. [employer To Specify] 2. 3. 1.5* Qualifications And Experience Of Contract Manager Proposed For Administration And Execution Of The Contract. Attach Bio-data. Name (primary Candidate And Alternate) Years Of Experience In Similar Works Years Of Experience As Contract Manager 1. 2. 1.6* Financial Statements For The Last Five (5) Years. Attach Audited Financial Statements. 1.7 Evidence Of Access To Financial Resources To Meet The Qualification Requirements: Cash In Hand, Lines Of Credit, Etc. List Below And Attaché Copies Of Support Documents. Source Of Financing Amount In (specified Currency) 1. 2. 3. 1.8 Name, Address, And Telephone And Facsimile Numbers Of Banks That May Provide References If Contacted By The Entity. 1.9 Proposed Program Of Work (work Method And Schedule). Attach Descriptions, Drawings And Charts, As Necessary, To Comply With The Requirements Of The Bidding Documents. 1.10* Proposed Subcontracts And Firms Involved. Refer To Gcc Clause 8. Section Of The Works Value Of Subcontract Subcontractor (name And Address) Experience In Similar Work 2. Joint Ventures* 2.1 The Information Listed In 1.1 - 1.9 Above Shall Be Provided For Each Partner Of The Joint Venture. 2.2 Attach The Power Of Attorney Of The Signatory(ies) Of The Bid Authorizing Signature Of The Bid On Behalf Of The Joint Venture. 2.3 Attach The Agreement Among All Partners Of The Joint Venture (and Which Is Legally Binding On All Partners), Which Shows That: (a) All Partners Shall Be Jointly And Severally Liable For The Execution Of The Contract In Accordance With The Contract Terms; (b) One Of The Partners Will Be Nominated As Being In Charge, Authorized To Incur Liabilities, And Receive Instructions For And On Behalf Of Any And All Partners Of The Joint Venture; And (c) The Execution Of The Entire Contract, Including Payment, Shall Be Done Exclusively With The Partner In Charge. Letter Of Acceptance [letterhead Of The Entity] Date: [insert Date] To: [name And Address Of Contractor] This Is To Notify You That Your Bid Dated [insert Date] For Execution Of The [insert Name Of Contract And Identification Number As Given In The Itb] For The Contract Price Of [insert Amount In Specified Currency] , As Corrected And Or Modified If Applicable, In Accordance With The Instructions To Bidders Is Hereby Accepted By Our Agency. You Are Hereby Instructed To Come To Our Office Located At [insert Address] To Sign The Formal Agreement On [date] At [time]. Authorized Signature: Name: Designation: Form Of Contract Agreement This Agreement, Made This ____th Day Of _______ Between Hon. Jane V. Plaza, Municipal Mayor Of Carmen, Surigao Del Sur (hereinafter Called The“entity”) And ________________________________________, Represented By _________________________ (hereinafter Called The “contractor”). Whereas, The Entity Is Desirous That The Contractor Execute The Completion Of Concrete Perimeter Fence At Evacuation Center, Brgy. Poblacion, Carmen, Surigao Del Sur (hereinafter Called “the Works”) And The Entity Has Accepted The Bid In The Amount Of ___________________________________ (php . __________) By The Contractor For The Execution And Completion Of Such Works And The Remedying Of Any Defects Therein. Section Scope Of Works Unit Qty Unit Price Total Amount Now This Agreement Witnesseth As Follows: 1. In This Agreement, Words And Expressions Shall Have The Same Meanings As Are Respectively Assigned To Them In The Conditions Of Contract Hereinafter Referred To. 2. The Following Documents Shall Be Attached, Deemed To Form, And Be Read And Construed As Part Of This Agreement, To Wit: (a) General And Special Conditions Of Contract; (b) Drawings/plans; (c) Specifications; (d) Invitation To Apply For Eligibility And To Bid; (e) Instructions To Bidders; (f) Bid Data Sheet; (g) Addenda And/or Supplemental/bid Bulletins, If Any; (h) Bid Form, Including All The Documents/statements Contained In The Bidder’s Bidding Envelopes, As Annexes; (i) Eligibility Requirements, Documents And/or Statements; (j) Performance Security; (k) Credit Line Issued By A Licensed Bank, If Any; (l) Notice Of Award Of Contract And The Bidder’s Conforme Thereto; (m) Other Contract Documents That May Be Required By Existing Laws And/or The Entity. I. Environmental Management Plan (emp) Ii. Environmental Compliance Certificate (ecc),if Any 3. In Consideration Of The Payments To Be Made By The Entity To The Contractor As Hereinafter Mentioned, The Contractor Hereby Covenants With The Entity To Execute And Complete The Works Within 30 Calendars Days Inclusive Of 20 Days Allowance For Unworkable Conditions And Remedy Any Defects Therein In Conformity With The Provisions Of This Contract In All Respects. 4. The Entity Hereby Covenants To Pay The Contractor In Consideration Of The Execution And Completion Of The Works And The Remedying Of Defects Wherein, The Contract Price Or Such Other Sum As May Become Payable Under The Provisions Of This Contract At The Times And In The Manner Prescribed By This Contract. In Witness Whereof The Parties Thereto Have Caused This Agreement To Be Executed The Day And Year First Before Written. Municipality Of Carmen By : Contractor By : Jane V. Plaza _____________________________ First Party Second Party Signed In The Presence Of : ____________________________ _____________________ Witness Witness Notarial Acknowledgment Republic Of The Philippines) Before Me, This ______ Day Of _________________, Personally Appeared: Name Ctc No. Date Of Issue Place Of Issue 1. Jane V. Plaza __________ _____________ Carmen, Sds. 2. ____________________ __________ ______________ _____________ All Known To Me To Be Same Persons Who Executed The Foregoing Agreement And Acknowledge That The Same Are Their Free Act And Voluntary Deed. This Instrument Consisting Of _____ Pages, Including This Page Whereon The Acknowledgment Is Written, Has Been Signed By The Parties And Their Witnesses On Each And Every Page Thereof, Sealed With Notarial Seal. Notary Public Doc. No.______; Page No.______; Book No.______; Series Of 2025 (with Bank’s Letter Head) Form Of Performance Security (bank Guarantee) To : [name Of Procuring Entity] [address Of Procuring Entity] Whereas, [name And Address Of Contractor] (hereinafter Called The “contractor”) Has Undertaken, In Pursuance Of Contract No. [insert Number] Dated [insert Date] To Execute [name Of Contract And Brief Description Of Works] (hereinafter Called The “contract”); And Whereas, It Has Been Stipulated By You In The Said Contract That The Contractor Shall Furnish You With A Bank Guarantee By A Recognized Bank For The Sum Specified Therein As Security For Compliance With His Obligations In Accordance With The Contract; And Whereas, We Have Agreed To Give The Contractor Such A Bank Guarantee; Now Therefore, We Hereby Affirm That We Are The Guarantor And Responsible To You, On Behalf Of The Contractor, Up To A Total Of [insert Amount Of Guarantee In Numbers And In Words] Such Sum Being Payable In The Types And Proportions Of Currencies In Which The Contract Price Is Payable, And We Undertake To Pay You, Upon Your First Written Demand And Without Cavil Or Argument, Any Sum Or Sums Within The Limits Of [amount Of Guarantee] As Aforesaid Without Your Needing To Prove Or To Show Grounds Or Reasons For Your Demand For The Sum Specified Therein. We Hereby Waive The Necessity Of Demand Of The Said Debt From The Contractor Before Presenting Us With The Demand. We Further Agree That No Change Or Addition To Or Other Modification Of The Terms Of The Contract Or Of The Works To Be Performed There Under Or Of Any Of The Contract Documents Which May Be Made Between You And The Contractor Shall In Any Way Release Us From Any Liability Under This Guarantee, And We Hereby Waive Notice Of Any Such Change, Addition, Or Modification. This Guarantee Shall Be Valid Until A Date Twenty Eight (28) Days From The Date Of Issue Of The Certificate Of Completion. Signature And Seal Of The Guarantor Name Of Bank Address Date (with Bank’s Letter Head) Bank Guarantee For Advance Payment To: [name And Address Of Procuring Entity] [name Of Contract] Gentlemen: In Accordance With The Provisions Of The Gcc Clause 32 Of The Above-mentioned Contract, [name And Address Of Contractor] (hereinafter Called “the Contractor”) Shall Deposit With [name Of Procuring Entity] A Bank Guarantee To Guarantee His Proper And Faithful Performance Under The Said Clause Of The Contract In An Amount Of [amount Of Guarantee] [amount In Words] We, The [bank Or Financial Institution], As Instructed By The Contractor, Agree Unconditionally And Irrevocably To Guarantee As Primary Obligator And Not As Surety Merely, The Payment To [name Of Procuring Entity] On His First Demand Without Whatsoever Right Of Objection On Our Part And Without His First Claim To The Contractor, In The Amount Not Exceeding [amount Of Guarantee] [amount In Words] We Further Agree That No Change Or Addition To Or Other Modification Of The Terms Of The Contract Or Of Works To Be Performed There Under Or Of Any Of The Contract Documents Which May Be Made Between [name Of Procuring Entity] And The Contractor, Shall In Any Way Release Us From Any Liability Under This Guarantee, And We Hereby Waive Notice Of Any Such Change, Addition, Or Modification. This Guarantee Shall Remain Valid And In Full Effect From The Date Of The Advance Payment Under The Contract Until [name Of Procuring Entity] Receives Full Repayment Of The Same Amount From The Contractor. Yours Truly, Signature And Seal: Name Of Bank/financial Institution: Address: Date: Affidavit Of Disclosure Of No Relationship [see Itb Clause 3.2 Of The Bidding Documents] I, [name Of The Affiant], [state Nationality], Of Legal Age, [state Status], After Having Been Duly Sworn In Accordance With Law, Do Hereby Depose And State That: 1. I Am The Authorized Representative Of [insert Name Of Bidder] With Office Address At [insert Address] An Established And Reputable Constructor Of [insert Name And/or Description Of The Works] For The Bidding Of [insert Name Of The Project] By The [insert Name Of Procuring Entity] (hereinafter Referred To As The “procuring Entity”); 2. None Of The [officers / Directors / Controlling Stockholders / Members / Owners] Of The [name Of The Bidder] Are Related By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree To The Head Of The Procuring Entity Or Any Of The Procuring Entity’s Officers Or Employees Having Direct Access To Information That May Substantially Affect The Result Of The Bidding, Such As, But Not Limited To, The Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Members Of The Technical Working Group (twg), The Bac Secretariat, The Members Of The Project Management Office (pmo), And The Designers Of The Project. 3. I Am Making This Statement In Compliance With Section 47 Of The Implementing Rules And Regulations Part A Of Republic Act 9184, And In Accordance With The Requirements Of The Procuring Entity 4. I Understand And Accept That Any False Statement In This Respect Will Render [name Of The Bidder], And Its Authorized Officers Liable For Prosecution To The Full Extent Of The Law. In Witness Whereof, I Have Hereunto Set My Hand This _________________ Day Of __________________, 20__, In The City Of __________________, Philippines. ______________________ Affiant Subscribed And Sworn To Before Me This ___________________________ Day Of _____________________, Philippines. ______________________ Notary Public Doc. No. __________; Page No. __________; Book No. __________; Series Of 20____ Omnibus Sworn Statement (revised) [shall Be Submitted With The Bid] _________________________________________________________________________ Republic Of The Philippines ) City/municipality Of ______ ) S.s. Affidavit I, [name Of Affiant], Of Legal Age, [civil Status], [nationality], And Residing At [address Of Affiant], After Having Been Duly Sworn In Accordance With Law, Do Hereby Depose And State That: 1. [select One, Delete The Other:] [if A Sole Proprietorship:] I Am The Sole Proprietor Or Authorized Representative Of [name Of Bidder] With Office Address At [address Of Bidder]; [if A Partnership, Corporation, Cooperative, Or Joint Venture:] I Am The Duly Authorized And Designated Representative Of [name Of Bidder] With Office Address At [address Of Bidder]; 2. [select One, Delete The Other:] [if A Sole Proprietorship:] As The Owner And Sole Proprietor, Or Authorized Representative Of [name Of Bidder], I Have Full Power And Authority To Do, Execute And Perform Any And All Acts Necessary To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract For [name Of The Project] Of The [name Of The Procuring Entity], As Shown In The Attached Duly Notarized Special Power Of Attorney; [if A Partnership, Corporation, Cooperative, Or Joint Venture:] I Am Granted Full Power And Authority To Do, Execute And Perform Any And All Acts Necessary To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract For [name Of The Project] Of The [name Of The Procuring Entity], As Shown In The Attached [state Title Of Attached Document Showing Proof Of Authorization (e.g., Duly Notarized Secretary’s Certificate, Board/partnership Resolution, Or Special Power Of Attorney, Whichever Is Applicable;)]; 3. [name Of Bidder] Is Not “blacklisted” Or Barred From Bidding By The Government Of The Philippines Or Any Of Its Agencies, Offices, Corporations, Or Local Government Units, Foreign Government/foreign Or International Financing Institution Whose Blacklisting Rules Have Been Recognized By The Government Procurement Policy Board, By Itself Or By Relation, Membership, Association, Affiliation, Or Controlling Interest With Another Blacklisted Person Or Entity As Defined And Provided For In The Uniform Guidelines On Blacklisting; 4. Each Of The Documents Submitted In Satisfaction Of The Bidding Requirements Is An Authentic Copy Of The Original, Complete, And All Statements And Information Provided Therein Are True And Correct; 5. [name Of Bidder] Is Authorizing The Head Of The Procuring Entity Or Its Duly Authorized Representative(s) To Verify All The Documents Submitted; 6. [select One, Delete The Rest:] [if A Sole Proprietorship:] The Owner Or Sole Proprietor Is Not Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; [if A Partnership Or Cooperative:] None Of The Officers And Members Of [name Of Bidder] Is Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; [if A Corporation Or Joint Venture:] None Of The Officers, Directors, And Controlling Stockholders Of [name Of Bidder] Is Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; 7. [name Of Bidder] Complies With Existing Labor Laws And Standards; And 8. [name Of Bidder] Is Aware Of And Has Undertaken The Responsibilities As A Bidder In Compliance With The Philippine Bidding Documents, Which Includes: A. Carefully Examining All Of The Bidding Documents; B. Acknowledging All Conditions, Local Or Otherwise, Affecting The Implementation Of The Contract; C. Making An Estimate Of The Facilities Available And Needed For The Contract To Be Bid, If Any; And D. Inquiring Or Securing Supplemental/bid Bulletin(s) Issued For The [name Of The Project]. 9. [name Of Bidder] Did Not Give Or Pay Directly Or Indirectly, Any Commission, Amount, Fee, Or Any Form Of Consideration, Pecuniary Or Otherwise, To Any Person Or Official, Personnel Or Representative Of The Government In Relation To Any Procurement Project Or Activity. 10. In Case Advance Payment Was Made Or Given, Failure To Perform Or Deliver Any Of The Obligations And Undertakings In The Contract Shall Be Sufficient Grounds To Constitute Criminal Liability For Swindling (estafa) Or The Commission Of Fraud With Unfaithfulness Or Abuse Of Confidence Through Misappropriating Or Converting Any Payment Received By A Person Or Entity Under An Obligation Involving The Duty To Deliver Certain Goods Or Services, To The Prejudice Of The Public And The Government Of The Philippines Pursuant To Article 315 Of Act No. 3815 S. 1930, As Amended, Or The Revised Penal Code. In Witness Whereof, I Have Hereunto Set My Hand This __ Day Of ___, 20__ At ____________, Philippines. [insert Name Of Bidder Or Its Authorized Representative] [insert Signatory’s Legal Capacity] Affiant [jurat] [format Shall Be Based On The Latest Rules On Notarial Practice] Checklist Republic Of The Philippines Province Of Surigao Del Sur Municipality Of Carmen Bids And Awards Committee Bid Opening Checklist Name Of Contractor : _______________________________________________________ Name Of Project : _______________________________________________________ Bid Amount : _______________________________________________________ 1. Eligibility Documents A) Class A Documents A.) Dti ____ B.) Mayor’s Permit ____ C.) Pcab License ____ D.) Tax Clearance ____ E.) Audited Financial Statement/bir Income Tax ____ F.) Certificate Of Philgeps Registration (platinum) ____ B) - Class B Documents A.) Minimum Experience To Be Eligible And Qualified - One Project Of 80% Value For The Last 5-years ____ Same Nature - Average 3-years Total Project > 100% ____ 2. Technical Proposal A) Bid Security ____ B) Construction Schedule And S-curve ____ C) Pert-cpm ____ D) Manpower Schedule ____ E) Construction Method ____ F) Organization Chart For The Contract To Be Bid ____ G) Duly Signed Contractor’s Certification Of Key Personnel For The Contract, With Key Personnel’s Affidavits Of Commitment To Work On The Contract With Complete Qualification And Experience Data ____ H) Duly Signed List Of Contractor’s Equipment Pledge For The Contract Supported With Proof Of Ownership. ____ I) Equipment Utilization Schedule ____ J) Affidavit Of Site Inspection ____ K) Prospective Bidder’s Computation For Its Net Financial Contracting Capacity (nfcc) ____ L) Construction Safety And Health Program ____ M) Statement Of Ongoing Government And Private Construction Contracts, Including Contracts Awarded But Not Yet Started ____ N.) Statement Of All Completed Government And Private Construction Contracts Which Are Similar In Nature ____ O.) Evidence Of Financial, Technical & Prod’n. Capabilities/list Of Completed Projects ____ P.) Omnibus Sworn Statements In Accordance With Section 25.3 Of The Ra 9184 ____ Q.) Statement Of The Bidders Slcc Similar To The Contract To Be Bid ____ 3. Financial Proposal A. Duly Signed Bid Price In Approved Bid Form ____ B. Duly Signed Bill Of Quantities ____ C. Duly Signed Detailed Estimate ____ D. Duly Signed Cash Flow By Quarter And Payment Schedule ____ Documents To Be Submitted A) One (1) – Original; B) Two(2) Copies – Xerox ____

Details: Description Bulacan Agricultural State College San Ildefonso, Bulacan 3010 Procurement Of Goods 2025-01g: Supply, Delivery, And Installation Of Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub Fy 2025 Preface These Philippine Bidding Documents (pbds) For The Procurement Of Goods Through Competitive Bidding Have Been Prepared By The Government Of The Philippines For Use By Any Branch, Constitutional Commission Or Office, Agency, Department, Bureau, Office, Or Instrumentality Of The Government Of The Philippines, National Government Agencies, Including Government-owned And/or Controlled Corporations, Government Financing Institutions, State Universities And Colleges, And Local Government Unit. The Procedures And Practices Presented In This Document Have Been Developed Through Broad Experience, And Are For Mandatory Use In Projects That Are Financed In Whole Or In Part By The Government Of The Philippines Or Any Foreign Government/foreign Or International Financing Institution In Accordance With The Provisions Of The 2016 Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations Of Republic Act No. 9184. The Bidding Documents Shall Clearly And Adequately Define, Among Others: (i) The Objectives, Scope, And Expected Outputs And/or Results Of The Proposed Contract Or Framework Agreement, As The Case May Be; (ii) The Eligibility Requirements Of Bidders; (iii) The Expected Contract Or Framework Agreement Duration, The Estimated Quantity In The Case Of Procurement Of Goods, Delivery Schedule And/or Time Frame; And (iv) The Obligations, Duties, And/or Functions Of The Winning Bidder. Care Should Be Taken To Check The Relevance Of The Provisions Of The Pbds Against The Requirements Of The Specific Goods To Be Procured. If Duplication Of A Subject Is Inevitable In Other Sections Of The Document Prepared By The Procuring Entity, Care Must Be Exercised To Avoid Contradictions Between Clauses Dealing With The Same Matter. Moreover, Each Section Is Prepared With Notes Intended Only As Information For The Procuring Entity Or The Person Drafting The Bidding Documents. They Shall Not Be Included In The Final Documents. The Following General Directions Should Be Observed When Using The Documents: A. All The Documents Listed In The Table Of Contents Are Normally Required For The Procurement Of Goods. However, They Should Be Adapted As Necessary To The Circumstances Of The Particular Procurement Project. B. Specific Details, Such As The “name Of The Procuring Entity” And “address For Bid Submission,” Should Be Furnished In The Instructions To Bidders, Bid Data Sheet, And Special Conditions Of Contract. The Final Documents Should Contain Neither Blank Spaces Nor Options. C. This Preface And The Footnotes Or Notes In Italics Included In The Invitation To Bid, Bid Data Sheet, General Conditions Of Contract, Special Conditions Of Contract, Schedule Of Requirements, And Specifications Are Not Part Of The Text Of The Final Document, Although They Contain Instructions That The Procuring Entity Should Strictly Follow. D. The Cover Should Be Modified As Required To Identify The Bidding Documents As To The Procurement Project, Project Identification Number, And Procuring Entity, In Addition To The Date Of Issue. E. Modifications For Specific Procurement Project Details Should Be Provided In The Special Conditions Of Contract As Amendments To The Conditions Of Contract. For Easy Completion, Whenever Reference Has To Be Made To Specific Clauses In The Bid Data Sheet Or Special Conditions Of Contract, These Terms Shall Be Printed In Bold Typeface On Sections I (instructions To Bidders) And Iii (general Conditions Of Contract), Respectively. F. For Guidelines On The Use Of Bidding Forms And The Procurement Of Foreign-assisted Projects, These Will Be Covered By A Separate Issuance Of The Government Procurement Policy Board. Table Of Contents Glossary Of Acronyms, Terms, And Abbreviations ………………………….4 Section I. Invitation To Bid……………………………………………………..7 Section Ii. Instructions To Bidders…………………………………………...10 1. Scope Of Bid ………………………………………………………………………. 11 2. Funding Information………………………………………………………………. 11 3. Bidding Requirements ……………………………………………………………. 11 4. Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, And Coercive Practices 11 5. Eligible Bidders…………………………………………………………………… 11 6. Origin Of Goods ………………………………………………………………….. 12 7. Subcontracts ……………………………………………………………………… 12 8. Pre-bid Conference ………………………………………………………………. 12 9. Clarification And Amendment Of Bidding Documents …………………………… 12 10. Documents Comprising The Bid: Eligibility And Technical Components …………. 12 11. Documents Comprising The Bid: Financial Component …………………………... 13 12. Bid Prices …………………………………………………………………………. 13 13. Bid And Payment Currencies ……………………………………………………… 14 14. Bid Security ………………………………………………………………………. 14 15. Sealing And Marking Of Bids ……………………………………………………… 14 16. Deadline For Submission Of Bids …………………………………………………. 14 17. Opening And Preliminary Examination Of Bids ………………………………….. 15 18. Domestic Preference ……………………………………………………………… 15 19. Detailed Evaluation And Comparison Of Bids ……………………………………. 15 20. Post-qualification ………………………………………………………………… 16 21. Signing Of The Contract …………………………………………………………… 16 Section Iii. Bid Data Sheet …………………………………………………..17 Section Iv. General Conditions Of Contract ……………………...………..19 1. Scope Of Contract ………………………………………………………………… 20 2. Advance Payment And Terms Of Payment ……………………………………….. 20 3. Performance Security ……………………………………………………………. 20 4. Inspection And Tests ……………………………………………………………… 20 5. Warranty …………………………………………………………………………. 21 6. Liability Of The Supplier ………………………………………………………….. 21 Section V. Special Conditions Of Contract ………………………………….22 Section Vi. Schedule Of Requirements ……………………………………....30 Section Vii. Technical Specifications …………………………………………34 Section Viii. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents …………..38 Glossary Of Acronyms, Terms, And Abbreviations Abc – Approved Budget For The Contract. Bac – Bids And Awards Committee. Bid – A Signed Offer Or Proposal To Undertake A Contract Submitted By A Bidder In Response To And In Consonance With The Requirements Of The Bidding Documents. Also Referred To As Proposal And Tender. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[c]) Bidder – Refers To A Contractor, Manufacturer, Supplier, Distributor And/or Consultant Who Submits A Bid In Response To The Requirements Of The Bidding Documents. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[d]) Bidding Documents – The Documents Issued By The Procuring Entity As The Bases For Bids, Furnishing All Information Necessary For A Prospective Bidder To Prepare A Bid For The Goods, Infrastructure Projects, And/or Consulting Services Required By The Procuring Entity. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[e]) Bir – Bureau Of Internal Revenue. Bsp – Bangko Sentral Ng Pilipinas. Consulting Services – Refer To Services For Infrastructure Projects And Other Types Of Projects Or Activities Of The Gop Requiring Adequate External Technical And Professional Expertise That Are Beyond The Capability And/or Capacity Of The Gop To Undertake Such As, But Not Limited To: (i) Advisory And Review Services; (ii) Pre-investment Or Feasibility Studies; (iii) Design; (iv) Construction Supervision; (v) Management And Related Services; And (vi) Other Technical Services Or Special Studies. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[i]) Cda - Cooperative Development Authority. Contract – Refers To The Agreement Entered Into Between The Procuring Entity And The Supplier Or Manufacturer Or Distributor Or Service Provider For Procurement Of Goods And Services; Contractor For Procurement Of Infrastructure Projects; Or Consultant Or Consulting Firm For Procurement Of Consulting Services; As The Case May Be, As Recorded In The Contract Form Signed By The Parties, Including All Attachments And Appendices Thereto And All Documents Incorporated By Reference Therein. Cif – Cost Insurance And Freight. Cip – Carriage And Insurance Paid. Cpi – Consumer Price Index. Ddp – Refers To The Quoted Price Of The Goods, Which Means “delivered Duty Paid.” Dti – Department Of Trade And Industry. Exw – Ex Works. Fca – “free Carrier” Shipping Point. Fob – “free On Board” Shipping Point. Foreign-funded Procurement Or Foreign-assisted Project– Refers To Procurement Whose Funding Source Is From A Foreign Government, Foreign Or International Financing Institution As Specified In The Treaty Or International Or Executive Agreement. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[b]). Framework Agreement – Refers To A Written Agreement Between A Procuring Entity And A Supplier Or Service Provider That Identifies The Terms And Conditions, Under Which Specific Purchases, Otherwise Known As “call-offs,” Are Made For The Duration Of The Agreement. It Is In The Nature Of An Option Contract Between The Procuring Entity And The Bidder(s) Granting The Procuring Entity The Option To Either Place An Order For Any Of The Goods Or Services Identified In The Framework Agreement List Or Not Buy At All, Within A Minimum Period Of One (1) Year To A Maximum Period Of Three (3) Years. (gppb Resolution No. 27-2019) Gfi – Government Financial Institution. Gocc – Government-owned And/or –controlled Corporation. Goods – Refer To All Items, Supplies, Materials And General Support Services, Except Consulting Services And Infrastructure Projects, Which May Be Needed In The Transaction Of Public Businesses Or In The Pursuit Of Any Government Undertaking, Project Or Activity, Whether In The Nature Of Equipment, Furniture, Stationery, Materials For Construction, Or Personal Property Of Any Kind, Including Non-personal Or Contractual Services Such As The Repair And Maintenance Of Equipment And Furniture, As Well As Trucking, Hauling, Janitorial, Security, And Related Or Analogous Services, As Well As Procurement Of Materials And Supplies Provided By The Procuring Entity For Such Services. The Term “related” Or “analogous Services” Shall Include, But Is Not Limited To, Lease Or Purchase Of Office Space, Media Advertisements, Health Maintenance Services, And Other Services Essential To The Operation Of The Procuring Entity. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[r]) Gop – Government Of The Philippines. Gppb – Government Procurement Policy Board. Incoterms – International Commercial Terms. Infrastructure Projects – Include The Construction, Improvement, Rehabilitation, Demolition, Repair, Restoration Or Maintenance Of Roads And Bridges, Railways, Airports, Seaports, Communication Facilities, Civil Works Components Of Information Technology Projects, Irrigation, Flood Control And Drainage, Water Supply, Sanitation, Sewerage And Solid Waste Management Systems, Shore Protection, Energy/power And Electrification Facilities, National Buildings, School Buildings, Hospital Buildings, And Other Related Construction Projects Of The Government. Also Referred To As Civil Works Or Works. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[u]) Lgus – Local Government Units. Nfcc – Net Financial Contracting Capacity. Nga – National Government Agency. Philgeps - Philippine Government Electronic Procurement System. Procurement Project – Refers To A Specific Or Identified Procurement Covering Goods, Infrastructure Project Or Consulting Services. A Procurement Project Shall Be Described, Detailed, And Scheduled In The Project Procurement Management Plan Prepared By The Agency Which Shall Be Consolidated In The Procuring Entity's Annual Procurement Plan. (gppb Circular No. 06-2019 Dated 17 July 2019) Psa – Philippine Statistics Authority. Sec – Securities And Exchange Commission. Slcc – Single Largest Completed Contract. Supplier – Refers To A Citizen, Or Any Corporate Body Or Commercial Company Duly Organized And Registered Under The Laws Where It Is Established, Habitually Established In Business And Engaged In The Manufacture Or Sale Of The Merchandise Or Performance Of The General Services Covered By His Bid. (item 3.8 Of Gppb Resolution No. 13-2019, Dated 23 May 2019). Supplier As Used In These Bidding Documents May Likewise Refer To A Distributor, Manufacturer, Contractor, Or Consultant. Un – United Nations. Section I. Invitation To Bid Notes On The Invitation To Bid The Invitation To Bid (ib) Provides Information That Enables Potential Bidders To Decide Whether To Participate In The Procurement At Hand. The Ib Shall Be Posted In Accordance With Section 21.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. Apart From The Essential Items Listed In The Bidding Documents, The Ib Should Also Indicate The Following: A. The Date Of Availability Of The Bidding Documents, Which Shall Be From The Time The Ib Is First Advertised/posted Until The Deadline For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids; B. The Place Where The Bidding Documents May Be Acquired Or The Website Where It May Be Downloaded; C. The Deadline For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids; And D. Any Important Bid Evaluation Criteria (e.g., The Application Of A Margin Of Preference In Bid Evaluation). The Ib Should Be Incorporated In The Bidding Documents. The Information Contained In The Ib Must Conform To The Bidding Documents And In Particular To The Relevant Information In The Bid Data Sheet. Bulacan Agricultural State College San Ildefonso, Bulacan 3010 Invitation To Bid For 2025-01g: Supply, Delivery, And Installation Of Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub 1. The Bulacan Agricultural State College, Through The Gaa Capital Outlay Fy 2025 Intends To Apply The Sum Of One Billion Pesos Pesos (php1,000,000,000.00) Being The Abc To Payments Under The Contract For Supply, Delivery, And Installation Of Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub. Bids Received In Excess Of The Abc Shall Be Automatically Rejected At Bid Opening. 2. The Bulacan Agricultural State College Now Invites Bids For The Above Procurement Project. Delivery Of The Goods Is Required With Contract Duration Of 280 Calendar Days. Bidders Should Have Completed, Within The Last Five (5) Years From The Date Of Submission And Receipt Of Bids, A Contract Similar To The Project. The Description Of An Eligible Bidder Is Contained In The Bidding Documents, Particularly, In Section Ii (instructions To Bidders). 3. Bidding Will Be Conducted Through Open Competitive Bidding Procedures Using A Non-discretionary “pass/fail” Criterion As Specified In The 2016 Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations (irr) Of Republic Act (ra) No. 9184. Bidding Is Restricted To Filipino Citizens/sole Proprietorships, Partnerships, Or Organizations With At Least Sixty Percent (60%) Interest Or Outstanding Capital Stock Belonging To Citizens Of The Philippines, And To Citizens Or Organizations Of A Country The Laws Or Regulations Of Which Grant Similar Rights Or Privileges To Filipino Citizens, Pursuant To Ra No. 5183. 4. Prospective Bidders May Obtain Further Information From Bulacan Agricultual State College And Inspect The Bidding Documents At The Address Given Below During Office Hours From 8am To 4:30pm. 5. A Complete Set Of Bidding Documents May Be Acquired By Interested Bidders On January 16, 2025 To February 7, 2025 From The Given Address And Website(s) Below And Upon Payment Of The Applicable Fee For The Bidding Documents, Pursuant To The Latest Guidelines Issued By The Gppb, In The Amount Of Php75,000.00. The Procuring Entity Shall Allow The Bidder To Present Its Proof Of Payment For The Fees By Presenting The Receipt Upon Submission Of Their Bid Documents. 6. The Bulacan Agricultural State College Will Hold A Pre-bid Conference On January 24, 2025, 09:00 Am Via Zoom Platform (meeting Id: 853 1254 4715, Passcode: 578270) Which Shall Be Open To Prospective Bidders. 7. Bids Must Be Duly Received By The Bac Secretariat Through Manual Submission At The Office Address Indicated Below On Or Before 08:30 Am Of February 7, 2025. Late Bids Shall Not Be Accepted. 8. All Bids Must Be Accompanied By A Bid Security In Any Of The Acceptable Forms And In The Amount Stated In Itb Clause 14. 9. Bid Opening Shall Be On February 7, 2025, 09:00 Am At The Conference Room, Administration Building, Basc, San Ildefonso, Bulacan. Bids Will Be Opened In The Presence Of The Bidders’ Representatives Who Choose To Attend The Activity. 10. Observers Will Be Invited To Attend And Witness The Bid Proceedings. 11. The Bulacan Agricultural State College Reserves The Right To Reject Any And All Bids, Declare A Failure Of Bidding, Or Not Award The Contract At Any Time Prior To Contract Award In Accordance With Sections 35.6 And 41 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184, Without Thereby Incurring Any Liability To The Affected Bidder Or Bidders. 12. For Further Information, Please Refer To: Rona Angela O. Clarin Bac Secretariat Head Bulacan Agricultural State College Brgy. Pinaod, San Ildefonso, Bulacan (044) 697-1240 And 0923-108-1526 Ronaangela_clarin@basc.edu.ph Www.basc.edu.ph 13. You May Visit The Following Websites: For Downloading Of Bidding Documents: Http://www.basc.edu.ph January 16, 2025 (sgd) Ronald Reagan T. Alonzo,ph.d. Bac Chairperson Section Ii. Instructions To Bidders Notes On The Instructions To Bidders This Section On The Instruction To Bidders (itb) Provides The Information Necessary For Bidders To Prepare Responsive Bids, In Accordance With The Requirements Of The Procuring Entity. It Also Provides Information On Bid Submission, Eligibility Check, Opening And Evaluation Of Bids, Post-qualification, And On The Award Of Contract. 1. Scope Of Bid The Procuring Entity, Bulacan Agricultural State College Wishes To Receive Bids For The Supply, Delivery, And Installation Of Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub With Identification Number 2025-01g. The Procurement Project (referred To Herein As “project”) Is Composed Of Twenty-eight (28) Components The Details Of Which Are Described In Section Vii (technical Specifications). 2. Funding Information 2.1. The Gop Through The Source Of Funding As Indicated Below For Gaa Fy 2025 In The Amount Of Php1,000,000,000.00 2.2. The Source Of Funding Is: A. Nga, The General Appropriations Act Of 2025. 3. Bidding Requirements The Bidding For The Project Shall Be Governed By All The Provisions Of Ra No. 9184 And Its 2016 Revised Irr, Including Its Generic Procurement Manuals And Associated Policies, Rules And Regulations As The Primary Source Thereof, While The Herein Clauses Shall Serve As The Secondary Source Thereof. Any Amendments Made To The Irr And Other Gppb Issuances Shall Be Applicable Only To The Ongoing Posting, Advertisement, Or Ib By The Bac Through The Issuance Of A Supplemental Or Bid Bulletin. The Bidder, By The Act Of Submitting Its Bid, Shall Be Deemed To Have Verified And Accepted The General Requirements Of This Project, Including Other Factors That May Affect The Cost, Duration And Execution Or Implementation Of The Contract, Project, Or Work And Examine All Instructions, Forms, Terms, And Project Requirements In The Bidding Documents. 4. Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, And Coercive Practices The Procuring Entity, As Well As The Bidders And Suppliers, Shall Observe The Highest Standard Of Ethics During The Procurement And Execution Of The Contract. They Or Through An Agent Shall Not Engage In Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, Coercive, And Obstructive Practices Defined Under Annex “i” Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Or Other Integrity Violations In Competing For The Project. 5. Eligible Bidders 5.1. Only Bids Of Bidders Found To Be Legally, Technically, And Financially Capable Will Be Evaluated. 5.2. Not Applicable. 5.3. Pursuant To Section 23.4.1.3 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No.9184, The Bidder Shall Have An Slcc That Is At Least One (1) Contract Similar To The Project The Value Of Which, Adjusted To Current Prices Using The Psa’s Cpi, Must Be At Least Equivalent To At Least Fifty Percent (50%) Of The Abc Or Have Completed At Least Two (2) Similar Contracts, The Aggregate Amount Of Which Should Be Equivalent To At Least Fifty Percent (50%) In The Case Of Non-expendable Supplies And Services Or Twenty-five Percent (25%) In The Case Of Expendable Supplies] Of The Abc For This Project; 5.4. The Bidders Shall Comply With The Eligibility Criteria Under Section 23.4.1 Of The 2016 Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 6. Origin Of Goods There Is No Restriction On The Origin Of Goods Other Than Those Prohibited By A Decision Of The Un Security Council Taken Under Chapter Vii Of The Charter Of The Un, Subject To Domestic Preference Requirements Under Itb Clause 18. 7. Subcontracts 7.1. The Procuring Entity Has Prescribed That: A. Subcontracting Is Not Allowed. 8. Pre-bid Conference The Procuring Entity Will Hold A Pre-bid Conference For This Project On The Specified Date And Time At Its Physical Address As Indicated In Paragraph 6 Of The Ib. 9. Clarification And Amendment Of Bidding Documents Prospective Bidders May Request For Clarification On And/or Interpretation Of Any Part Of The Bidding Documents. Such Requests Must Be In Writing And Received By The Procuring Entity, Either At Its Given Address Or Through Electronic Mail Indicated In The Ib, At Least Ten (10) Calendar Days Before The Deadline Set For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids. 10. Documents Comprising The Bid: Eligibility And Technical Components 10.1. The First Envelope Shall Contain The Eligibility And Technical Documents Of The Bid As Specified In Section Viii (checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents). 10.2. The Bidder’s Slcc As Indicated In Itb Clause 5.3 Should Have Been Completed Within The Last Five (5) Years Prior To The Deadline For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids. 10.3. If The Eligibility Requirements Or Statements, The Bids, And All Other Documents For Submission To The Bac Are In Foreign Language Other Than English, It Must Be Accompanied By A Translation In English, Which Shall Be Authenticated By The Appropriate Philippine Foreign Service Establishment, Post, Or The Equivalent Office Having Jurisdiction Over The Foreign Bidder’s Affairs In The Philippines. Similar To The Required Authentication Above, For Contracting Parties To The Apostille Convention, Only The Translated Documents Shall Be Authenticated Through An Apostille Pursuant To Gppb Resolution No. 13-2019 Dated 23 May 2019. The English Translation Shall Govern, For Purposes Of Interpretation Of The Bid. 11. Documents Comprising The Bid: Financial Component 11.1. The Second Bid Envelope Shall Contain The Financial Documents For The Bid As Specified In Section Viii (checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents). 11.2. If The Bidder Claims Preference As A Domestic Bidder Or Domestic Entity, A Certification Issued By Dti Shall Be Provided By The Bidder In Accordance With Section 43.1.3 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 11.3. Any Bid Exceeding The Abc Indicated In Paragraph 1 Of The Ib Shall Not Be Accepted. 11.4. For Foreign-funded Procurement, A Ceiling May Be Applied To Bid Prices Provided The Conditions Are Met Under Section 31.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 12. Bid Prices 12.1. Prices Indicated On The Price Schedule Shall Be Entered Separately In The Following Manner: A. For Goods Offered From Within The Procuring Entity’s Country: I. The Price Of The Goods Quoted Exw (ex-works, Ex-factory, Ex-warehouse, Ex-showroom, Or Off-the-shelf, As Applicable); Ii. The Cost Of All Customs Duties And Sales And Other Taxes Already Paid Or Payable; Iii. The Cost Of Transportation, Insurance, And Other Costs Incidental To Delivery Of The Goods To Their Final Destination; And Iv. The Price Of Other (incidental) Services, If Any, Listed In E. B. For Goods Offered From Abroad: I. Unless Otherwise Stated In The Bds, The Price Of The Goods Shall Be Quoted Delivered Duty Paid (ddp) With The Place Of Destination In The Philippines As Specified In The Bds. In Quoting The Price, The Bidder Shall Be Free To Use Transportation Through Carriers Registered In Any Eligible Country. Similarly, The Bidder May Obtain Insurance Services From Any Eligible Source Country. Ii. The Price Of Other (incidental) Services, If Any, As Listed In Section Vii (technical Specifications). 13. Bid And Payment Currencies 13.1. For Goods That The Bidder Will Supply From Outside The Philippines, The Bid Prices May Be Quoted In The Local Currency Or Tradeable Currency Accepted By The Bsp At The Discretion Of The Bidder. However, For Purposes Of Bid Evaluation, Bids Denominated In Foreign Currencies, Shall Be Converted To Philippine Currency Based On The Exchange Rate As Published In The Bsp Reference Rate Bulletin On The Day Of The Bid Opening. 13.2. Payment Of The Contract Price Shall Be Made In Philippine Pesos. 14. Bid Security 14.1. The Bidder Shall Submit A Bid Securing Declaration Or Any Form Of Bid Security In The Amount Indicated In The Bds, Which Shall Be Not Less Than The Percentage Of The Abc In Accordance With The Schedule In The Bds. 14.2. The Bid And Bid Security Shall Be Valid Until 120 Days From The Opening Of Bids. Any Bid Not Accompanied By An Acceptable Bid Security Shall Be Rejected By The Procuring Entity As Non-responsive. 15. Sealing And Marking Of Bids Each Bidder Shall Submit One Copy Of The Original Of The First And Second Components Of Its Bid And Plus Two (2) Copies Of Each Kind, Labeled As Copy 1 And Copy 2 Duly Signed By The Authorized Representative Of The Bidder. The Procuring Entity May Request Additional Hard Copies And/or Electronic Copies Of The Bid. However, Failure Of The Bidders To Comply With The Said Request Shall Not Be A Ground For Disqualification. If The Procuring Entity Allows The Submission Of Bids Through Online Submission Or Any Other Electronic Means, The Bidder Shall Submit An Electronic Copy Of Its Bid, Which Must Be Digitally Signed. An Electronic Copy That Cannot Be Opened Or Is Corrupted Shall Be Considered Non-responsive And, Thus, Automatically Disqualified. 16. Deadline For Submission Of Bids 16.1. The Bidders Shall Submit On The Specified Date And Time And Either At Its Physical Address Or Through Online Submission As Indicated In Paragraph 7 Of The Ib. 17. Opening And Preliminary Examination Of Bids 17.1. The Bac Shall Open The Bids In Public At The Time, On The Date, And At The Place Specified In Paragraph 9 Of The Ib. The Bidders’ Representatives Who Are Present Shall Sign A Register Evidencing Their Attendance. In Case Videoconferencing, Webcasting Or Other Similar Technologies Will Be Used, Attendance Of Participants Shall Likewise Be Recorded By The Bac Secretariat. In Case The Bids Cannot Be Opened As Scheduled Due To Justifiable Reasons, The Rescheduling Requirements Under Section 29 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Shall Prevail. 17.2. The Preliminary Examination Of Bids Shall Be Governed By Section 30 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 18. Domestic Preference 18.1. The Procuring Entity Will Grant A Margin Of Preference For The Purpose Of Comparison Of Bids In Accordance With Section 43.1.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 19. Detailed Evaluation And Comparison Of Bids 19.1. The Procuring Bac Shall Immediately Conduct A Detailed Evaluation Of All Bids Rated “passed,” Using Non-discretionary Pass/fail Criteria. The Bac Shall Consider The Conditions In The Evaluation Of Bids Under Section 32.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 19.2. If The Project Allows Partial Bids, Bidders May Submit A Proposal On Any Of The Lots Or Items, And Evaluation Will Be Undertaken On A Per Lot Or Item Basis, As The Case Maybe. In This Case, The Bid Security As Required By Itb Clause 15 Shall Be Submitted For Each Lot Or Item Separately. 19.3. The Descriptions Of The Lots Or Items Shall Be Indicated In Section Vii (technical Specifications), Although The Abcs Of These Lots Or Items Are Indicated In The Bds For Purposes Of The Nfcc Computation Pursuant To Section 23.4.2.6 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. The Nfcc Must Be Sufficient For The Total Of The Abcs For All The Lots Or Items Participated In By The Prospective Bidder. 19.4. The Project Shall Be Awarded As One Project Having Several Items That Shall Be Awarded As One Contract. 19.5. Except For Bidders Submitting A Committed Line Of Credit From A Universal Or Commercial Bank In Lieu Of Its Nfcc Computation, All Bids Must Include The Nfcc Computation Pursuant To Section 23.4.1.4 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184, Which Must Be Sufficient For The Total Of The Abcs For All The Lots Or Items Participated In By The Prospective Bidder. For Bidders Submitting The Committed Line Of Credit, It Must Be At Least Equal To Ten Percent (10%) Of The Abcs For All The Lots Or Items Participated In By The Prospective Bidder. 20. Post-qualification 20.1. Not Applicable 20.2. Within A Non-extendible Period Of Five (5) Calendar Days From Receipt By The Bidder Of The Notice From The Bac That It Submitted The Lowest Calculated Bid, The Bidder Shall Submit Its Latest Income And Business Tax Returns Filed And Paid Through The Bir Electronic Filing And Payment System (efps) And Other Appropriate Licenses And Permits Required By Law And Stated In The Bds. 21. Signing Of The Contract 21.1. The Documents Required In Section 37.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Shall Form Part Of The Contract. Additional Contract Documents Are Indicated In The Bds. Section Iii. Bid Data Sheet Notes On The Bid Data Sheet The Bid Data Sheet (bds) Consists Of Provisions That Supplement, Amend, Or Specify In Detail, Information, Or Requirements Included In The Itb Found In Section Ii, Which Are Specific To Each Procurement. This Section Is Intended To Assist The Procuring Entity In Providing The Specific Information In Relation To Corresponding Clauses In The Itb And Has To Be Prepared For Each Specific Procurement. The Procuring Entity Should Specify In The Bds Information And Requirements Specific To The Circumstances Of The Procuring Entity, The Processing Of The Procurement, And The Bid Evaluation Criteria That Will Apply To The Bids. In Preparing The Bds, The Following Aspects Should Be Checked: A. Information That Specifies And Complements Provisions Of The Itb Must Be Incorporated. B. Amendments And/or Supplements, If Any, To Provisions Of The Itb As Necessitated By The Circumstances Of The Specific Procurement, Must Also Be Incorporated. Bid Data Sheet Itb Clause 5.3 For This Purpose, Contracts Similar To The Project Shall Be: A. Supply, Delivery, Installation, Commissioning And Set-up Of Ict Materials And Laboratory Equipment With Any Of The Two (2) Components As Follows: 1. Productivity Software And/or Licenses 2. Hardware Such As Servers, Desktops And/or Laptops 3. Closed-circuit Television (cctv) 4. Smart Solar Lighting Systems 5. Network Infrastructure B. Completed Within Three (3) Years Prior To The Deadline For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids That Is Equivalent To 50% Of Abc Or Completed At Least Two (2) Similar Contracts, The Aggregate Amount Of Which Should Be Equivalent To At Least Fifty Percent (50%) In The Case Of Non-expendable Supplies And Services Or Twenty-five Percent (25%) In The Case Of Expendable Supplies] Of The Abc For This Project; 7.1 Subcontracting Is Not Allowed. 12 The Bid Prices Of Goods And Services Supplied From Outside Of The Philippines Shall Be Quoted In Philippine Pesos. 14.1 The Bid Security Shall Be In The Form Of A Bid Securing Declaration, Or Any Of The Following Forms And Amounts: A. The Amount Of Not Less Than Php20,000,000.00 [(2%) Of The Abc] If Bid Security Is In Cash, Cashier’s/manager’s Check, Bank Draft/guarantee Or Irrevocable Letter Of Credit; Or B. The Amount Of Not Less Than Php50,000,000.00[(5%) Of The Abc], If Bid Security Is In Surety Bond. 19.3 The Project Will Be Awarded As A Single Project. 20.2 1. Income Tax Return (form 1701/1702) With Audited Financial Statement., 2. Business Tax Return (forms 2550m And 2550q) Prior To Opening Of Bids Filed Thru Electronic Filing And Payment System (efps). Only Tax Returns Filed And Taxes Paid Through The Bir Electronic Filing And Payment System (efps) Shall Be Accepted. 21.2 Not Applicable Section Iv. General Conditions Of Contract Notes On The General Conditions Of Contract The General Conditions Of Contract (gcc) In This Section, Read In Conjunction With The Special Conditions Of Contract In Section V And Other Documents Listed Therein, Should Be A Complete Document Expressing All The Rights And Obligations Of The Parties. Matters Governing Performance Of The Supplier, Payments Under The Contract, Or Matters Affecting The Risks, Rights, And Obligations Of The Parties Under The Contract Are Included In The Gcc And Special Conditions Of Contract. Any Complementary Information, Which May Be Needed, Shall Be Introduced Only Through The Special Conditions Of Contract. 1. Scope Of Contract This Contract Shall Include All Such Items, Although Not Specifically Mentioned, That Can Be Reasonably Inferred As Being Required For Its Completion As If Such Items Were Expressly Mentioned Herein. All The Provisions Of Ra No. 9184 And Its 2016 Revised Irr, Including The Generic Procurement Manual, And Associated Issuances, Constitute The Primary Source For The Terms And Conditions Of The Contract, And Thus, Applicable In Contract Implementation. Herein Clauses Shall Serve As The Secondary Source For The Terms And Conditions Of The Contract. This Is Without Prejudice To Sections 74.1 And 74.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Allowing The Gppb To Amend The Irr, Which Shall Be Applied To All Procurement Activities, The Advertisement, Posting, Or Invitation Of Which Were Issued After The Effectivity Of The Said Amendment. Additional Requirements For The Completion Of This Contract Shall Be Provided In The Special Conditions Of Contract (scc). 2. Advance Payment And Terms Of Payment 2.1. Advance Payment Of The Contract Amount Is Provided Under Annex “d” Of The Revised 2016 Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 2.2. The Procuring Entity Is Allowed To Determine The Terms Of Payment On The Partial Or Staggered Delivery Of The Goods Procured, Provided Such Partial Payment Shall Correspond To The Value Of The Goods Delivered And Accepted In Accordance With Prevailing Accounting And Auditing Rules And Regulations. The Terms Of Payment Are Indicated In The Scc. 3. Performance Security Within Ten (10) Calendar Days From Receipt Of The Notice Of Award By The Bidder From The Procuring Entity But In No Case Later Than Prior To The Signing Of The Contract By Both Parties, The Successful Bidder Shall Furnish The Performance Security In Any Of The Forms Prescribed In Section 39 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 4. Inspection And Tests The Procuring Entity Or Its Representative Shall Have The Right To Inspect And/or To Test The Goods To Confirm Their Conformity To The Project In Addition To Tests In The Scc, Section Iv (technical Specifications) Shall Specify What Inspections And/or Tests The Procuring Entity Requires, And Where They Are To Be Conducted. The Procuring Entity Shall Notify The Supplier In Writing, In A Timely Manner, Of The Identity Of Any Representatives Retained For These Purposes. All Reasonable Facilities And Assistance For The Inspection And Testing Of Goods, Including Access To Drawings And Production Data, Shall Be Provided By The Supplier To The Authorized Inspectors At No Charge To The Procuring Entity. 5. Warranty 6.1. In Order To Assure That Manufacturing Defects Shall Be Corrected By The Supplier, A Warranty Shall Be Required From The Supplier As Provided Under Section 62.1 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 6.2. The Procuring Entity Shall Promptly Notify The Supplier In Writing Of Any Claims Arising Under This Warranty. Upon Receipt Of Such Notice, The Supplier Shall, Repair Or Replace The Defective Goods Or Parts Thereof Without Cost To The Procuring Entity, Pursuant To The Generic Procurement Manual. 6. Liability Of The Supplier The Supplier’s Liability Under This Contract Shall Be As Provided By The Laws Of The Republic Of The Philippines. If The Supplier Is A Joint Venture, All Partners To The Joint Venture Shall Be Jointly And Severally Liable To The Procuring Entity. Section V. Special Conditions Of Contract Notes On The Special Conditions Of Contract Similar To The Bds, The Clauses In This Section Are Intended To Assist The Procuring Entity In Providing Contract-specific Information In Relation To Corresponding Clauses In The Gcc Found In Section Iv. The Special Conditions Of Contract (scc) Complement The Gcc, Specifying Contractual Requirements Linked To The Special Circumstances Of The Procuring Entity, The Procuring Entity’s Country, The Sector, And The Goods Purchased. In Preparing This Section, The Following Aspects Should Be Checked: A. Information That Complements Provisions Of The Gcc Must Be Incorporated. B. Amendments And/or Supplements To Provisions Of The Gcc As Necessitated By The Circumstances Of The Specific Purchase, Must Also Be Incorporated. However, No Special Condition Which Defeats Or Negates The General Intent And Purpose Of The Provisions Of The Gcc Should Be Incorporated Herein. Special Conditions Of Contract Gcc Clause 1 Delivery And Documents – For Purposes Of The Contract, “exw,” “fob,” “fca,” “cif,” “cip,” “ddp” And Other Trade Terms Used To Describe The Obligations Of The Parties Shall Have The Meanings Assigned To Them By The Current Edition Of Incoterms Published By The International Chamber Of Commerce, Paris. The Delivery Terms Of This Contract Shall Be As Follows: “the Delivery Terms Applicable To This Contract Are Delivered At Basc, San Ildefonso, Bulacan. Risk And Title Will Pass From The Supplier To The Procuring Entity Upon Receipt And Final Acceptance Of The Goods At Their Final Destination.” Delivery Of The Goods Shall Be Made By The Supplier In Accordance With The Terms Specified In Section Vi (schedule Of Requirements). For Purposes Of This Clause The Procuring Entity’s Representative At The Project Site Is Dr. Ma. Melanie A. Cruz And Mr. Florentino S. Casuco, Jr. Incidental Services – The Supplier Is Required To Provide All Of The Following Services, Including Additional Services, If Any, Specified In Section Vi. Schedule Of Requirements: A. Performance Or Supervision Of On-site Assembly And/or Start-up Of The Supplied Goods; B. Furnishing Of Tools Required For Assembly And/or Maintenance Of The Supplied Goods; C. Furnishing Of A Detailed Operations And Maintenance Manual For Each Appropriate Unit Of The Supplied Goods; D. Performance Or Supervision Or Maintenance And/or Repair Of The Supplied Goods, For A Period Of Time Agreed By The Parties, Provided That This Service Shall Not Relieve The Supplier Of Any Warranty Obligations Under This Contract; And E. Training Of The Procuring Entity’s Personnel, At The Supplier’s Plant And/or On-site, In Assembly, Start-up, Operation, Maintenance, And/or Repair Of The Supplied Goods. The Contract Price For The Goods Shall Include The Prices Charged By The Supplier For Incidental Services And Shall Not Exceed The Prevailing Rates Charged To Other Parties By The Supplier For Similar Services. The Procuring Entity Accepts No Liability For The Damage Of Goods During Transit Other Than Those Prescribed By Incoterms For Ddp Deliveries. In The Case Of Goods Supplied From Within The Philippines Or Supplied By Domestic Suppliers Risk And Title Will Not Be Deemed To Have Passed To The Procuring Entity Until Their Receipt And Final Acceptance At The Final Destination. Packaging – The Supplier Shall Provide Such Packaging Of The Goods As Is Required To Prevent Their Damage Or Deterioration During Transit To Their Final Destination, As Indicated In This Contract. The Packaging Shall Be Sufficient To Withstand, Without Limitation, Rough Handling During Transit And Exposure To Extreme Temperatures, Salt And Precipitation During Transit, And Open Storage. Packaging Case Size And Weights Shall Take Into Consideration, Where Appropriate, The Remoteness Of The Goods’ Final Destination And The Absence Of Heavy Handling Facilities At All Points In Transit. The Packaging, Marking, And Documentation Within And Outside The Packages Shall Comply Strictly With Such Special Requirements As Shall Be Expressly Provided For In The Contract, Including Additional Requirements, If Any, Specified Below, And In Any Subsequent Instructions Ordered By The Procuring Entity. The Outer Packaging Must Be Clearly Marked On At Least Four (4) Sides As Follows: Name Of The Procuring Entity Name Of The Supplier Contract Description Final Destination Gross Weight Any Special Lifting Instructions Any Special Handling Instructions Any Relevant Hazchem Classifications A Packaging List Identifying The Contents And Quantities Of The Package Is To Be Placed On An Accessible Point Of The Outer Packaging If Practical. If Not Practical The Packaging List Is To Be Placed Inside The Outer Packaging But Outside The Secondary Packaging. Transportation – Where The Supplier Is Required Under Contract To Deliver The Goods Cif, Cip, Or Ddp, Transport Of The Goods To The Port Of Destination Or Such Other Named Place Of Destination In The Philippines, As Shall Be Specified In This Contract, Shall Be Arranged And Paid For By The Supplier, And The Cost Thereof Shall Be Included In The Contract Price. Where The Supplier Is Required Under This Contract To Transport The Goods To A Specified Place Of Destination Within The Philippines, Defined As The Project Site, Transport To Such Place Of Destination In The Philippines, Including Insurance And Storage, As Shall Be Specified In This Contract, Shall Be Arranged By The Supplier, And Related Costs Shall Be Included In The Contract Price. Where The Supplier Is Required Under Contract To Deliver The Goods Cif, Cip Or Ddp, Goods Are To Be Transported On Carriers Of Philippine Registry. In The Event That No Carrier Of Philippine Registry Is Available, Goods May Be Shipped By A Carrier Which Is Not Of Philippine Registry Provided That The Supplier Obtains And Presents To The Procuring Entity Certification To This Effect From The Nearest Philippine Consulate To The Port Of Dispatch. In The Event That Carriers Of Philippine Registry Are Available But Their Schedule Delays The Supplier In Its Performance Of This Contract The Period From When The Goods Were First Ready For Shipment And The Actual Date Of Shipment The Period Of Delay Will Be Considered Force Majeure. The Procuring Entity Accepts No Liability For The Damage Of Goods During Transit Other Than Those Prescribed By Incoterms For Ddp Deliveries. In The Case Of Goods Supplied From Within The Philippines Or Supplied By Domestic Suppliers Risk And Title Will Not Be Deemed To Have Passed To The Procuring Entity Until Their Receipt And Final Acceptance At The Final Destination. Intellectual Property Rights – The Supplier Shall Indemnify The Procuring Entity Against All Third-party Claims Of Infringement Of Patent, Trademark, Or Industrial Design Rights Arising From Use Of The Goods Or Any Part Thereof 2.2 The Terms Of Payment Shall Be As Follows: 15% : Upon Submission Of Signed Contract 25% : Submission And Acceptance Of Detailed Work Plan And Systems Design 1. University Information System 2. Learning Management System 3. Cashiering System 4. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 5. Payroll Management System 6. Assets & Fleet Management System 7. Document Management System 8. Trouble Ticketing System 9. Queuing / Appointment System 10. Executive Information System 11. Campus Portal System 12. University Library System 13. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 14. Internet Connectivity 15. Campus Network System 16. Fiber Optics Works 17. Structured Cabling Works 18. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 19. Campus Data Center Upgrade 20. Data Center Network Switches 21. Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block And File Storage System 22. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 23. Cloud Infrastructure 24. Ip-pabx System 25. Software & Networking Laboratories 26. E-classroom, E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 27. E-library Infrastructure 28. Smart Function Hall 26.43% 1st Batch Hardware Completion Of Equipment Deliverables For The Following Components At Basc Facility 1. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 2. Campus Data Center Upgrade 3. Data Center Network Switches 4. Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block And File Storage System 5. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 6. Ip-pabx System 7. Software & Networking Laboratories 8. E-classroom, E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 9. E-library Infrastructure 10. Smart Function Hall 11. Campus Network System 12. Fiber Optics Works 13. Structured Cabling Works 14. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 15. Document Management System 16. Queuing / Appointment System 1st Batch User Acceptance Testing (uat) Completion For The Following System Components At Basc Facility 1. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 2. Payroll Management System 3. Assets & Fleet Management System 4. Document Management System 5. Trouble Ticketing System 6. Queuing / Appointment System 7. Campus Portal System 23.57% 2nd Batch Hardware Completion Of Equipment Deliverables For The Following Components At Basc Facility 1. Internet Connectivity 2. University Library System 3. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 2nd Batch User Acceptance Testing (uat) Completion For The Following System Components At Basc Facility 1. Cloud Infrastructure 2. University Information System 3. Learning Management System 4. Executive Information System 5. University Library System Hardware Installation, Configuration And Integration 1. Campus Network System 2. Structured Cabling Works 3. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 4. Data Center Network Switches 5. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 6. Ip-pabx System 7. E-library Infrastructure Acceptance Of Volume Testing 1. University Information System 2. Learning Management System 3. Cashiering System 4. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 5. Payroll Management System 6. Assets & Fleet Management System 7. Document Management System 8. Trouble Ticketing System 9. Queuing / Appointment System 10. Executive Information System 11. Campus Portal System 12. University Library System 13. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing : Completion Of Training 1. University Information System 2. Learning Management System 3. Cashiering System 4. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 5. Payroll Management System 6. Assets & Fleet Management System 7. Document Management System 8. Trouble Ticketing System 9. Queuing / Appointment System 10. Executive Information System 11. Campus Portal System 12. University Library System 13. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 14. Campus Network System 15. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 16. Campus Data Center Upgrade 17. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 18. Smart Function Hall 10% : Project Acceptance And Turnover 1. University Information System 2. Learning Management System 3. Cashiering System 4. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 5. Payroll Management System 6. Assets & Fleet Management System 7. Document Management System 8. Trouble Ticketing System 9. Queuing / Appointment System 10. Executive Information System 11. Campus Portal System 12. University Library System 13. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 14. Internet Connectivity 15. Campus Network System 16. Fiber Optics Works 17. Structured Cabling Works 18. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 19. Campus Data Center Upgrade 20. Data Center Network Switches 21. Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block And File Storage System 22. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 23. Cloud Infrastructure 24. Ip-pabx System 25. Software & Networking Laboratories 26. E-classroom And E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 27. E-library Infrastructure 28. Smart Function Hall 4 The Inspections And Tests That Will Be Conducted Are: On Site Testing Of All Items To Be Procured. Section Vi. Schedule Of Requirements The Delivery Schedule Expressed As Weeks/months Stipulates Hereafter A Delivery Date Which Is The Date Of Delivery To The Project Site. Item Number Description Quantity Delivered, Weeks/months 1 University Information System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 2 Learning Management System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 3 Innovative Cashiering System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 4 Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 5 Payroll Management System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 6 Assets & Fleet Management System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 7 Document Management System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 8 Trouble Ticketing System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 9 Queuing System / Appointment System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 10 Executive Information System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 11 Campus Portal System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 12 University Library System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 13 Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 14 Internet Connectivity 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 15 Campus Network System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 16 Fiber Optics Works 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 17 Structured Cabling Works 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 18 It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 19 Campus Data Center Upgrade 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 20 Data Center Network Switches (network Infrastructure) 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 21 Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block & File Storage System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 22 Data Center Backup And Recovery System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 23 Basc Cloud Infrastructure 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 24 Ip-pabx System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 25 Software And Networking Laboratories 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 26 E-classroom And E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 27 E-library Infrastructure 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 28 Smart Function Hall 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed For Details See Terms Of Reference [signature] [in The Capacity Of] Duly Authorized To Sign Bid For And On Behalf Of ____________________________ Section Vii. Technical Specifications Notes For Preparing The Technical Specifications A Set Of Precise And Clear Specifications Is A Prerequisite For Bidders To Respond Realistically And Competitively To The Requirements Of The Procuring Entity Without Qualifying Their Bids. In The Context Of Competitive Bidding, The Specifications (e.g. Production/delivery Schedule, Manpower Requirements, And After-sales Service/parts, Descriptions Of The Lots Or Items) Must Be Prepared To Permit The Widest Possible Competition And, At The Same Time, Present A Clear Statement Of The Required Standards Of Workmanship, Materials, And Performance Of The Goods And Services To Be Procured. Only If This Is Done Will The Objectives Of Transparency, Equity, Efficiency, Fairness , And Economy In Procurement Be Realized, Responsiveness Of Bids Be Ensured, And The Subsequent Task Of Bid Evaluation And Post-qualification Facilitated. The Specifications Should Require That All Items, Materials And Accessories To Be Included Or Incorporated In The Goods Be New, Unused, And Of The Most Recent Or Current Models, And That They Include Or Incorporate All Recent Improvements In Design And Materials Unless Otherwise Provided In The Contract. Samples Of Specifications From Previous Similar Procurements Are Useful In This Respect. The Use Of Metric Units Is Encouraged. Depending On The Complexity Of The Goods And The Repetitiveness Of The Type Of Procurement, It May Be Advantageous To Standardize The General Technical Specifications And Incorporate Them In A Separate Subsection. The General Technical Specifications Should Cover All Classes Of Workmanship, Materials, And Equipment Commonly Involved In Manufacturing Similar Goods. Deletions Or Addenda Should Then Adapt The General Technical Specifications To The Particular Procurement. Care Must Be Taken In Drafting Specifications To Ensure That They Are Not Restrictive. In The Specification Of Standards For Equipment, Materials, And Workmanship, Recognized Philippine And International Standards Should Be Used As Much As Possible. Where Other Particular Standards Are Used, Whether National Standards Or Other Standards, The Specifications Should State That Equipment, Materials, And Workmanship That Meet Other Authoritative Standards, And Which Ensure At Least A Substantially Equal Quality Than The Standards Mentioned, Will Also Be Acceptable. The Following Clause May Be Inserted In The Special Conditions Of Contract Or The Technical Specifications. Sample Clause: Equivalency Of Standards And Codes Wherever Reference Is Made In The Technical Specifications To Specific Standards And Codes To Be Met By The Goods And Materials To Be Furnished Or Tested, The Provisions Of The Latest Edition Or Revision Of The Relevant Standards And Codes Shall Apply, Unless Otherwise Expressly Stated In The Contract. Where Such Standards And Codes Are National Or Relate To A Particular Country Or Region, Other Authoritative Standards That Ensure Substantial Equivalence To The Standards And Codes Specified Will Be Acceptable. Reference To Brand Name And Catalogue Number Should Be Avoided As Far As Possible; Where Unavoidable They Should Always Be Followed By The Words “or At Least Equivalent.” References To Brand Names Cannot Be Used When The Funding Source Is The Gop. Where Appropriate, Drawings, Including Site Plans As Required, May Be Furnished By The Procuring Entity With The Bidding Documents. Similarly, The Supplier May Be Requested To Provide Drawings Or Samples Either With Its Bid Or For Prior Review By The Procuring Entity During Contract Execution. Bidders Are Also Required, As Part Of The Technical Specifications, To Complete Their Statement Of Compliance Demonstrating How The Items Comply With The Specification. Technical Specifications Item Specification Statement Of Compliance [bidders Must State Here Either “comply” Or “not Comply” Against Each Of The Individual Parameters Of Each Specification Stating The Corresponding Performance Parameter Of The Equipment Offered. Statements Of “comply” Or “not Comply” Must Be Supported By Evidence In A Bidders Bid And Cross-referenced To That Evidence. Evidence Shall Be In The Form Of Manufacturer’s Un-amended Sales Literature, Unconditional Statements Of Specification And Compliance Issued By The Manufacturer, Samples, Independent Test Data Etc., As Appropriate. A Statement That Is Not Supported By Evidence Or Is Subsequently Found To Be Contradicted By The Evidence Presented Will Render The Bid Under Evaluation Liable For Rejection. A Statement Either In The Bidder's Statement Of Compliance Or The Supporting Evidence That Is Found To Be False Either During Bid Evaluation, Post-qualification Or The Execution Of The Contract May Be Regarded As Fraudulent And Render The Bidder Or Supplier Liable For Prosecution Subject To The Applicable Laws And Issuances.] 1 University Information System 2 Learning Management System 3 Innovative Cashiering System 4 Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 5 Payroll Management System 6 Assets & Fleet Management System 7 Document Management System 8 Trouble Ticketing System 9 Queuing System / Appointment System 10 Executive Information System 11 Campus Portal System 12 University Library System 13 Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 14 Internet Connectivity 15 Campus Network System 16 Fiber Optics Works 17 Structured Cabling Works 18 It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 19 Campus Data Center Upgrade 20 Data Center Network Switches (network Infrastructure) 21 Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block & File Storage System 22 Data Center Backup And Recovery System 23 Basc Cloud Infrastructure 24 Ip-pabx System 25 Software And Networking Laboratories 26 E-classroom And E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 27 E-library Infrastructure 28 Smart Function Hall For Details See Terms Of Reference [signature] [in The Capacity Of] Duly Authorized To Sign Bid For And On Behalf Of ____________________________ Republic Of The Philippines Bulacan Agricultural State College Address: Pinaod, San Ildefonso, Bulacan Website: Https://basc.edu.ph/ Tel/fax No.: (044) 931 8660 Terms Of Reference Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub   Definition Of Terms Key Description Internet-based Application A Client/server Application That Uses Standard Internet Protocols For Connecting The Client To The Server. Acl Access Control List Ap Transmit Power Access Point Transmit Power Aec Acoustic Echo Cancellation Ad Database Active Directory Database Arp Address Resolution Protocol Awg American Wire Gauge Api Application Programming Interface Abc Approved Budget Cost Ai Rf Artificial Intelligence Radio Frequency Afms Assets & Fleet Management System Aes/ebu Audio Engineering Society / European Broadcasting Union Ah Authentication Header Ajb Auto Jitter Buffer Agc Automatic Gain Control Agronomy The Application Of Science And Technology From The Fields Of Biology, Chemistry, Economics, Ecology, Soil Science, Water Science, Pest Management, And Genetics To The Improvement And Management Of The World's Major Food Crops. Animal Husbandry The Branch Of Agriculture Is Concerned With Animals That Are Raised For Meat, Fiber, Milk, Or Other Products. It Includes Day-to-day Care, Management, Production, Nutrition, Selective Breeding, And Livestock Raising. Anpr Camera Automatic Number Plate Recognition Camera Basc Bulacan Agricultural State College Bunas Bulacan National Agricultural School Bi Dashboard Business Intelligence Dashboard Cmmi5 Capability Maturity Model Integration 5 Cpu Central Processing Unit Ca Certificate Authentication Certificate Authority Certificate Authentication Cor Certificate Of Registration Ceh Certification Certified Ethical Hacker Certification Cgeit Certified In The Governance Of Enterprise It Isc Certified Information Systems Security Professional Cpmp Certified Project Management Practitioner Cos Class Of Service Cctv Closed-circuit Television Cng Comfort Noise Generation Dtr Daily Time Record Dpa Data Privacy Act [r.a. No. 10173] Db Decibel Dbm Department Of Budget And Management Dscp Differentiated Services Code Point Dsp Digital Signal Processing Dvi Digital Visual Interface Dss Direct Station Selection Dr Drills Disaster Recovery Drills Dms Document Management System Dns Domain Name System Ddr4 Double Data Rate 4 Dfp Dynamic Fabric Provisioning Dhcp Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Dps Dynamic Path Selection Ecc Employee Compensation Contribution Esp Encapsulating Security Payload Eis Executive Information System Xlr External Line Return Fpi Fabric Performance Impact Fspf Fabric Shortest Path First Foc Fiber Optic Cable Ftp File Transfer Protocol Fdmi Flat Display Mounting Interface Fhd Ir Full High Definition Infrared Camera Fqdn Fully Qualified Domain Name Fdm Fused Deposition Modeling Gbe Gigabit Ethernet Gb Gigabyte Gbps Gigabyte Per Second Gui Graphical User Interface Gddr5 Graphics Double Data Rate 5 Hdd Hard Disk Drive Hi-fi High Fidelity Hdmi High-definition Multimedia Interface Hf Amplifier High-frequency Amplifier Hris Human Resource Information System Http Hypertext Transfer Protocol Ict Information And Communications Technology Ict Information Communication Technology Itil Certification Information Technology Infrastructure Library Certification Ir Infrared Radiation Ir/rgb Infra-red/red, Green And Blue Ieee Institute Of Electrical And Electronics Engineers Ipmi Intelligent Platform Management Interface Iec Standard International Electrotechnical Commission Standard Iso International Organization For Standardization Igmp Internet Group Management Protocol Ike Internet Key Exchange Ip Internet Protocol Ipofc Internet Protocol Over Fibre Channel Ip-pabx Internet Protocol Private Branch Exchange Ipsec Internet Protocol Security Ipv4 Internet Protocol Version 4 Ipv6 Internet Protocol Version 6 Isp Internet Service Provider Isl Trunking Inter-switch Link Trunking Management Tunnel Encryption It Is A Secure Channel Or Connection Established Between A Management Station And A Network Device To Remotely Manage And Configure The Device. Intelligent Load Balancing It Is The Technique Used In Computer Networking And Server Management To Distribute Incoming Network Traffic Or Workload Across Multiple Servers Or Resources In A Way That Optimizes Resource Utilization, Improves Performance, And Ensures High Availability. Kpi Key Performance Indicator Kvm Keyboard, Video, Mouse Lms Learning Management System Ldap Lightweight Directory Access Protocol Lacp Link Aggregation Control Protocol Lan Local Area Network Lf Amplifier Low-frequency Amplifier Mac Media Access Control Mp Megapixels Ms Milliseconds Mcb Miniature Circuit Breaker Maps Monitoring And Alerting Policy Suite M-lag Multichassis Link Aggregation Group Mimo Multiple-input And Multiple-output Nhmfc National Home Mortgage Finance Corporation Nat Network Address Translation Nat-t Network Address Translation-traversal Ndi Network Device Interface Nic’s Network Interface Cards Nvme Network Address Translation Ops Open Pluggable Specification Ospf Open Shortest Path First Oem Original Equipment Manufacturer Oem Certification Original Equipment Manufacturer Certification Pppoe Point-to-point Protocol Over Ethernet Pptp Point-to-point Tunneling Protocol Pvc Polyvinyl Chloride Pdu Power Distribution Unit Poe Power Over Ethernet Pacu Precision Air-conditioning Units Pc Project Category Psc Project Sub– Category Rfid Radio Frequency Identification Ram Random Access Memory Rdp Read Diagnostics Parameter Rstp Real-time Streaming Protocol Rj Registered Jack Rdbms Relational Database Management System Rh Relative Humidity Rcs Reliable Commit Service Rog Report Of Grades Rotc Reserve Officers' Training Corps Rpm Revolutions Per Minute Rip Routing Information Protocol Srtp Secure Real-time Transport Protocol Ssl Secure Sockets Layer Ssl Vpn Secure Sockets Layer Virtual Private Network Sata Serial Advanced Technology Attachment Sp Service Provider Ssid Service Set Identifier Sip Session Initiation Protocol Stp Shielded Twisted Pair Sms Short Message Service Sns Simple Name Server Sso Single Sign-on Sddq Slow Drain Device Quarantine Sddq Slow Drain Device Quarantine Sfp Small Form-factor Pluggable Cadre A Small Group Of People Specially Trained For A Particular Purpose Or Profession. Ssd Solid State Drive Spl Sound Pressure Level Soa Statement Of Account San Storage Area Network Sqlnet Structured Query Language Network Tb Terabyte Encrypted Communication The Process Of Encoding Information In Such A Way That Only Authorized Parties Can Access And Understand It. Tat Time & Attendance Terminal Tor Transcript Of Records Tcp/ip Transmission Control Protocol/internet Protocol Tls Transport Layer Security Tftp Trivial File Transfer Protocol Uhd Ultra High Definition Ups Uninterruptible Power Supply Usb Universal Serial Bus Uis University Information System Utp Unshielded Twisted Pair Udp User Datagram Protocol Ui User Interface Vga Video Graphics Array Vram Video Random-access Memory Vlan Virtual Local Area Network Vms Virtual Machines Vpn Virtual Private Network Vad Voice Activity Detection Voip Voice Over Internet Protocol Wpa Wi-fi Protected Access Wep Wired Equivalent Privacy Wan Wireless Area Network Wi-fi Wireless Fidelity Wips Wireless Intrusion Prevention System I. Introduction A. Executive Summary The Bulacan Agricultural State College (basc) Was Established In 1952. It Started As The Community Agricultural School In Bintog, Plaridel, Bulacan With About 100 Students. The Succeeding Years Saw An Increase In The Number Of Students. Unlike Before, Students Came Not Only From The Local Community But Also From Elsewhere In The Province. With This, The School Was Aptly Named The Bulacan Provincial High School. In 1955, With A Growing Population And A Need To Accommodate The Same, Presidential Proclamation No. 163 Was Issued Allocating 200 Hectares Of Land For The School In Pinaod, San Ildefonso, Bulacan. Not Long After, Republic Act (r.a.) No. 948 Was Issued Changing The School’s Name To Bulacan National Agricultural School (bunas). In 1960, Tertiary Education Was Offered In Bunas With A Two-year Associate In Agriculture Program, Which Eventually Led To The Offering Of The Bachelor Of Science In Agriculture Degree With Majors In Agronomy And Animal Husbandry. Cognizant Of The Broad-based Agricultural Education And Training Needs Of The Bulakeños, Hon. Ricardo C. Silverio, And Then Representative Of District Ii Of The Province Of Bulacan Authored House Bill No. 2389 Which Moved For An Expanded Educational Program For Bunas. With The Bilateral Approval Of Both Houses, President Fidel V. Ramos Signed R.a. No. 8548, Officially Converting The Bunas Into A Chartered State College Known As The Bulacan National Agricultural State College On February 24, 1998. Its Name Was Changed To Bulacan Agricultural State College By Virtue Of R.a. No. 9249 Signed By Her Excellency Gloria Macapagal Arroyo On February 19, 2004. As Mandated By Its Charter, Basc Shall Provide Higher Professional, Technical, And Special Instructions For Special Purposes And Promote Research And Extension Services And Advanced Studies In Agriculture, Arts And Science Programs, And Other Allied Courses. It Shall Also Offer Short-term Technical And Vocational Non-degree Courses Within Its Area Of Specialization To Meet The Needs Of Its Constituents. Basc Main Campus Is Situated In Pinaod, San Ildefonso, Bulacan. It Has Three Extension Campuses – Doña Remedios Trinidad Campus; Balagtas Technical Vocational School Campus; And Fortunato Halili National Agricultural School. The Basc Board Of Trustees Is The Policy-making Body Of The College Composed Of The Following: Chairperson: Chairperson, Commission On Higher Education Vice-chairperson: President, Bulacan Agricultural State College Members: Chairperson, Senate Committee On Higher And Technical Education Chairperson, House Committee On Higher And Technical Education Director, Neda Region Iii Director, Da Region Iii President, Basc Alumni Association Faculty Trustee Student Trustee Prominent Citizen Resource Person: Director, Dost Region Iii The College Is Headed By Its President, Dr. Jameson H. Tan, And Assisted By Dr. Cecilia S. Santiago, Vice President For Academic Affairs; Dr. Ronald Reagan T. Alonzo, Vice President For Administration, Finance And Business Affairs; And Dr. Honeylet J. Nicolas, Vice President For Research, Extension, Production And Development. The Bulacan Agricultural State College Shall Strive For Excellence In Agriculture And Other Allied Disciplines. It Shall Provide For And Address Ever-changing Educational Needs And Services For Those Seeking To Expand Their Intellectual Horizons. Basc Shall Address National And International Issues And Be Established As A Major Presence And Contributor To The Progress Of The Global Community. To Ensure The Training Of Productive And Competitive Graduates In Agriculture And Other Related Disciplines, Basc Is Keen On Delivering The Following Goals/objectives. 1. Produce Quality Graduates Equipped With Knowledge And Expertise Enough To Meet The Demands And Challenges Of The Fast-changing Society. 2. Develop A Cadre Of Highly Competent Manpower To Implement The Various Academic, Research, Extension, Training, And Production Programs Of The College. 3. Undertake Relevant Research, Extension, And Training Programs To Accelerate Productivity And For Additional Income Of People In Rural And Urban Areas. 4. Promote The General Welfare Of The Faculty And Staff As Well As The Students. 5. Maintain A Wholesome Academic Community Conducive To Learning By Providing A State-of-the-art Laboratory, Information And Communication Equipment, And A Modern Library, Sports, And Other Facilities. 6. Establish Networks, Linkages, Or Collaboration With Other Stakeholders To Take Advantage Of The Synergy For Fund Sourcing. 7. Develop And Implement Resource Generation Projects To Modernize And Sustain The Operation Of The College. 8. Implement An Improved Administrative Efficiency And Financial Management System. Delivering These Goals/objectives Would Require Adding And Improving Systems As Well As Information Communication Technology (ict) Equipment For Basc To Provide Better Management, Process, Technology, And System, Thus, Achieving An Improvement For The Goals Outlined Above. The Agency Aligns Its Support Commitments To Its Core Programs Focused On The Desired Impact Of Improved Ict Equipment And Systems Using The Latest Technology And Developing A Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub. To Address These Services, Systems Are Needed To Properly Put In Place All The Information. These Systems Will Target All The Services Mentioned In Such That Each Service Will Be Dealt With One By One As Follows: 1. University Information System – A Platform That Can Oversee And Streamline All Aspects Of University Operations, From Student Admission, Enrollment, Student And Alumni Services, Faculty And Staff Management, Curriculum Management, Grades, And Academic Progress. 2. Learning Management System – It Should Integrate Course Development, Distribution, Evaluation, And Control Into A Unified, Device-compatible Interface. It Facilitates Personalized Learning Trajectories That Enhance Student Engagement And Achievement By Centralizing Communication, Content, Analytics, And Work Process Automation. 3. Cashiering System – This Is A Cutting-edge And Highly Efficient Solution To Transform Cashiering Operations Within The Basc Setting. 4. Human Resource Management System & Timekeeping System – Integrates All Human Resource (hr) Functions Into A Unified System Designed To Streamline Hr Process Workflow And Improve Data Management, Data Security, Integrity, Onboarding, Benefits Administration, Compliance, Performance Tracking, Development, And Retention. 5. Payroll Management System – This Represents A Cutting-edge Solution To Revolutionize And Simplify Payroll Management. 6. Assets & Fleet Management System – A Comprehensive Platform Designed To Assist The University In Efficiently Monitoring And Administering The University’s Valuable Assets And Fleet Of Vehicles. 7. Document Management System – A Digital Platform Designed To Consolidate And Enhance The Document Management Processes Within Basc. 8. Trouble Ticketing System – Provides Centralized Incident/problem Reporting, Coordinated Troubleshooting, Assignment, Tracking, Knowledge Base Documentation, And Customer Communication Streams To Rapidly Restore Technology Performance And Availability While Optimizing Resource Efficiency And Minimizing Disruptions Across Users And Business Operations. 9. Queueing / Appointment System – A Solution Designed To Streamline And Enhance The Way Universities Handle Queues And Appointments For A Wide Range Of Services. 10. Executive Information System – Selectively Aggregate, Analyze, And Visualize Kpis On Vital Organizational Statistics From Integrated Bi Dashboards Tuned To Strategic Objectives To Reveal Insights Driving Informed Decisions And Management By Exception For Optimized, Data-driven Governance And Outcomes. 11. Campus Portal System - This Should Encompass Intranet Platforms Facilitating Single Sign-on Access For Faculty, Staff, And Administrators. These Portals Practically Incorporate Critical Academic Resources, College Services, And Administrative Systems For Their Respective Roles. 12. University Library System – Consolidates The Management Of Physical And Digital Resources On Campus. These Include Discovery Layers, Circulation, Patron Records, Book/media Cataloging, And User Usage Analytics. 13. Econference Room With Video Conferencing – A Solution Designed To Streamline And Enhance The Institution By Facilitating Seamless Real-time Communication Between Individuals Or Groups In Different Locations. Reporting And Any Associated Sub-modules Thereof May Be Necessary. Ii. Project Objectives A. General Objectives The Main Objective Of Bulacan Agriculture State College (basc) Is To Enhance The Educational Experience, Improve Campus Operations, And Address The Needs Of Students, Faculty, And Staff In An Efficient, Sustainable, And Forward-thinking Way. The System Shall Be Securely Accessible By All Stakeholders Anytime And Anywhere. B. Specific Objectives The Project Aims To Provide A System With The Following Features: • The System Must Promote The Virtue Of Transparency. • The System Runs On An Internet-based Application. • The System Is Available On Both Android And Ios Mobile Devices. • The System Should Record And Track Potential Students From Their First Inquiry To Enrollment. • The System Should Record And Calculate Grades, As Well As Facilitate The Transmission Of Grades To The Dean’s And Registrar’s Office. • The System That Manages Academic Records, Courses, And Academic-related Information For Students. • The System Should Record Each Student's Class Attendance And Allow The Teachers To View It. • The System Should Have A Dashboard For Quickly Identifying The Total Quantity Of Tasks, Assignments, Tests, Quizzes, Finished Projects, And Subjects For Each User. • The System That Handles The Student’s Enrollment Charges, Accounts Receivable, Payment, And Adjustment Of Student’s Fees. • The System Should Have An Online Registration That Automatically Assesses Fees. • The System That Can Manage The Payments Of The Students Includes Printing Official Receipts And Cashier Settings. • The System Can Manage Registrar Department Transactions From The Submission Of Records, Enrollment Up To Graduation, And The Issuance Of Transcript Of Records Of Students. • The System That Can Manage And Monitor Students’ Health And Well-being. • The System Can Display Upcoming Events, Announcements, And News. • The System Handles The Alumni Master File And Enables The User To Create, Edit, And Update The Alumni Profile. • The System Can Enable Parents To Monitor The Activities And Progress Of Their Children. • The System Is Accessible Anywhere, Anytime. • The System That Is User-friendly. The Proposal To Be Submitted Shall Include The Following: • Executive Summary. O Cost Of The System O Advantages Of The Proposal • Company Information • Solution Overview O Solution Architecture O High-level Component Description • Process Flows • Detailed Description Of Sub-system • Technical Specification • Dimensioning • Web-based System • Mobile Web Access (android And Ios) • Project Workshop • Performance Management • Hardware And Site Information • Installation And Trainin Iii. Scope Of Work The Project Comprises Several Phases Of Development And Implementation. It Includes Not Only The Provision Of The Software Development/customization Services, Hardware, And Network With Accessories But Also Support Services, Necessary To Achieve The Project’s Objective. A. Systems Analysis This Phase Covers The Data Collection Process In Order To Improve The Efficiency Of Related Systems In Basc. The Process Includes But Is Not Limited To The Following: 1. Data Gathering, Consultation, And Evaluation Of Existing Systems-related Information Management Systems In Basc. 2. Documentation, Assessment, And Testing Of The Existing Basc Processes. 3. Preparation, Assessment, And Evaluation Of The Current Database Of The Existing Systems. 4. Identification Of Issues, System Requirements, And Development Opportunities Of The Existing Versus The Proposed System. 5. Data Migration Plan, Execution Plan, Reversion Plan, Backup Plan, And Verification Process From Existing Database To New Database. 6. Actual Migration And Verification Of Data. 7. Executions Of Backup Plan. 8. Post-migration Verifications. 9. Capacity Planning. 10. Knowledge Transfer B. Systems Design And Development Supply, Install, And Implement A System Upgrade For Availability To A Web, Desktop, And Mobile Version, Inclusive Of (2) Two Years Of Software And Maintenance Support. The Solution Shall Include The Following Modules And Sub-modules Of The System Software: The Development/customization Of The System Consists Of But Is Not Limited To The Five Functionalities: (a) Information Management; (b) Provision Of Statistical Chart On Dashboard; (c) Service Status Monitoring; (d) Security Management; (e) Reporting And Any Associated Sub-modules Thereof As May Be Necessary. B.1 Pre-requisite Setup Module ● University Information Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Module To Set Organizational Units With The Following Hierarchy ○ University > Campus > College > Department ○ Approval Level Hierarchy ● The Admission Setups Should Have The Following: Document Types, Application Types, Admission Limits, Entrance Exams, Entrance Exam Schedules, Interview Schedules, Medical Schedules. ● Furthermore, Clinic Records Management Setups That Play A Vital Role In University Operations. ● Clearance Management Setups ● Learning Management Settings ● Secured Access Management ● It Should Have A Configuration Grading Parameters, Rubrics Matrix Of The Activities, Major Course Output (mco), Syllabus, And Lesson Plans. ● Cashiering Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Cashiering Setup: Must Allow Setting Up Customer Master Data, Accounts Group, Sub Groups, Discounts, Collection Of Terms Settings, And Interests, Fines, & Penalties Settings. ● Human Resource Management Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Holiday: Holiday Types And Holidays ● People Attributes: Talents, Hobbies, And People Relationships ● Hr Settings: Employment Types, Positions, And Leave Types ● Schedule Settings: Schedule Templates And Schedule Parts ● Government Settings: Withholding Tax, Sss, Philhealth, Pag-ibig, Gsis. ● Salary Grades: Salary Grades And Salary Level ● Default Leave Types: Manage Default Leave Types, Which Are Used For Easy Assignment Of Leaves To Employees (e.g., Regular, Jo, Casual, Oyster, And Part-time Employees) ● Training And Seminar: Manage Training And Seminar; Use For Easy Training, Seminar, Certification, And Workshop Creation. ● Manage Suspension Types ● Manage Termination Types ● Payroll Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Mandatory Deductions: ○ Withholding Tax ○ Philhealth Contribution ○ Pag-ibig Contributions/home Development Mutual Fund (hdmf) ○ Gsis Contribution ● Loans ○ Gsis Mpl (multi-purpose Loan) ○ Gsis Gfal (governmentfinancial Assistance Loans) ○ Gsis Housing Loan ○ Gsis Policy Loan ○ Gsis Computer Loan ○ Gsis Salary Loan ○ Gsis Consolidated Loan ○ Gsis Emergency Loan ○ Gsis Educational Loan ○ Gsis Old Loan ○ Pag-ibig Housing Loan ○ Pag-ibig Multi Purpose Loan ○ Pag-ibig Calamity Loan ○ Grocery Loan ○ Koop ○ Hospital Bills Loan ○ Psmb Fund ○ National Home Mortgage Finance Corporation(nhmfc) ○ Provident Fund ○ Land Bank Of The Philippines(lbp) Salary Loan ○ Unlimited Optional Life Insurance (uoli) ○ Development Bank Of The Philippines (dbp) Loan ● Other Deductions ○ Absences/lates ○ Sss Contribution ○ Gsis Optional Insurance ○ Pag-ibig Mpii ○ Child Support ○ Philhealth Up ○ Additional Tax ○ Basc Personnel Credit Cooperative (pcc) ○ Basc Faculty And Employee Association (fea) ● Other Income ○ Overtime (e.g., Normal O.t., Rest Day O.t., Holiday O.t., Non-working Holiday O.t., And Special Non-working Holiday O.t.) ○ Night Differential ○ Salary Adjustment ○ Pera (personnel Economic Relief Allowance) ○ Meal Allowance ○ Fitness Allowance ○ Transportation Allowance ○ Rice Allowance ○ Uniform Allowance ○ Laundry Allowance ○ Communication ○ Internet Allowance ○ 13th Month ○ Bonus Pay ○ Retirement Pay ● Assets And Fleets Management Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Asset Groups ● Asset Categories ● Asset Types ● Asset Articles ● Annual Procurement Plan (app) / Project Procurement Management Plan (ppmp) ● Document Management Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Delivery Type ● Document Category ● Document Security Level ● Document Type ● Process Flow ● Trouble Ticketing Settings ● Secured Access Management ● The Solution Must Have A Maintenance Module For Category Settings. ● The Solution Must Have A Maintenance Module For System Settings. ● The Solution Must Have A Maintenance Module For Types Settings. ● The Solution Must Have A Maintenance Module For State Settings. ● The Solution Must Have A Maintenance Module For Impact Settings. ● The Solution Must Have A Maintenance Module For Urgency Settings. ● The Solution Must Have A Maintenance Module For Team Settings. ● Executive Information Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Dashboard Configuration And Control ● Campus Portal Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Basc Active Directory W/ Configuration ● Themes Configurations ● University Library Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Access Control ● Library Locations ● Shelves Mapping ● Call Number/book Mapping ● Queueing/appointment Settings ● Secured Access Management ● The Solution Must Have An Office/department Setups To Manage The List Of Office/departments. ● The Solution Must Have A Service Set Up To Handle The List Of Services. ● The Solution Must Have Window Settings To Manage The Window List. ● The Solution Must Have Window-type Setups To Control The Queueing System Window Types. ● The Solution Must Have Marquee Setups To Configure The Footer Data Or Information. ● The Solution Must Have Printer Setups To Manage The List Of Printers. ● The Solution Must Have Advertisement Setups To Manage The List Of Advertisements. B.2 University Information System ● Academics ● The Solution Must Enable The Setup Of Courses, Sections, Course Programs, And Curriculum. ● The Solution Must Include A Course Master List To Manage And View Course Information, Course Program Inclusion, And Section Details. ● The Solution Must Include A Master List Of Course Programs To Streamline The Management And Viewing Of Course Program Information, Curriculum Details, And Curriculum Structure. ● The Solution Must Include A Curriculum List To Easily Manage And View Academic Progression Or Flowchart. ● Enrollment Module ● The System Must Have An Online Registration With Automatic Assessment Of Fees, Interconnected With The Other Modules To Facilitate The Automatic Course Advising. ● The System Must Have A Monitoring Of Section Fill Rates. ● The System Must Have A Post-enrollment (adding/changing/dropping) Module. ● The System Must Support Automatically Generating A “list Of Allowed Subjects And Schedules To Be Taken”. ● The System Must Support The Ability To Prevent Choosing Subjects With Prerequisites Not Yet Taken. ● The System Must Support The Ability To Show The Maximum Number Of Allowed Units A Particular Student Can Enroll In Based On Previous Semester Grades With The Capability To Add And Decrease Units By The Registrar Department. ● The System Must Support Enlistment To Rotc And Pe Subjects. ● The System Must Support The Automatic Generation Of Assessment Slips And Registration Slips. ● The System Must Have A Curriculum Auditing. ● The System Must Support Students' Online Queries Of Available Subjects. ● The System Must Support The Generation Of Reports Such As A Summary Of Enrolled Students. ● Section Management Module ● The Solution Must Be Able To Assist In Creating Multiple Sections For Courses To Accommodate Varying Class Sizes, Instructor Availability, And Scheduling Preferences. ● The System Must Aid In Managing Instructor Workloads To Ensure Equitable Distribution Of Teaching Assignments And Compliance With Contractual Obligations. ● The Solution Must Provide Real-time Updates And Notifications To Students, Faculty, And Staff Regarding Changes To Class Schedules, Room Assignments, Or Instructor Assignments. ● The System Must Be Able To Generate Reports On Room Utilization, Resource Usage, And Scheduling Patterns To Inform Decision-making And Resource Allocation. ● The Solution Must Be Able To Enroll Students In Courses And Sections Using Normal Scheduling Techniques While Supporting Non-standard Term Arrangements. ● The System Must Be Able To Generate Schedules For Both Students And Professors. ● Admission Module ● The Solution Must Allow The Creation Of Applications For Potential Students. ● The Solution Must Contain A List Of Applicants To Easily Manage/view The Applicant’s Complete Information, Attachments, And Progress Status. ● The Solution Must Allow The Setting Of Admission Limits To Know The Number Of Allowed Applicants Quickly. ● The Solution Must Allow Applicant Pooling That Is Printable. ● Must Have A List Of Applicants Scheduled For The Entrance Exam, Interviews, And Medical. ● The Solution Must Be Able To Customize The Requirements Of Students For Admission. ● Must Support The Fast Generation Of Reports For The List Of Applicants. ● Grade Management Module ● The System Maintains Complete Records Of The Academic Grades Of The Students. ● The System Must Facilitate Academic Grade Crediting For Transfer Students. ● The System Must Have A Module To Handle Effortless Reviews Of Grades Submitted By Faculty Members. ● The Students Must Be Able To View Their Historical Grades Anytime Thereby Replacing Class Cards. ● Registrar Module ● Must Have Tools To Monitor And Manage Various Operations Of The Registrar Like Monitoring Screen For Records, Certification, And Documents Requested By Students And Alumni. ● Must Contain Complete Student Information, Academic Data File, And Scanned Submitted Documents Of Students. ● Must Support The Fast Generation Of Tor, Cor, Rog, And Form 9 ● Must Be Capable Of Generating A List Of Candidates For Graduation, Scholarships, And Honors. ● The Solution Must Allow The Generation Of The Following Reports: Academic Evaluation, Official List Of Enrollment, Diploma, Registration, Shiftee, Student Directory, Subject Masterlist, And Summary Of Enrollment Reports. ● Must Be Able To Apply Tags To Documents Being Submitted By New Enrollees And Remind The User Of Documents That Students Need To Submit. ● Must Have The List Of Student Subsidy And Adding Of Students For The Scholarship. ● The System Must Be Capable Of Correcting Student Grades. ■ Students With An 'incomplete' (inc) Grade Will Have One Year To Fulfill Requirements To Update Their Grades; Otherwise, The Grade Will Be Changed To A Failing Grade. ● Student Services ● Must Allow Teachers To Submit Requests For Grade Corrections In Case Of Errors Or Discrepancies In Their Recorded Grades. ● The Solution Must Facilitate Tracking The Progress Of Such Requests And Include Checks To Ensure The Necessary Supporting Documentation Is Provided. ● The Grade Correction Request Must Be Reviewed And Approved By Relevant Faculty Members And The Registrar. ● The Solution Must Allow Students To Request Essential Documents Such As Copies Of Report Cards And Academic Certifications For Various Purposes (e.g., Employment, Further Education, Or Personal Records.) ● The Solution Must Allow Students To Specify The Details Of Their Requests (e.g., Number Of Copies, Type Of Document, Purpose) And Provide Estimated Processing Times. ● The Solution Must Notify The Students About The Status Of Their Requests, From Submission To Approval And Document Issuance. ● The Solution Must Have A Feature That Supports Students To Request For Change Of Their Course Or Program Of Study. ● The Solution Must Have A Process That Involves Submitting A Detailed Request, Including The Reason For The Change And Relevant Supporting Information. ● Alumni Module ● The Solution Must Have An Alumni Module That Can Populate The Alumni Master File. ● The System Must Have A Record That Can Be Utilized To Contact The Alumni. ● The Solution Must Be Able To Update Alumni Information. ● The Solution Must Be Able To Search The Directory Of Alumni. ● The Solution Must Be Able To Update The Alumni Profile. ● Scholarship Management ● The System Must Serve As A Central Repository For All Scholarships. ● The Solution Must Handle Recurring Scholarships, Including Reminders To Renew. ● The Solution Must Provide Tools To Automatically Monitor Compliance With Scholarship Conditions (e.g., Gwa Maintenance). ● The System Must Be Integrated With Academic Records And Financial Systems For Validation. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Real-time Application Status Tracking For Students. ● Awards And Distinction Management ● The System Must Provide A Streamlined Management Of Awards Through Automation. ● The System Must Be Able To Support Multiple Types Of Awards (e.g., Academic Excellence, Leadership, Research, Sports, And Cultural Activities) ● The System Must Be Able To Select Recipients By Committees. ● The System Must Be Able To Ensure Adherence To University Policies And Regulations Regarding Awards. ● The System Must Provide Fields To Define Award Qualifications (e.g., Gwa Thresholds, Competition Results, Or Nomination-based Recognitions) ● Academe Module ● The System Must Provide An Overview Of The Academic Organizational Chart Of The University's Faculties. ● Curriculum Module ● The System Must Provide Tools For Designing And Structuring Academic Programs, Including Defining Course Sequences, Corequisites, And Prerequisites ● The System Must Allow The User To Maintain A Comprehensive Catalog Of Available Academic Programs, Including Undergraduate Majors, Minors, Graduate Programs, And Certificates. ● Acts As A Map Between Program Learning Goals And Course Learning Objectives To Guarantee Coherence And Alignment Across The Curriculum. ● Block Sections Management Module ● The System Must Be Able To Efficiently Manage Student Groupings (block Sections) For Better Academic And Administrative Coordination. ● This Module Manages Predetermined Groupings Of Students Who Attend Classes Together For The Entirety Of A Course Or Academic Program. ● This Module Must Be Able To Automatically Assign Students To Sections Based On Predefined Rules, Such As Enrollment Data, Course Requirements, And Class Size Limits. ● Short Courses Management Module ● This Module Offers Enrollment Information, Fees, And Course Content For Tesda Courses And Other Modules. ● The System Should Include A Student List, Class Schedules, Faculty Assignments, Assessment Results, And The Issue Of Training Certificates, As Well As Other Data On Short-term Courses. ● Clinic Records Management Module ● The System Must Have A Component Designed To Facilitate The Management Of The Clinical Records Of The Students And The Dispensing Of Clinic Items. B.3 Learning Management System ● Administration Module ● The System Must Show Interactive Analytics ● The System Must Allow The Customization Of The Grading Transmutation. ● The System Must Allow The Customization Of The General Passing Percentage. ● Professor Module ● The System Must Show Interactive Analytics ● The System Must Automatically Retrieve The Classes Assigned To Teachers. ● The System Must Automatically Retrieve The List Of Students Enrolled In Each Class. ● The System Must Allow Teachers To Manage The Student Attendance Records. ● The System Must Support The Creation Of Lessons And The Attachment Of Related Files, Including Modules, Powerpoint Presentations, Excel Spreadsheets, Pdfs, Word Documents, Text Files, Videos, And Images. ● The System Must Permit The Addition Of User Activities, Such As Assignments, Projects, Quizzes, And Exams. ● The System Must Be Capable Of Creating And Generating A Rubric To Provide Clear Expectations For Each Evaluation Criterion. ● The System Must Be Capable Of Generating The Student Portfolio For A Range Of 3 To 5 Years. ● The System Must Be Able To Archive The Students' Assignments, Projects, Quizzes, And Exams. ● The System Must Be Able To Have A Grade Consultation ● The System Must Allow Teachers To Set Time Limits For Activity Questions. ● The System Must Be Capable Of Preventive Measures For Cheating. (e.g. Disabling Screenshots) ● The System Must Enable The Configuration Of Date Ranges For Users To Complete Assigned Activities. ● The System Must Be Able To Set Schedules And Deadlines For Posting The Activities, And Quizzes. ● The System Must Allow The Shuffling Of Quizzes And Exam Item Numbers And Answers. ● The System Must Provide Immediate Visibility Of Scores On Activities Upon Completion. ● The System Must Allow The List Of Created Questions To Be Viewable And Editable By The Activity Creator. ● The System Must Support The Creation Of Lessons And Quizzes One At A Time, All With The Same Subject Description. ● The System Must Allow The Teachers To View The Grades Of His/her Students. ● The System Must Allow The Teachers To Generate Reports For Each Class. ● Student Module ● The System Must Show Interactive Analytics ● The System Must Have A Dashboard To Easily Identify The Total Number Of Completed Activities, Assignments, Quizzes, Exams, Projects, And Subjects Per User. ● The System Must Allow Students To Change Their Passwords And Usernames During Their Initial Login. ● The System Must Provide A Newsfeed Feature To Display Upcoming Events And The School's Mission And Vision. ● The System Must Enable Students To Upload Profile Pictures. ● The System Must Support Live Chat And Messaging Functionality Between Students Of The Class. ● The System Must Automatically Post Classes In Which A Student Is Enrolled To Their User Account. ● The System Must Support User/class Attendance Tracking Within The Learning Management System (lms). ● The System Must Enable File Attachments To Lessons That Are Downloadable To The Users' Devices. ● The System Must Allow Students To View The Results Of Their Activities. ● The System Must Ensure That Detailed Activity Results Are Posted. ● The System Must Include An Activity Stream To Summarize The Recent, Upcoming, Later, And Missed Activities Providing An Overview Of A Student's Activity Status. ● The System Must Include Notifications When There’s New Activity Uploaded, Modifications, And Grade Posting. ● The System Must Provide Visibility Into Student Ranking. ● Parents Module ● The System Must Enable Parents To Monitor The Activities And Progress Of Their Children Within The System. ● The System Must Support The Addition Of Children With No Limitations, With An Auto-identification Feature. ● The System Must Comply With The Data Privacy Act. ● Student Transcript Module ● The System Must Have An Academic Record Or Course Management ● The System Must Play A Crucial Role In Managing And Organizing Academic-related Information For Students. ● The System Must Have A Module That Focuses On Tracking And Displaying Details Related To Individual Courses, Classes, And Academic Progress. B.4 Cashiering System ● Cashier Module ● The System Must Be Capable Of Setting Up The Assessment Fees. ● The System Must Be Able To Keep A Record Of A Student's Soa And Its Current Status Whether It’s An Active Soa Or Inactive. ● The System Must Be Able To Preview Or Print Student’s Soa Based On The Selected Academic Year And Semester. ● The System Must Be Able To Have An Audit Trail For Any Actions Or Activity Made Per Account. ● The System Should Support Walk-in Payments At Physical Locations Whether By Cash Or By Check. It Should Enable The Manual Entry Of Payment Details And Generate Receipts. ● The System Must Be Capable Of Identifying Eligible Students Based On Predefined Criteria And Offer A Range Of Financial Incentives, Including Scholarships, Fee Reductions, And Grants. It Must Also Establish An Efficient Application And Selection Process While Promoting Transparency And Fairness In Awarding Scholarships. B.5 Human Resource Management System And Timekeeping System ● Employee Management Module ● The System Must Be Able To Provide A Single Repository Where All Employee Records Are Stored, Updated, And Maintained. ● The System Must Be Able To Reflect Any Updates Or Changes Made To The Master Database Across All Modules. ● The System Must Be Able To Allow Linkage Of Personnel Files To The University Information System. ● The System Must Be Able To Prepare And Generate An Employee Masterlist. ● The System Must Be Able To Set Up Organizational Units With A Hierarchy. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide A Viewable Organizational Chart Of The University, Which Is Linked To The Employee Plantilla Records. ● The System Must Be Able To Manage Employees Based On Their Plantilla Numbers. ● The System Must Be Able To Organize The Employee Hierarchy By Rearranging The Plantilla Numbers Of Specific Employees Through A Drag-and-drop Interface. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Employee Self Service For The Following: ■ Request To Update Profile. ■ Receive Notifications, News, And Announcements. ■ View Attendance. ■ View Schedule. ■ View Leave Balances, Benefit Balance, And Ledgers. ■ View Monthly Net Pay Summary/payslip. ■ Request Dtr Correction. ■ Submit Requests For Leave, Overtime, Business Trip, And Six Days Of Work. ● The System Must Be Able To Record And Generate Audit Trail Reports. ● Time-keeping Monitoring Modules ● The System Must Be Able To Link With The Biometrics Attendance System. ● The System Must Be Able To Link With The Payroll Management System. ● The System Must Be Able To Do Auto-tracking Of Sick Leave And Vacation Leave Balances. ● The System Must Be Able To Monitor Regular And Special Holidays With Automated Computation Of Pay Rates. ● The System Must Be Able To Prepare A Summary Of Attendance And Absences. ● The System Must Be Able To Prepare A Summary Of Overtime For Validation And Approval. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide A Calendar Of Approved And Pending Leave Requests. ● The System Must Be Able To Set Up Holidays Such As But Not Limited To Recurring Regular-holidays And Special Non-working Holidays. ● The System Must Be Able To Set Up Template Schedules To Be Assigned To A Bulk/group/ Per Employee. ● The System Must Be Able To Record And Generate Audit Trail Reports. B.6 Payroll Management System ● Automated Payroll System ● The System Must Be Able To Provide The Analytics Of Payroll Reports With Real-time And Accurate Data. ● The System Must Be Able To Display, Create, And Manage Payroll Period/s For Generating Payroll Reports. ● The System Must Be Able To Create And Manage Payroll Groups And Assign Employees To Their Payroll Groups Accordingly. ● The System Must Be Able To Set Bank Details And Salary Pertaining To The Corresponding Employee’s Job Type, Salary Grade, And Step. ● The System Must Have A Feature That Customizes And Manages Employees’ Allowances, Deductions, Loans, And Other Compensation Components. ● The System Must Be Able To Export Files For All Tables/lists Within The Payroll System (e.g., Employee Lists, Payroll Reports For A Certain Period, And Others). ● The System Must Have A User Access Control Wherein The Administrator Can Manage Who Can View, Edit, And Delete The Employee And Payroll Information. ● The System Must Be Able To Track Audit Logs Including Who Accessed The System And Made Changes. ● The System Must Have A Feature For Providing Alerts And Notifications Regarding Updates About Generating Payroll Reports And Releasing Payslips. ● The System Must Be Able To Archive Data With Complete Accessibility For Future Reference. ● The System Must Have A Feature That Allows The User To Have Backup And Recovery To Maintain Historical Payroll Records For Auditing And Compliance Purposes. ● Mandatory Deductions And Contribution Module ● The System Must Be Able To Accurately Calculate And Deduct Mandatory Contributions Such As Gsis Contribution, Philhealth, Pag-ibig, And Withholding Tax. ● The System Must Be Able To Integrate With The Latest Bir Tax Tables To Ensure Compliance With Tax Regulations. ● The System Must Be Able To Automatically Generate Reports For Government Agencies. ● Other Deductions Module ● The System Must Allow Flexible Customization Of Other Deductions. ● The System Must Have A User-friendly Interface For Easy Input And Management Of Deduction Rules. ● Other Income Module ● The System Must Be Able To Accommodate Various Types Of Other Income. ● The System Must Be Able To Calculate The Appropriate Tax. ● Loans Module ● The System Must Be Able To Allow The Creation And Tracking Of Different Loan Types With Varying Interest Rates And Repayment Terms. ● The System Must Be Able To Automatically Compute Loan Amortization And Deduct Payments From Employee Salaries. ● The System Must Be Able To Automatically Update Loan Balances And Remaining Dues. ● Attendance Module ● The System Should Be Able To Record Employee Attendance And Generate Accurate Time And Attendance Reports. ● The System Must Be Able To Calculate Overtime, Night Differential, And Other Time-based Compensations. ● Bank Transmittal ● The System Must Be Able To Generate Accurate Bank Files For Payroll Disbursement. ● The System Must Be Compatible With Various Bank Formats To Ensure Seamless Integration With Banking Systems. ● Integration To Time Keeping Monitoring Module ● The System Must Be Able To Connect And Communicate With The Biometrics Attendance System. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Automated Tracking Of Sick Leave And Vacation Leave Balances Of Employees. ● The System Must Be Able To Monitor Regular And Special Holidays With The Inclusion Of An Automated Computation Of Pay Rates. ● Integration To Hris System ● The System Must Be Able To Integrate Data With The Human Resources Information System (hris) For The Employees’ Relevant Data Including Basic Information, Job Position, Salary Grade, And Bank Details. ● The System Must Be Able To Integrate Data With Hris To Track Employee Work Hours, Including Regular Hours, Overtime, Absences, And Leave Requests. B.7 Assets & Fleet Management System ● Asset Management System ● The System Must Be Able To Show And Manage The General Information, Vendor Details, Warranty Information, Financial Info, And Depreciation Info. ● The System Must Be Able To Show The Operational Cost And Progress Of The Asset Requests. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Costs And Progress Of The Asset Update. ● The System Must Be Able To Show The Operational Cost And Progress Of The Asset Auction. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Costs And The Progress Of The Repair And Maintenance. ● The System Must Be Able To Show The Operational Cost And Progress Of The Decommissioning. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Cost And Progress Of The Disposal. ● The System Must Be Able To Show The Operational Cost And Progress Of The Asset Issuance. ● The System Must Be Able To Show The Operational Cost And Progress Of The User Transfer. ● The System Must Be Able To Create, Update, And Delete Assets With Their Respective Information. ● The System Must Be Able To Create A Comprehensive Inventory Of All Assets, Including Physical Equipment, Software, Licenses, And Other Resources. Each Asset Is Typically Associated With Relevant Information Such As: ■ Article (laptops, Furniture, Or Journals) ■ Property Number ■ Assigned Number ■ Purchase Date ■ Vendor Name ■ Service Provider (optional If Different As To Vendor Name) ■ Financial Information ■ Required Documents (e.g., Purchase Request) ● The System Must Be Able To Track The Movement And Changes In The Status Of Assets. This Includes: ■ Recording Of Asset Transfers ■ Disposal ● Fleet Management System ● The System Must Be Able To Show And Manage General Information, Vehicle Registration Details, Vendor Details, Warranty Information, Financial Info, And Depreciation Info. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Costs And The Progress Of The Fleet Requests. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Costs And Progress Of The Fleet Update. ● The System Must Be Able To Show The Operational Cost And Progress Of The Fleet Auction. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Costs And Progress Of The Repair And Maintenance. ● The System Must Be Able To Show The Operational Cost And Progress Of The Decommissioning. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Cost, And Progress Of The Disposal. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Cost, And Progress Of The Fleet Issuance. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Cost, And Progress Of The User Transfer. ● The System Must Be Able To Show A Statistical Overview Of Fleets According To Its Categories And Types (e.g., Motorcycles, Service Vehicles, Heavy Equipment). ● The System Must Be Able To Have An Elaborative List Of Records Of All Fleets And Their Corresponding Information. ● The System Must Be Able To Have Integration With The Asset Management System To Be Able To Handle Instances Of Assets Being Carried On A Vehicle, Allowing Easier Management, Monitoring, And Inventory. ● The System Must Be Able To Create A Comprehensive Inventory Of All Fleets. Each Fleet Is Typically Associated With Relevant Information Such As: ■ Article (service Vehicle, Car, Heavy Equipment) ■ Body No./ Plate No./ Conduction Sticker No. ■ Assigned Department ■ Registration Information ■ Vendor Information ■ Insurance Information ■ Financial Information ■ Depreciation Information ■ Attachments ● Requisition And Issuance Slip ● Par ● Purchase Request ● The System Must Be Able To Have A Feature That Schedules And Tracks Vehicle Maintenance, Including Oil Changes, Tire Rotation,s And Physical Inspections. ● Inventory Management Module ● The System Must Be Accountable For Tracking, Managing, And Maintaining Various Assets And Fleets Owned Or Used By The Academic Institution. ● The System Must Be Able To Maintain A Centralized Database Of University-owned Resources, Including Computers, Equipment, Furniture, And Other Tangible Assets. B.8 Document Management System ● Document Management System (dms) ● The System Must Be Able To Track Both Physical And Electronic Documents. ● The System Must Be Able To Store Electronic Documents, Such As Pdfs, Word Processing Files, And Digital Images Of Paper-based Content. ● The System Must Be Able To Be A Centralized Repository Where Documents Can Be Easily Searched, Accessed, And Updated By Authorized Business Users. ● The System Must Be Able To Define The Recipient’s Routes With Information Such As Time & Date Sent, Time & Date Received, And Remarks. ● The System Must Be Able To Save/download Uploaded Attachments. ● The System Must Be Able To Generate Tracking With A Unique Batch Number As A Tracking Reference. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Easier Identification Of Status For Users By Using Color Codes. ● The System Must Be Able To Send System Notifications On Printing Barcodes, Tracking Status Changes, Receiving Recipients, And Other System Actionable Functionalities. ● Process Flow Management ● The System Must Allow For The Customization Of Workflows To Accommodate Various Document Types And Other Business Processes. ● The System Must Offer A Visual Interface, Such As A Dashboard, To Display And Monitor Process Flows Efficiently. ● Routing Management ● The System Must Be Able To Automate The Routing Of Documents To Appropriate Individuals Or Departments Based On Predefined Rules And Flow. ● The System Must Be Able To Allow For Dynamic Routing, Where Documents Can Be Rerouted As Needed. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Real-time Notifications To Users Upon Receipt Of A Document. ● The System Must Be Able To Include A History Log To Track The Routing Path For Auditing Purposes. ● Integration To Hris ● The System Must Be Able To Seamlessly Integrate With The Organization's Hris To Access Employee Information, Such As Names, Email Addresses, And Department Affiliations. ● Barcode Printing Module ● The System Must Be Able To Print Barcode Labels In Batches With A Unique Tag/number. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Accurate Status Of The Document Based On The Printed/attached Barcode. ● Security Module ● The System Must Be Able To Record The Audit Trail For All The User Actions Inside The System. ● The System Must Provide Document Security And Access Control Depending On The Security Level. ● The System Must Be Able To Create/update Accounts And Give Them Access Rights Depending On The Business User's Role. B.9 Trouble Ticketing System ● Incident Ticket Management ● The System Must Be Able To Create A New Incident Ticket. ● The System Must Be Able To Identify Related Incident Tickets Based On Category, Type, System, And Description During Creation. ● The System Must Be Able To Assign The Incident Ticket To The Appropriate Team Based On The System Defined In The Assignment Rules. ● The System Must Be Able To Filter Incident Ticket Lists Based On State (e.g., Open, In Progress, Hold, Resolved, Closed, And All). ● The System Must Be Able To Show An Overview Of Incident Ticket Statistics, I.e.; ■ Open ■ Inprogress ■ Overdue ■ Overview Of Incident Ticket By Severity And State ● The System Must Be Able To Capture The Notes, Attachments, And Resolution Information. ● The System Must Be Able To Notify The Team Member To Whom The Ticket Is Assigned. ● The System Must Be Able To Notify The Team Manager To Whom The Ticket Is Assigned Whenever A Critical Ticket Is Created. ● Problem Ticket Management ● The System Must Be Able To Create A New Problem Ticket. ● The System Must Be Able To Create A New Problem Ticket From An Existing Incident Ticket. ● The System Must Be Able To Identify Related Tickets Or Problem Tickets Based On Category, Type, System, And Description During Creation. ● The System Must Be Able To Assign The Problem Ticket To The Appropriate Team Based On The System Defined In Assignment Rules. ● The System Must Be Able To Filter Problem Ticket Lists Based On Status (e.g., Open, In Progress, Hold, Resolved, Close,d And All). ● The System Must Be Able To Show An Overview Of Problem Ticket Statistics, I.e.; ■ Open ■ Inprogress ■ Overdue ■ Overview Of Incident Ticket By Severity And State ● The System Must Be Able To Capture The Notes, Attachments, Analysis, And Resolution Information. ● The System Must Be Able To Notify The Team Member To Whom The Ticket Is Assigned. ● The System Must Be Able To Notify The Team Manager To Whom The Ticket Is Assigned Whenever A Critical Ticket Is Created. ● Security Module ● The System Must Ensure That Only Authorized Personnel Can Access And Modify Tickets. ● The System Must Maintain A Detailed Audit Trail Of All Actions Taken On A Ticket To Ensure Accountability And Traceability. B.10 Queueing / Appointment System ● Queueing Admin Module ● The System Must Be Able To Allow Administrators To Manage And Monitor The Entire Queueing Process And Appointments. ● The System Must Be Able To Apply The Concept Of Calling Population To Determine And Measure The Arrival Process Of Customers. ● The System Must Be Able To Have Its Service Counters, Its Own Common Queue, And The Probability Distribution Of Customers’ Service Time. ● The System Must Be Able To Have The First-in-first-out (fifo) Approach To Have A Systematic And Consistent Flow To Maximize The Throughput Of The Customer Service Center. ● The System Must Be Able To Measure The Logical Ordering Of Customers In A Queue And Determine Which Customer Will Be Chosen For Service When The Service Counter Becomes Free. ● The System Must Be Able To Measure Performance Based On Steady-state Average Delay And Steady-state Average Waiting Time In The System. ● The System Must Be Able To Measure The Conversation Steady State Time Average Number In The Queue And The Steady State Time Average Number In The System. ● The System Must Be Able To Administer Parallel Management Through Multiple Counters By Navigating The Queue And Finding The Appropriate Counter For Their Needed Service. ● The System Must Be Able To Allow The Customers To Request Services Without Being Physically Present Throughout The Waiting Time Of The Lineup Of Customers. ● The System Must Be Able To Give Freedom To The Customers To Wait Outside The Premises Of The Branch Upon Enabling Virtual Sign-up. ● Admin Appointment Module ● The System Must Be Able To Manage And Oversee The Scheduling, Modification, And Cancellation Of Appointments. ● Local Kiosk Module ● The System Must Be Able To Provide A Self-service Station That Allows Users (clients, Customers, Or Employees) To Interact With The System For Tasks Like Check-ins, Appointment Booking, Ticket Printing, And Managing Their Queue Status. ● Mobile Kiosk Module ● The System Must Be Able To Provide A Mobile-based Self-service Solution That Enables Users To Interact With The System Directly From Their Smartphones Or Tablets. ● Security Module ● The System Must Be Able To Offer Protection For The System And Its Users By Managing Access, Ensuring Data Privacy, And Preventing Unauthorized Actions. ● Appointment System ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Users To Schedule An Appointment According To Their Needs. ● The System Must Gather Needed Information For The Services That The Customer Wants To Avail Or Request. ● The System Must Have The Feature Of Canceling Or Rescheduling A Registered Appointment Within A Specific Period. ● The System Must Have The Feature Of Sending Out A Notification Or Reminder To The Customer Regarding His/her Appointment. ● As An Admin/ Team Member ● The System Must Be Able To Have A Dashboard To Provide An Overview Of Queues And Appointments From The Web And Mobile Web Access Such As: ■ Currently Serving ■ Next Queue Number ■ Next Appointment Number / Priority Lane (pwd, Senior Citizens, Pregnant) ■ Summary ● The System Must Be Able To Provide A Queuing List Including The Queue’s: ■ Status (unserved, Served, Canceled) ■ Queue Date And Time ■ Last Call Date And Time ■ Called By (counter, Name And Position) ■ Actions (view, Recall/call, Start/end, Cancel, Hold) ● The System Must Be Able To Identify Customer Appointment Referrals Including: ■ Id Number ■ First Name ■ Last Name ● The System Must Be Able To Receive Notification/s When A Certain Appointment Needs To Be Accommodated Within A Specific Period. ● The System Must Be Able To Receive Notification/s When An Appointment Has Been Canceled Or Rescheduled. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Reports And Data Exports In Excel And Pdf Formats. ● The System Must Have Customization Capabilities And A Control Console. ■ Marquee ■ Advertisements On The Tv Screen ● The System Must Be Able To Track The History Of Registered Appointments And Passed Queues. B.11 Executive Information System ● Executive Dashboard Module ● The System Must Be Able To Allow Configurable Layouts, Enabling Users To Choose, Arrange, And Resize Charts To Suit Their Preferences Or Specific Needs. ● The System Must Be Able To Reflect Almost Real-time Information, Ensuring That Executives Are Always Working With The Latest Data. ● Security Module ● The System Should Be Able To Include A Security Module To Ensure Robust Access Control, Data Protection, And Compliance, Safeguarding Sensitive Information And System Integrity Against Unauthorized Access. ● Dashboard Configuration ● This Module Should Allow The Administrators To Create And Configure The Layout And Content Of Dashboards To Reflect Key Business Metrics And Performance Indicators, Ensuring That The Right Data And Accurate Data Are Properly Presented. ● Access Control ● This Module Should Allow The Administrators To Assign Users Or Groups Of Users Who Will Have Access To The Different Dashboards. B.12 Campus Portal System ● Sso-based User Management System ● The System Must Have Sso (single Sign-on) To Enable Users To Authenticate Once And Automatically Gain Access To Multiple Campus Services, Eliminating The Need To Log In To Each Service Separately. This Seamless Authentication Process Must Enhance User Convenience, Improve Security By Reducing The Number Of Passwords Needed, And Streamline Access To Various Tools And Resources, Saving Time, And Effort For Both Students And Staff. ● Basc Active Directory W/ Configuration ● The System Must Allow Centralized User Management Through Active Directory (ad), Which Stores And Organizes Information About Users, Groups, Computers, And Other Network Resources. ● Web Traffic Statistic ● The System Must Allow The Administrators To Monitor Standard Web Traffic Data, Such As Page Views, No. Of Visitors, Geographic Locations, Duration Of Visits, And Referrals, Integrated With Google Analytics (ga4). ● Content Management ● The System Must Allow The Administrators To Manage And Update The Contents Of The School’s Campus Portal Page. Such As Announcements, Blogs, Calendars, Articles, And Activities. B.13 University Library System ● Cataloging And Inventory Management Module ● The System Must Allow The Cataloging And Inventory Management Of The Library's Collection Of Books, Journals, Dissertations, And Other Materials. ● Circulation Module ● The System Must Allow The Librarian To Monitor The Borrowing, Returning, And Renewing Of Library Materials, Ensuring Efficient And Accurate Tracking Of Resources As They Move Between The Library And The Borrowers. ● Acquisition Module ● The System Must Allow The Processing Of Acquiring New Library Resources, Including Books, Journals, E-books, Multimedia Materials, And Other Educational Or Research Content. ● The System Must Allow The Management Of Book Requisitions From Students And/or Teachers. ● Student Module ● The System Must Allow Students To Access New Library Resources, Including Books, Journals, E-books, Multimedia Materials, And Other Educational Or Research Content. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide The Following Information And Services: ■ Book Details (non-dissertation) ■ Book Details (dissertation) ■ My Library Card ■ Request For Purchase/acquisition ■ Reservation ■ Notices Of Due Dates ■ Notices Of Overdue Penalties ● Librarian Module ● The System Must Have A Dashboard That Shows The Librarian’s Crucial Kpis For The Library Such As: ■ Search Word Statistics ■ Tags And Metadata Of The Book Statistics ■ Circulation Statistics ● Student Request List (book Reservation, Purchase Request, Clearance Request, Dissertation Access Request) ■ This Module Must Allow The Students To Submit Various Types Of Requests Related To Their Academic And Campus Activities. ● Book Reservation ■ This Module Must Allow The Students And Faculty To Reserve Library Books Or Materials. ● Purchase Request ■ This Module Must Enable The Students, Faculty, Or Staff To Submit Requests For Purchasing Books, Equipment, Or Other Materials Needed For Academic Or Administrative Purposes. ● Clearance Request ■ This Module Must Enable The Students, Faculty, Or Staff To Submit Requests For Clearance. ● Dissertation Access Request ■ This Module Must Enable The Students, Faculty, Or Researchers To Request Access To Dissertations Or Theses Stored In The Library’s Collection From The Authors. ● Kiosk (self Check-in And Check-out Student) ● The System Allows The Kiosk To Provide Students With A Self-service Station For Managing Their Borrowing And Return Activities. Using Touch-screen Kiosks Or Other Interactive Devices, Students Can Quickly And Efficiently Check Out Library Materials, Return Items, And Access Various Library Services Without Requiring Staff Intervention. ● Integration With Sso Services ● The System Allows Integrating Single Sign-on (sso) Services With An Application Or System, Providing A Unified Authentication Process That Allows Users To Log In Once And Gain Access To Multiple Connected Systems Or Applications Without Needing To Log In Again For Each Service. B.14 Econference Room With Video Conferencing ● Video Conferencing System ● The System Must Be Able To Provide A Seamless And User-friendly Video Conferencing Experience. ● The System Must Enhance Remote Collaboration And Communication. ● The System Must Have Integrated Audio, Video, And Collaboration Tools For Effective Virtual Meetings. ● The System Must Ensure The Scalability And Flexibility To Accommodate Future Needs. B.15 Mobile Version Module ● Mobile Version ● The System Must Have A Mobile Version Of The Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub Subsystems Website Designed For Smartphones And Tablets. It Gives Students, Professors, Staff, And Stakeholders Easy Access To University Information And Services. ● The System Should Promote Accessibility, Convenience, And A Great User Experience By Allowing Users To Communicate With The University Community Anytime. ● The System Should Accommodate Each Module's Specialized Functionalities While Staying Mobile-friendly And Focusing On Users. ● The System Must Be Able To Receive Notifications. C. Report Requirements These Are The Suggested Reports That Ought To Be Produced By The System To Analyze The Information Systems Trends In Bulacan's Colleges. It Is Recommended That The Data Be Automatically Submitted Through An Api In Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub To Give Basc Staff The Information They Need To Enhance The School Community. C.1 University Information System ● Admission Module ● List Of Applicants - The Overall List Of Potential Students With Their Personal Or Application Information. ● Registrar Module ● Academic Evaluation - Assessment Of A Student's Academic Performance, Conducted By The Institution's Instructors. ● Official List Of Enrollment - Document Provided By The Institution That Confirms The Students That Are Registered Or Enrolled For A Specific Academic Year. ● Diploma - Gives Thorough Details Regarding A Student's Academic Accomplishments And The Diploma's Presentation As Evidence Of Completion Of An Academic Program. ● Registration - A Document That Gives Information About A Student's Course Enrollment At The Institution For A Certain Term Or Semester. ● Shiftee - Document Of Proof For Students Who Are Changing Or Shifting Their Academic Programs Or Courses. ● Student Directory - Comprehensive And Manageable List Of Students Enrolled At The Institution. ● Subject Master List - A Thorough List Or Catalog Of Each Field Or Course That The Educational Institution Offers ● Summary Of Enrollment - Overview Of The Current Enrollment Status Of The Students At The Institution For A Specific Semester Or Academic Year. ● Enrollment Module ● Summary Of Enrolled Students - A Summary Of The Current Student Population, Including Enrollment Data And Demographics. ● Summary Of Unpaid School Fees - Gives A Summary Of The Unpaid Fees That Students Owe For The Current Semester Or Academic Term. ● Summary Of Tuition Fees Collected - Gives A Summary Of The Fees Collected/received From The Students For The Current Semester Or Academic Term. ● Clinic Record Management Module ● Health Management Report - A Document That Typically Focuses On The Health And Wellness Of Its Students And Covers Various Aspects Related To Healthcare Services Offered By The University. C.2 Learning Management System ● Professor Module ● Class Report - A Summary Of The Progress, Performance, And Involvement Of The Students In A Particular Course Or Class. ● Student Transcript Module: ● Subject Modules Report - Provides Comprehensive Insights And Summaries Related To The Modules Listed In A Specific Subject. ● Lesson Plan Report - Generates A Summary Lesson Plan That Is Defined By The Institution Or Organization. C.3 Human Resource Management System And Timekeeping System ● Audit Trail Report: ● Gives A Thorough Account Of All The Actions And Modifications Conducted Within The Hr System. Monitoring User Behavior, Protecting Data Integrity, And Upholding Adherence To Hr Rules And Regulations All Depend On This Report. C.4 Payroll Management System ● Payroll Management System ● Daily Time Record (dtr) - An In-depth Record Of Employees' Daily Attendance That Includes The Total Number Of Hours Worked, The Number Of Leaves Taken, And Other Essential Time-related Data. ● Payslip/s - A Detailed Breakdown Of An Employee's Earnings And Deductions For A Specific Pay Period. ● Payroll Report For A Specific Period - A Complete Summary Of Payroll Costs And Associated Information For A Specific Pay Period. C.5 Assets & Fleet Management System ● This Applies To Both Systems ● Assets And Fleets Reporting - A Document Containing Management Insights For Different Vehicles And Assets Used For Administrative And Academic Purposes. ● Depreciation Tracking - A Detailed Overview And Monitoring Of The Decrease In Value Of Such Assets Over Time Over A Specified Period. C.6 Document Management System ● Document Management System (dms) ● List Of On-hand Documents - Displays A List Of All Of The Documents That Are Available Or Accessible At The Moment Within The System. ● List Of Incoming Documents - Provides An Inventory Of Documents That Have Been Recently Received Or Uploaded Into The System. ● List Of Received Documents - Provides A List Of All The Documents The Institution Has Received In A Given Time Frame. ● List Of Finalized Or Kept Documents - Provides An Inventory Of All The Documents That Have Been Approved, Completed, And Archived In The System. ● List Of Archived Documents - Provides Comprehensive Details About The Documents That Have Been Stored In The System's Archive. ● Details Of Document Batch Tracked - Provides Full Details On The Batches Of Documents That The System Is Tracking. Documents Pertaining To Research Projects, Financial Transactions, Student Records, Admissions, And Other Aspects Of University Operations May Be Included In These Sections. ● Audit Logs Of Documents - Detailed Log Of Every Activity And Modification Performed To Any Document In The System. C.7 Trouble Ticketing System ● Reporting And Analytics ● The Solution Must Be Able To Provide Reports In Different Formats I.e., Pie Graph, Line Graph, Or Bar Graph. ● The Solution Must Be Able To Extract The Following Data Groupings: Open Tickets, Open With Critical Severity, In Progress, Overdue, Not Updated For 7 Days And Older Than 30 Days, And Tickets By State. C.8 Queueing / Appointment System ● The Solution Must Be Able To Generate Reports Which Show The Following: ● Queue List - Presents A Summary Of The System's Appointments And Queue Status At The Given Moment. ● Visitors List - Provides A Summary Of The Visitors' List And The Appointments They Have Made Using The Appointment/queuing System. ● Advertisements - Provides An Overview Of Advertisements And The Details That Are Displayed In The System. ● Queue Service - Presents An Overview Of The Queue Service Availability And Performance Within The Queueing/appointment System. ● Audit Trail - List Of Users' Activities On Who Approves, Disapproves, Cancels, And Reschedules Appointments. C.9 Executive Information System ● Reporting And Dashboard ● All-in-one Reporting, Dash Boarding, And Analysis. The Solution Should Support Multiple Use Cases Of Visualization Software Including Reporting, Interactive Analysis, And Business Intelligence. C.10 Campus Portal System ● Web Traffic Report ● The Web Traffic Report Provides Insights Into The Usage Patterns And Trends Within The Campus Portal, Offering Valuable Information About How Users Interact With The Platform. This Report Encompasses Various Metrics And Analytics That Help Administrators And Stakeholders Understand The Effectiveness Of The Portal And Identify Areas For Improvement. Key Components Of The Web Traffic Report Include: ■ Page Views: This Metric Quantifies The Total Number Of Times Each Page Within The Portal Has Been Viewed By Users Over A Specified Period. It Helps Gauge The Popularity And Relevance Of Different Sections Or Features Of The Portal. ● Unique Visitors: Unique Visitors Represent The Number Of Distinct Individuals Who Have Accessed The Portal Within A Given Timeframe. Tracking Unique Visitors Provides A Measure Of The Portal's Reach And User Engagement. ● Traffic Sources: Understanding Where The Traffic Originates From Can Provide Insights Into The Effectiveness Of Marketing Efforts Or The Impact Of External Events. Traffic Sources May Include Direct Visits, Referrals From Other Websites, Search Engines, Or Social Media Platforms. ● Bounce Rate: The Bounce Rate Indicates The Percentage Of Visitors Who Navigate Away From The Portal After Viewing Only One Page. A High Bounce Rate May Suggest Issues With Content Relevance, User Experience, Or Site Performance. ● User Demographics: Analyzing Demographic Data Such As Geographic Location, Device Type, And Browser Preferences Can Help Tailor The Portal's Content And Optimize Its Compatibility Across Different Platforms. ● Session Duration: This Metric Measures The Average Amount Of Time Users Spend On The Portal During Each Visit. Longer Session Durations Generally Indicate Higher User Engagement And Interest In The Provided Content. ● Popular Pages: Identifying The Most Visited Pages Or Sections Of The Portal Can Inform Content Prioritization And Resource Allocation Efforts. It Also Highlights Areas Of Interest Or Importance To The User Community. ● Audit Logs Report ● The Audit Logs Report Offers A Comprehensive Overview Of All Activities And Interactions Within The Campus Portal, Serving As A Vital Tool For Monitoring Compliance, Security, And Accountability. By Maintaining Detailed Records Of User Actions, System Events, And Administrative Changes, The Audit Logs Report Enables Administrators To Track User Behavior, Detect Anomalies, And Investigate Incidents Effectively. Key Features Of The Audit Logs Report Include: ■ User Activity Tracking: Every Action Performed By Users Within The Portal, Such As Login Attempts, File Uploads, Document Downloads, And Profile Modifications, Is Logged And Timestamped For Auditing Purposes. ■ Access Control Monitoring: The Report Monitors Changes To User Permissions, Role Assignments, And Access Privileges, Ensuring That Only Authorized Individuals Can View Or Modify Sensitive Information. ■ System Events Recording: Critical System Events, Including Software Updates, Database Modifications, Error Messages, And Security Alerts, Are Recorded To Facilitate Troubleshooting And Maintain System Integrity. ■ Compliance Verification: By Documenting Compliance-related Activities, Such As Data Access Requests, Consent Agreements, And Policy Acknowledgments, The Audit Logs Report Helps Organizations Demonstrate Adherence To Regulatory Requirements And Internal Policies. C.11 University Library System ● Reporting And Analytics Module ● The System Must Enable The Library To Gather, Analyze, And Present Data Related To Its Operations And Performance. ● The Solution Must Be Able To Generate Reports That Show The List Of Patrons. D. System Requirements • Sso Should Be Able To Manage People's Information And Authentication Of Security. • Hris Should Be Able To Manage The Employee Information • The System Should Be Developed Using The Coreui Framework. • The System Shall Support Connectivity And Access To Data Stored In Relational Ms– -sql Databases. • The System Must Support Interfaces To Common Packaged Applications Via The Standard Application Interface Provided. • The System Shall Support Paperless Reporting. • The System Shall Support Mobile (android & Ios) Devices. • The System Shall Support Web Desktop And Mobile Web Access. • A System With Superior Wide Area Network (wan) Performance, Highly Secured Features/functionalities, And Uses Web–enabled Workflow Systems Available To The Offices. E. Supply, Delivery, And Implementation E.1 University Information System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service - Server Installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration (qa) 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.2 Learning Management System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.3 Cashiering System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.4 Human Resource Information System Infrastructure 1. Twenty (20) Units - Biometric - Time & Attendance A. Must Support Up To 1,500 Fingerprints, Up To 100,000 Records, And Up To 2,000 Cards (optional). B. Must Support Multi-languages. C. Must Have Communication: Tcp/ip, Usb-host, Wi-fi (optional). D. Must Have High Verification Speed. E. Must Have Professional Firmware And Platform. 2. One (1) Unit - Desktop Computer A. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen5 Processor (or Higher) B. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) C. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Or Higher D. Memory: 16 Gb (or Higher) E. Storage: 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) F. Display: 14” Display G. Graphic Card: Integrated Graphics H. Camera: 1080p Fhd Ir/rgb Hybrid I. Wireless: Wi-fi 6e Ax211 2x2, Bluetooth 5.1 Or Above J. Ethernet Port Or Usb K. Power Cord: At Least 45w L. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in M. Must Have 1*650va Ups 3. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 4. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 5. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 6. One (1) Service - Application Installation 7. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 8. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 9. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 10. One (1) Service - Data Migration 11. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 12. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 13. One (1) Service - User Training Services 14. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 15. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 16. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 17. Two (2) Years - Support 18. One (1) Year - Warranty E.5 Payroll Management System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization Of Payroll Management System 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.6 Assets & Fleet Management System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.7 Document Management System Infrastructure 1. Ten (10) Units - Barcode Printer A. Should Be Capable Of Printing High-quality, Durable Barcodes On Various Label Materials. B. Should Offer Customizable Printing Options, Including Label Size, Orientation, And Font. C. Must Be Easy To Integrate With The Document Management System For Automated Barcode Generation And Printing. 2. One-hundred (100) Rolls - 2 X 1 Risen Label Sticker (2688 Stickers Per Roll) A. Should Be Durable And Resistant To Wear And Tear. B. Must Be Compatible With The Chosen Barcode Printer. 3. One-hundred (100) Rolls - 2 X 1 Ribbon For Risen Label Sticker (4 Rolls Sticker: 1 Ribbon) A. Should Produce Clear And Legible Barcode Prints. B. Must Be Compatible With The Chosen Barcode Printer And Label Stickers. C. Should Provide A Long Print Life And Minimize Ribbon Wastage. 4. Twenty (20) Units - Industrial Doc Imaging Machine A. Should Be Capable Of High-volume, High-speed Scanning Of Various Document Types (e.g., Paper, Plastic Cards). B. Must Offer Advanced Image Processing Features, Such As Automatic Document Feeding, Image Enhancement, And Ocr. C. Should Be Durable And Reliable, Suitable For Heavy-duty Use In Industrial Environments. D. Must Be Easy To Integrate With The Document Management System For Automated Image Capture And Indexing. 5. Three (3) Units -departamental Doc Imaging Machine A. Should Be Suitable For Lower-volume Scanning Needs In Departmental Settings. B. Must Offer Basic Image Processing Features, Such As Automatic Document Feeding And Image Enhancement. C. Should Be Compact And Easy To Use. D. Must Be Compatible With The Document Tracking System For Automated Image Capture And Indexing. 6. Twelve (12) Units -departamental Doc Imaging Machine Peripherals A. Should Include Necessary Accessories For Efficient Document Scanning, Such As Paper Trays, Feeder Units, And Cleaning Kits. B. Must Be Compatible With The Chosen Departmental Doc Imaging Machine. C. Should Be Easy To Install And Maintain. 7. Forty (40) Units -barcode Scanner A. Should Be Capable Of Accurately Scanning Various Barcode Types. B. Must Offer High-speed Scanning And Reliable Performance. C. Should Be Durable And Ergonomic, Suitable For Frequent Use. D. Must Be Easy To Integrate With The Document Management System For Automated Data Entry And Workflow Triggering. 8. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 9. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 10. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 11. One (1) Service - Application Installation 12. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 13. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 14. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 15. One (1) Service - Data Migration 16. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 17. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 18. One (1) Service - User Training Services 19. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 20. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 21. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 22. Two (2) Years - Support 23. One (1) Year - Warranty E.8 Trouble Ticketing System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.9 Queueing / Appointment System Infrastructure 1. Six (6) Units - Kiosk Stand With Touch Screen Monitor And Printer 2. Six (6) Units - Kiosk Audio Panel 3. Twelve (12) Units - Kiosk Interactive 65” Smart Tv 4. One Million (1m) Credits - Sms 5. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 6. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 7. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 8. One (1) Service - Application Installation 9. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 10. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 11. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 12. One (1) Service - Data Migration 13. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 14. One (1) Service -user Acceptance Testing (uat) 15. One (1) Service - User Training Services 16. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 17. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 18. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 19. Two (2) Years - Support 20. One (1) Year - Warranty E.10 Executive Information System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.11 Campus Portal System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service -installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service -project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.12 University Library System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Unit - Kiosk (self Check-in & Self Check-out) With Monitor And Barcode Reader. 2. Fifty Thousand (50,000) Pcs - Rfid Tags For Books 3. Two (2) Units - Rfid Reader 4. One (1) Unit - Barcode Printer 5. Twenty Five (25) Rolls - Barcode Sticker 6. One (1) Unit - Barcode 3d Scanner 7. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 8. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 9. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 10. One (1) Service - Application Installation 11. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 12. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 13. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 14. One (1) Service - Data Migration 15. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 16. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 17. One (1) Service - User Training Services 18. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 19. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 20. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 21. Two (2) Years - Support 22. One (1) Year - Warranty E.13 Internet Connectivity 1. Eighteen (18) Months - Speed Requirement: 5 Gbps Bandwidth A. Connection Should Be Of Cable Type, Preferably Fiber-optic; Wireless Solutions May Be Considered. B. No Limitations On Traffic/ports; Bandwidth Capacity Should Be Ensured Through A Direct Ip Connection. C. A Subnet Of At Least 14 Static Publicly Routable Ip Addresses Is Required. D. Service Reliability Must Be Ensured. Overall Uptime Should Not Be Less Than 99%. E. All Necessary Hardware, Cabling, And Software (if Required For Internet Service) Should Be Provided And Set Up By The Provider. F. Support Managed Vpn Services. G. Isp Must Be Able To Manage The Customer Premises Equipment (cpe) To Be Installed In The Bulacan Agricultural State College. H. Traffic Management, Network Monitoring, And Access To Raw Log Files. I. Fiber Optic Connectivity From The Isp To The Internet Backbone. 2. One (1) Unit - Multiple Wan Router 3. One (1) Unit - Core Routing Switch 4. Four (4) Units - Distribution Switch 5. Ten (10) Units - Qsfp+ Module Xq+cm0000-xs+ 6. One (1) Service - Project Management Services Network Configuration Services 7. One (1) Service - Training And Knowledge Transfer 8. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization (testing And Analysis By Fluke Systems) 9. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 10. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 11. Two (2) Years - Support 12. One (1) Year - Defect Liability E.14 Campus Network System 1. Ninety-four (94) Units - Indoor Wireless Access Points A. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support 802.11a/b/g/n/ac/ac Wave2/ax Protocol B. Triple-band Design, Support 2*2 Mimo, 2.4g ≥570mbps, 5g ≥3200 Mbps, The Maximum Speed ≥3.8gbps. C. Support Built-in Omnidirectional Antenna D. 1 Gigabit Ethernet Port E. 1*micro-usb Port F. Support 802.3at Standard Poe Power Supply And Power Adaptor G. Ap Full Load Working Power Consumption ≤ 17.5w H. Ap Transmit Power ≤20dbm (smaller Than 100mw), And Power Can Be Adjusted (adjustment Granularity Is 1dbm, Adjustment Range Is 3dbm~27dbm) I. Protection Degree≥41 J. Operating Temperature: -10~50℃, Humidity:5%~95% Non-condensing K. Maximum Concurrent Client ≤ 256 L. Support For Ssid-based Access User Limit M. Support Virtual Ap Technology, The Number Of Ssid Per Rf ≥16, Per Ap ≥32; N. Support Hiding Of Ssid O. Support Multiple Vlans Per Ssid P. Support Standalone Mode And Controller-based Mode, The Controller Must Be On-premise. Q. Ap Supports Tunnel Mode And Bridge Mode. Each Ssid Can Choose Its Own Working Mode. R. Support Ap Zero Configuration, Support Layer 2 And Layer 3 Discovery, Dhcp Option43, Dns Domain Name, And Other Network Access Controller Automatic Discovery Mechanisms S. Supports Ap Deployment Across Layer 3 Network, Wan, And Nat, And Supports Management Tunnel Encryption With Network Access Controller. T. Support The Service Sense Via Ai Rf, Including Connection And Delay For Network Access, Dhcp, Gateway, Dns, Internet And Other Server Address U. Support The Environment Sense Via Ai Rf, Including Channel Utilization, Co-channel Ap, Interference Ssid V. Supports 802.1x, Portal, Mac Address Authentication, Ca Certificate Authentication, Qr Code Approval Authentication, Sms Authentication, App Authentication, Guest Account, Facebook, 802.1x Wep, Wpa, Wpa2, And Other Authentication Methods; W. Support 802.11i, Aes, Tkip, And Other Encryption Methods X. Support Wips/anti-phishing Wifi Via Independent Rf (non-user Connected Radio Frequency) To Conduct Real-time Detection, Alarm, And Countermeasures For Illegal Access Points. Y. Support East-west Traffic Security, By Detecting Abnormal Behavior To Block Viruses Within The Intranet Z. Support Ap Vpn, An Encrypted Communication Tunnel Can Be Established Across The Internet And Remote Wireless Controllers For Encrypted Remote Access, The Ap Vpn Should Also Support Bidirectional Access From Site To Site. Aa. Support Intelligent Load Balancing Based On The Number Of Users, Signal Strength, And Channel Utilization, And Automatically Balance The Access Pressure Between Aps Bb. Support Rf Guiding Function To Guide Wireless Terminals To Preferentially Access 5g Frequency Bands With Low Interference Cc. Supports Fit Ap Switching To Gateway Mode (non-fat Ap Mode), Supports Pppoe Dial-up, Static Ip, And Dhcp. Dd. Support Dhcp Server And Dns Proxy Ee. Support The Wireless Controller Escape Function, When The Wireless Controller Is Down, The Ap Still Can Guarantee The Normal Online Access Of Online Users, And Ensure That New Users Can Also Connect To The Wireless Network Through Authentication; 2. One (1) Lot - Network Access Controller A. The Proposed Controller Shall Support At Least 5 Service Ports, 1 Rj45 Console Port, 1 Rj45 Manage Port, 2 Usb Ports, And 2 Expansion Slots. B. The Proposed Controller Shall Support Up To 1200 Access Points. C. The Proposed Controller Shall Support At Least 8 Built-in Captive Portal Templates. D. The Proposed Controller Shall Support Access Controller And Qos-based Applications And Urls. The Application Fingerprints In The Controller Database Should Be Larger Than 6400 At Least One Year Application And A Url Update License Should Be Included E. The Proposed Controller Shall Support A Questionnaire Survey And The Survey Result Can Be Shown In The Controller F. Web Ui To Show Survey Results In The Controller G. The Proposed Controller Can Configure The Time/data Quota Policy For Wi-fi Users. H. The Proposed Controller Shall Support The Topology Of The Switch. I. The Proposed Controller Shall Support The Big Data Analysis For The Guests, And Staff. The Content Should Include The Favorite Application, Online Duration, Time Starts, And Checkout. J. The Proposed Controller Shall Be Capable Of Identifying Terminal Types And Assigning The Different Policy-based Terminal Types. K. The Proposed Controller Shall Support The Graphical Dhcp Address Pool From The Controller And Switch And Can View The Following Information In Each Address Pool: I. Conflict Ip Address Ii. Terminal Devices Fail To Obtain An Ip Address Iii. Address Pool Utilization Iv. Ip Allocation Times Distribution L. The Proposed Controller Can Be Used As The Gateway, Support Ppoe, Nat, Policy-based Routing, Dhcp Server, Dhcp Replay, Provide Authentication And Access Controller For Both Wired And Wireless Users, M. The Proposed Software Controller Shall Support The Following: I. 802.1x Authentication Ii. Portal Authentication Iii. Mac Address-based Authentication N. Also Need To Support The Integration With Radius, Ldap, Ad, And Other Databases O. The Proposed Controller Shall Support Viewing Of The Following Status Of Ap. I. Power Supply Load Ii. System Resources (memory, Cpu) Iii. Chip Resources (mac Table, Arp Table, Acl Table, Route Table Utilization) Iv. Packet Drop Ratio V. Jumbo/normal Frame Vi. Traffic Load Vii. Packet Analysis (broadcast, Multicast, And Unicast Packets) Viii. Network Protocol Packet Receiving Rate Analysis (dhcp, Icmp, Arp, And Tcp Packet Rate) P. The Proposed Controller Shall Support A Security Log To View Switch Attack Events, Including Event Types, Attacker Mac Address, And Attack Device Types. Q. The Proposed Controller Shall Support The Binding Of Terminals To Ip Based On Switch Port Groups, And The Binding Of Terminals And Ports Based On Switch Port Groups. R. The Proposed Controller Manufacturer Shall Have A Cmmi5 Certificate To Ensure The Maturity Of The Product Software. S. The Proposed Brand Must Be Iso 9001 Certified 3. Forty-seven (47) Units - Access Poe Switch A. The Proposed Equipment Shall Have At Least I. 24 Gigabit Ethernet Poe Ports Ii. 4* Sfp+ Ports B. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Ieee 802.3af/at Power Supply Standard, Single Port Maximum Output Poe Power 30w, The Whole Machine Maximum Output Poe Power 370w C. The Proposed Equipment Shall Have A Console Port D. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Standalone Web Gui Management And Controller-based Management. E. The Proposed Equipment Shall Have A Switching Capacity Of At Least 336gbps F. The Proposed Equipment Shall Have Packet Forwarding Of At Least 108mpps G. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Acl Policies Based On Single-port And Aggregation Of Interfaces. H. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Acl Policies Based On Source Ip Address And Mac Address. I. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Acl Policies Based On Protocols (ospf, Udp, Arp) J. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Time-based Acl Policies K. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support 802.1p, Ip And Service Level, Dscp Priority Settings L. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Traffic Shaping; And Packet Forwarding Rate Setting Based On The Outbound And Inbound Directions Of Switch Ports. M. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Cos And Dscp Priority Mapping Based On Switch Groups N. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Congestion Management That Supports Multiple Scheduling Modes To Implement Traffic Based On Packet Or Port Priority. O. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Port Mirroring And Redirection. P. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Dhcp Snooping, Dhcp Server Q. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support The Spanning Tree Protocol (stp, Rstp, Mstp) R. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Igmp V1/v2/v3 Snooping S. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support 4,000 Vlan T. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support 16,000 Mac Address U. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Mac Address Dynamic Learning V. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Mac Address Filtering W. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Mac Address Learning Limit X. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Link Aggregation Y. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support M-lag Technology, Cross-device Link Aggregation Z. The Proposed Equipment Shall Have Layer 3 Routing Protocols Such As Static Routing, Rip, Ospf, Vrrp Aa. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support East-west Traffic Security With Policies Based On Area Or User Role, And Prevent The Virus Spread Within The Intranet Bb. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Topology In The Controller, Configuration And Status Checking Can Be Done By Clicking The Topology. Cc. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support The Replacement By One Click On The Controller Platform To Replace The Defective Device Dd. The Proposed Equipment Manufacturer Shall Have A Cmmi5 Certificate To Ensure The Maturity Of The Product Software Ee. The Proposed Brand Must Be Iso 9001 Certified 4. One (1) Lot - Installation Consumables 5. One (1) Service - Network Design, Consultation (signed By Pece) And Permits 6. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 7. One (1) Service - Switch & Access Point Installation 8. One (1) Service -network Configuration Services 9. One (1) Service - User's Training And Knowledge Transfer 10. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization (testing And Analysis By Fluke Systems) 11. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 12. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 13. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 14. One (1) Year - Campus Network System Defect Liability (base Bundle Warranty-support) A. 1-year Warranty For All Active Devices B. 1-year Subscription To Licenses C. 1-year Workmanship Warranty And After-sales Support E.15 Fiber Optics Works 1. Fiber Optics Passive Components A. Thirteen Thousand (13,000) Meters - Fiber Optic Cable Single Mode I. 8-core Single-mode 8 Ii. Fiber Type=g.652.d And G.657.a1, Teraspeed, Os2 Iii. Armored-type Corrugated Steel Iv. Stranded Loose-tube Cable-type V. Gel-free Sub-unit Type B. Forty-seven (47) Units - Fms Panel I. 1u Standard Size 19” Ii. Includes 6 X Lc Sm Adaptors (12f) Iii. Includes 12 X Sm Lc Pigtails Iv. Includes 12 X Splice Protectors V. With Splice Tray And Cable Glands (12 Port Loaded) C. One (1) Unit - Epx 4u Sliding Panel Splicing Cassette I. Symmetrical Body Style Ii. Sliding Shelf Iii. Splicing Type = Heat Shrink, Single Fiber Fusion Iv. Dimension: 44.45h X 482.6w X 320d Mm V. Powder Coated Finish D. Sixteen (16) Units - G2 Splice Cassette 24lc/upc With Internal Shutters Os2 With Pigtails I. Lc/upc Interface Ii. Method A Polarity Iii. Shuttered Iv. Maximum Insertion Loss = 0.25db V. Minimum Return Loss = 50db E. One Hundred Eighty-eight (188) Pcs - Fiber Patch Cords I. Lc-lc Patch Cord Ii. 1.6mm Duplex Iii. Riser Single Mode Os2, 0.9m F. Forty-seven (47) Units - Data Cabinet 15u I. Wall-mounted Type Ii. 600 X 600mm X 15u Dimension Iii. Glass Door With Lock With 8-gang Pdu G. One (1) Lot - Handhole Fabrication And Heat Shrinkable Seal Fiber Optic Splice Dome Closure I. With 24-core Pigtail Splicing Plate Termination H. One (1) Lot - Earth Ground Material And Accessories 2. Fiber Optics Active Components A. Two (2) Units - Network Core Switches I. 24-ports 10ge Layer 3 Managed Core And Aggregation Switch Ii. With 4 X 25g Ports Backward Compatible With 10g Iii. With 40g Uplink Capability Iv. With 150w Ac Power Module V. 19” Rack-mountable Vi. Steel Case B. Forty-seven (47) Units - Network Managed Switch I. 24-ports Layer 2 Managed Switch Ii. With 4 X 10g Uplink Ports Iii. 19” Rack-mountable Iv. Steel Case C. Four (4) Units - 40g Transceiver Modules I. 40g Lr Single-mode Fiber Module Ii. Qspf+ Transceiver Iii. Lc (1310nm) D. Ninety-four (94) Units - 10g Transceiver Modules I. 10g Lr Single-mode Fiber Module Ii. Qspf+ Transceiver Iii. Lc (1310nm) 3. One (1) Service - Roughing Ins Cost (piping Of Foc Per Building, Pvc/hdpe Pipes, Pullbox 10" X 10" X 6", Metal Clamps, Tox & Screws, Gi Wire) 4. One (1) Service - Labor Cost: Horizontal Direct Drilling (hdd) Wire Pulling, Roughing Ins For Expose Foc Going To Idf And/mdf 5. One (1) Service - Termination/splicing Of Pigtail Connectors/otdr Testing 6. One (1) Service - Electronic Permit Layout And Design (as-built Plan) 7. One (1) Service - Network Design And Consultation (signed By Pece) 8. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 9. One (1) Service - Switch Installation 10. One (1) Service - Network Configuration Services 11. One (1) Service - Training And Knowledge Transfer 12. One (1) Service - Cable Testing And Analysis By Fluke Systems 13. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization Of Network Security 14. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 15. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 16. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 17. One (1) Year - Defect Liability 18. One (1) Year - Fiber Optic Passive Components Support Warranty A. 1-year Warranty For All Active Devices B. 1-year Subscription To Licenses C. 1-year Workmanship Warranty And After-sales Support E.16 Structured Cabling Works 1. Structured Cabling Passive Components A. Sixty-seven (67) Units – 24-ports 1u Keystone-type Patch Panel With Io Assembly I. 24-ports 1u Keystone Blank Panel Ii. 24-pcs Cat6+ Modular Jack, Rj45 Keyconnect Style B. One Thousand Four Hundred Thirty-three (1,433) Pcs – Cat6+ Modular Jack I. Cat6+ Modular Jack, Rj45 Keyconnect Style Ii. T568 A/b Wiring Scheme C. One Thousand Four Hundred Thirty-three (1,433) Pcs – 1-meter Cat6 Stranded Patch Cord I. 1-meter Cat6 Stranded Patch Cord Ii. T568b- Standard Machine-made Termination D. One Thousand Four Hundred Thirty-three (1,433) Pcs – 2 Meters Cat6 Stranded Patch Cord I. 2-meter Branded Cat6 Stranded Patch Cord Ii. T568b- Standard Machine-made Termination E. Sixty-seven (67) Units – Cable Organizer 1u I. 24 Slots Plastic With Cover F. Three Hundred Seventy-five (375) Rolls– Utp Cat6 Pure Copper I. Solid Bare-copper 24awg 4-pairs Ii. Pe-polyethylene Insulation Material Iii. 0.97 Mm Insulation Diameter Iv. Outer Jacket = Pvc Polyvinyl Chloride V. Operating Temperature = -20°c To +75°c Vi. Bending Radius = 23.2 Mm (0.913 In) G. Sixty-seven (67) Units – 15u Data Cabinet 600 X 600mm I. Wall-mounted Type Ii. 600 X 600mm Iii. Glass Door With Lock Iv. With 8-gang Pdu H. Sixty-seven (67) Sets – Fabricated Data Cabinet Bracket I. Five Hundred Fifteen (515) Pcs – Simplex Faceplate I. Keyconnect Faceplates, 1-port Ii. Plastic-made J. One Hundred Thirty-three (130) Pcs – Duplex Faceplate I. Keyconnect Faceplates, 2-ports Ii. Plastic-made K. Six Hundred Forty-five (645) Pcs – Faceplate Box I. Standard, Rectangular 2. Structured Cabling Active Components Technical Specification A. Seventy-two (72) Units – 24-ports L2+ Gigabit Switch + 4-sfp Ports Rack-mountable Ii. 24 X Gigabit Rj45 Iii. 4 X 10g Sfp+ Ports Iv. 19” Standard Size Rack-mountable B. Eighty-one (81) Units – 24-ports L2+ High-poe Switch Gigabit, With 4-sfp Module Rack-mountable I. 24 X Gigabit Poe Ports Ii. 4 X Sfp+ Slots Iii. 19” Standards Size Rack-mountable Iv. Poe Budget: At Least 370w C. Six (6) Units – 16-ports Aggregation Switch With 16-ports 10ge Ports I. 16 X 10g Sfp+ Slots Ii. 1u Rack Mountable 19” Iii. 802.3at/af D. Three Hundred Six (306) Units – Sfp+ Module, Single Mode Lc Connector I. 1310nm Single Mode Ii. Lc Duplex Connector Iii. Up To 10km Distance E. Three Hundred Six (306) Pcs – Lc Fiber Patch Cord I. Lc-lc Patch Cord Ii. 1.6mm Duplex Iii. Riser Single Mode Os2 0.9m F. Sixty-seven (67) Units – 1kva Ups, Tower Type I. 1000va/600w Ratings Ii. 1 X 12v/9ah Battery Iii. 4 X Universal Socket Iv. Not More Than 5.3kg G. One (1) Unit – 5kva Ups 4u, Online I. 5000va/5000w Ii. Dimension: Not Bigger Than 420 X 630 X 217mm Iii. Operating Voltage = 176 To 288 Vac Iv. Maximum Allowable Voltage = 288 Vac V. Input Frequency Without Battery Operation = 40 To 70hz Vi. Factory Default Voltage = 230 Vac Vii. Waveform = Pure Sinewave Viii. Backup Time At Full Load = 7 Ix. Backup Time At Half Load = 18.5 X. Audible Noise <55dba H. Sixty-seven (67) Units– Pdu With Reset And Switch, Metal Case I. 8-gang Metal With Reset Button Ii. Standard 19’’ Rack Mountable 3. Structured Cabling Roughing-ins A. One (1) Lot – Conduiting/piping Materials B. One (1) Lot – Cable Tray, Cable Ladder And Support Assembly (noc) C. One (1) Lot – Cable Tray Support & Hangers (distribution Per Building) D. One (1) Lot – Restoration Materials E. One (1) Lot – Cable Distribution Materials F. One (1) Lot – Grounding Materials, Installation And Consumables G. One (1) Lot – External Cabling Materials 4. One (1) Service - Network Design And Consultation (signed By Pece) 5. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 6. One (1) Service- Switch Installation 7. One (1) Service - Network Configuration Services 8. One (1) Service - Training And Knowledge Transfer 9. One (1) Service - External Cabling 10. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization (cable Testing And Analysis By Fluke Systems) 11. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 12. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 13. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 14. One (1) Year - Service -structured Cabling Works Defect Liability 15. One (1) Year - Structured Cabling Passive Components Support Warranty A. 1-year Warranty For All Active Devices B. 1-year Workmanship Warranty And After-sales Support E.17 It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 1. One (1) Lot – Indoor Video Wall A. One (1) Lot – Led Panel I. Must Have 4.2x2.025m P0.9375 Indoor Led Screen Ii. Led Lamp Parameter: Color Configuration: Rgb 3in1, Color: Red, Green, Blue, Luminance: 990-1210 Mcd, 1980-2420 Mcd, 495-605 Mcd, Viewing Angle: 160º/160º, Wavelength: 625-630 Nm, 520-525 Nm, 465-470 Nm Iii. Must Have Led Module Parameter: Pixel Pitch(mm) 0.9375, Iv. Pixel Configuration Cob, Module Size(mm) W 300 H 168.75, Module Resolution(dots) W 320 H 180, Drive Ic Icn1069 V. Must Have Led Cabinet Parameter: Cabinet Size (mm) W 600 H 337.5, Cabinet Resolution (dots) W 640 H 360, Cabinet Pixels (dots) 230400, Cabinet Material Die Casting Aluminum, Cabinet Weight (kg) 4.8 Vi. Must Have Led Screen Parameter: Screen Size(m)w 4.2 W 2.025 H, Screen Resolution(dots)w 4480 W 2160 H, Cabinet Quantity(pc)w 7 W 6 H, Pixel Density(pixel/m2) 1137778, Brightness(cd/m2) 600, Brightness Adjusted 256 Grade By Software Or By Auto-optic Induced, Driving Method 1/46 Scan Display Color 439, 804, 651, 110, Viewing Distance (m) ≥0.9375m, View Angle Horizontal 160°; Vertical 160° Color Contrast Ratio 5000:1, Gray Grade 16bit, Refresh Frequency (hz) 3840, Protective Grade Ip43, Working Temperature(ºc) -30～+70, Stored Temperature (ºc) -40～+80, Operation Humidity(rh) 0-95%, Lifetime 100,000 Hrs Maintenance Front Side Working Voltage Ac110 / Ac220v±10% 47～63hz, Power Consumption Max: 800w/㎡ ; Ave:310w/㎡" B. One (1) Unit – Controller I. Must Have Three Kinds Of Led 4k Sending Cards: (1) − H_20xrj45 Sending Card Loads Up To 13,000,000 Pixels, (2) − H_16xrj45+2xfiber Sending Card Loads Up To 10,400,000 Pixels And Provides Two Opt Ports That Copy The Outputs On Ethernet Ports, (3) − H_4xfiber Sending Card Loads Up To 20,800,000 Pixels And Supports Three Working Modes, Including Independent, Copy And Backup. The Three Cards Mentioned Above Cannot Be Used Together To Load The Same Screen. Ii. Must Have Multi-capacity Configuration On A Single Card Slot: − 4x 2k×1k@60hz, − 2x 4k×1k@60hz, − 1x 4k×2k@60hz Iii. Must Have A Simple Screen Configuration Using A Single Card And Connector Iv. Must Have Online Status Monitoring Of All Input And Output Cards V. Must Have Hot-swappable Input And Output Cards Vi. Must Have An H_2xrj45 Ip Input Card That Supports Up To 512 Ip Camera Inputs And Input Mosaic. Vii. Must Have Auto Decryption Of Hdcp-encrypted Sources Viii. Must Have Decimal Frame Rates Supported Ix. Must Have Hdr10 And Hlg Processing X. Each Screen Can Have Its Output Resolution. Xi. Must-have Output Mosaic: Adopts The Frame Synchronization Technology, Which Ensures All The Output Connectors Output The Image Synchronously, And The Image Is Complete And Played Smoothly, Without Any Stuck, Frame Loss, Tearing, Or Piercing. Xii. Must Support Irregular Screen Configuration: Supports Irregular Rectangle Mosaic Without Any Limitations. Xiii. Must Have Input Source Grouping Management Xiv. Must Have Eye-saver Mode: Display The Image In A Warmer But Less Bright Way To Relieve Eye Strain. Xv. Lcd Bezel Compensation Xvi. Must Have Multi-layer Display: A Single Card Supports 16x 2k Layers, 8x Dl, Layers Or 4x 4k Layers. All Layers Support Cross-connector Output And The Layer Quantity Is Not Reduced For Cross-connector Output. Xvii. Must Have High-definition Scrolling Text, Customize The Scrolling Text Content, Such As Slogans Or Notification Messages, And Set The Text Style, Scrolling Direction, And Speed. Xviii. Must Support Up To 2,000 Presets: Fade Effect And Seamless Switching Supported, Less Than 60ms Preset Switching Duration Xix. Must Have Scheduled Playback Of Preset Playlist, Set Whether To Add The Presets To Playlist, Which Is Ideal For Monitoring, Exhibitions, Presentations, And Other Applications. Xx. Must Have Osd Settings On A Single Screen And Adjustable, Osd Transparency Xxi. Must Have Bkg Settings, Bkg Images Do Not Occupy The Layer Resources. The Max Width And Height Of A Bkg Image Is Up To 15k And 8k Respectively. Xxii. Must Have Channel Logo Management: Set A Text Or Image Logo For Identifying The Input Source. Xxiii. Must Have Input Source Cropping And Renaming After Cropping, Crop Any Input Source Image And Form A New Input Source After Cropping. Xxiv. Must Have Hdr And 10-bit Video Processing, Allowing For A More Exquisite And Clear Image. Xxv. Must Have Color Adjustment: Output Connector Color And Screen Color Adjustable, Including Brightness, Contrast, Saturation, Hue, And Gamma. Xxvi. Must Have Xr Scenario Control Xxvii. Must Have Low Latency: Reduce The Latency From The Input Source To The Receiving Card To As Low As 1 Frame. Xxviii. Must Have Web Control: Real-time Response And 1000m/100m Self-adaptive Network Control, Allowing For Multi-user Collaboration. Xxix. Must Have Monitoring Of Inputs And Outputs On A Web Page Xxx. Must Support Firmware Updates On Web Page Xxxi. Must Have Ark Visualized Management And Control Platform App Control On Pad Device. Xxxii. Must Have Self-test For Fault Detection Xxxiii. Must Have Auto-monitoring And Alarms: Supports Hardware Monitoring, Such As Fan Rotation Speed, Module Temperature And Voltage, And Running Status, And Sends Fault Alarms If Necessary. Xxxiv. Must Support An Optional Power Supply For Higher System Reliability. Xxxv. Must Have Backup Design − Backup Between Devices − Backup Between Led 4k Sending Cards. C. Accessories I. One (1) Unit - Vacuum Suction Ii. One (1) Unit - Structure/bracket 4.2x2.025m Iii. Nine (9) Units - Hdmi Cable (4k) 10 Meters D. Six (6) Units - 1500va/900w Line Interactive Ups E. Three (3) Units – Desktop Computers I. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen5 Processor (or Higher) Ii. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) Iii. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Or Higher Iv. Memory: 16 Gb (or Higher) V. Storage: 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) Vi. Display: 14” Display Vii. Graphic Card: Integrated Graphics Viii. Camera: 1080p Fhd Ir/rgb Hybrid Ix. Wireless: Wi-fi 6e Ax211 2x2, Bluetooth 5.1 Or Above X. Ethernet Port Or Usb Xi. Power Cord: At Least 45w Xii. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in 2. Desktop Computers W/ Extended Monitor A. Six (6) Units – Desktop Computer I. Processor: Intel I7 Or Amd Ryzen7 Processor (or Higher) Ii. Memory: 16 Gb Ddr4 Or Higher Iii. Form Factor: Tower Iv. Storage: At Least 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) V. Graphics Processing Unit (gpu): 4gb Vram, Gddr5 (or Higher) Vi. Display: At Least 23.8” Hd Led Display (or Higher) Vii. Motherboard: B760-g Wifi D5 Micro-atx Motherboard Viii. Power Supply: Modular Power Supply 850w 80+ Gold Argb Modular Psu Ix. Peripherals: Power Cords, Keyboard & Optical Mouse X. Chassis: Usb Ports, Audio Port, Mic Port, Power Switch, Reset Switch Xi. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) Xii. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Pro Or Higher Xiii. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in B. Six (6) Pcs For 6 Units Of Desktop – Extended Monitor I. Display: At Least 23.8” Hd Led Display (or Higher) C. Six (6) Units – Ups For Command Center I. Must Have Capacity 650va 3. Communication Equipment A. Six (6) Units – Desktop Computer Headphone I. Audio Specifications Must Have, Frequency Response: 20 Hz To 20,000 Hz (standard Range For Human Hearing), Impedance: 32 Ohms (standard For Most Headsets; Higher Impedance May Be Better For High-end Audio), Sensitivity: 90-120 Db (decibels) At 1 Mw For Sound Level, Driver Size: 30-50 Mm (larger Drivers Often Provide A Better Bass Response), Sound Output: Stereo Or 7.1 Surround Sound (for Gaming And Multimedia), Total Harmonic Distortion (thd): Less Than 1% (minimizes Audio Distortion), Noise-canceling: Active (anc) Or Passive, Ii. Microphone Specifications Must Have, Type: Omnidirectional Or Unidirectional, Frequency Response: 100 Hz To 10,000 Hz, Sensitivity: -38 Db ± 3 Db, Noise Cancellation: Active Or Passive Noise-canceling Microphone, Mute Function: Usually Included For Easy On/off Control, Iii. Connectivity Wired: 3.5 Mm Audio Jack, Usb (type-a Or Type-c) Iv. Controls Volume Control: On-ear Cup Or Inline Volume Adjustment, Playback Control: Some Models Allow Pause/play/skip For Media. B. Six (6) Units – Ip Phone Handset Note: Covered In Ip-pa System And Ip-pbx System I. Must Have The Following Physical Specifications: 2.3-inch 128x48 Pixel Dot-matrix Display, Graphical Lcd With Backlight, Keypad: 33 Keys, Including: 4soft-keys, 9 Function Keys (hold / Transfer / Voice Message / Conference / Phonebook, Mwi / Headset / Redial / Hands-free) 4 Navigation Keys, 12 Standard Phone Digits Keys, 3 Volume Control Keys (up/down/mute (microphone), Desktop Stand X1 Status Indicator Light X1 (red), Rj9/rj11 Port X2: Handset X1, Headset X1, Rj45 Port X2: Network X1, Pcx1 (bridged To Network), Security Slot X1, Dc Power Input: 5v/0.6a, Power Consumption (adapter): 0.8~1.29w, Power Consumption (poe): 1.25~1.86w, Device Dimensions: Desktop Stand (45°): 169x201.1x177.4 Mm, Desktop Stand (50°): 169x191.9x185.8 Mm, Wall Mountable: 169x120.1x213.7 Mm Ii. Must Have 6-way Audio Conference Iii. Must Have At Least 600 Call Logs Iv. Must Have At Least 1000 Local Phonebook V. Must Have At Least 1000 Remote Phonebook Vi. Must Have G.722, Opus Wideband Codec Vii. Must Have G.711a/u,g.726,g.723.1, G.729a/b, Ilbc Narrowband Codec Viii. Must Have 2 X 10/100/1000 Mbps Network Rate Ix. Must Have Power Supply Poe X. Must Support Ehs Wireless Headset Xi. Must Have Desktop Stand Xii. Must Support Plantronics Wireless Headset (through Plantronics Apd-80 Ehscable) Xiii. Must Support Recording (through Server) Xiv. Must-have Physical: 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet, Dual Bridged Port For Pc Bypass Xv. Must Support Ip Configuration: Static Ip / Dhcp / Pppoe Xvi. Must Support The Following Protocols: Sip 2.0 Over Udp/tcp/tls, Rtp/rtcp/srtp, Stun, Dhcp, Ipv6, Lldp, Pppoe, 802.1x, L2tp, Openvpn, Sntp, Ftp/tftp, Http/https, Tr-069, Aes 128 & Aes 256 Xvii. Must-have Generic Ip Phone Features: 2siplines, Hdvoice, Poeenabled, Dot-matrix Display Screen, Handset/hands-free /headset Mode, Desktopstand/ Wall Mountable (optional), Optional External Power Supply Xviii. Must Have The Following Call Functions: Callout/ Answer/ Reject, Mute/unmute(microphone), Callhold / Resume, Callwaiting, Intercom, Caller Id Display, Speeddial, Anonymouscall(hide Caller Id), Callforward(always/busy/no Answer), Calltransfer (attended/unattended), Callparking/pick-up (depending On Server), Redial, Do-not-disturb, Auto-answering, Voicemessage(with Server), 6-wayconference, Hotline, Hot Desking. 4. Two (2) Units – Laptop A. Processor: Intel I7 Or Amd Ryzen7 Processor (or Higher) B. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) C. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Pro Or Higher D. Memory: 16 Gb (or Higher) E. Storage: 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) F. Display: 14” Display G. Graphic Card: Integrated Graphics H. Camera: 1080p Fhd Ir/rgb Hybrid I. Wireless: Wi-fi 6e Ax211 2x2, Bluetooth 5.1 Or Above J. Ethernet Port Or Usb K. Power Cord: At Least 45w L. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in 5. One (1) Lot - Outdoor Video Wall W/ Smart Led Solar Powered Light A. Led Panel I. Pixel Pitch 3.91mm Ii. Pixel Configuration 1r1g1b Iii. Led Type Smd1921 Iv. Brightness (max) 5000 Nit V. Color Temperature 3500k-10000k（adjustable) Vi. Viewing Angle H140° / V120° Vii. Pixel Density 65,536 Dots/m² Viii. Module Size 500mm×250mm Ix. Module Resolution 128x64 Dots X. Cabinet Size W500mm×h1000mm×d77mm Xi. Cabinet Resolution (w×h) 128×256 Dots Xii. Cabinet Weight 17.0 Kg ± 0.5 Xiii. Cabinet Material Aluminum Xiv. Operating Temperature/ Xv. Humidity -40℃~+60℃/10~80%rh Xvi. Storage Temperature/ Xvii. Humidity -40℃~+60℃/10~80%rh Xviii. Ip Rating Front Ip68/rear Ip66 Xix. Mounting: Ground Structured Support For Outdoor Video Wall Display Unit (181"w X 138"h) B. Four (4) Unit – Smart Led Solar Powered Light I. Independent Distributed Power Supply System Ii. Solar Powered W/ Smart Sensors Iii. High Quality Lithium Battery Iv. Input Voltage Ac 110~220v (+/-10%) V. Pole-mounted Installation Vi. Mounting: Ground Structured Support For Outdoor Smart Led Solar Powered Light C. One (1) Lot - Controller Required: Quantity I. Must Have Sending Box, Receiving Card, And Light Sensor D. Accessories I. One (1) Unit - Vacuum Suction Ii. One (1) Unit - Structure/bracket 4.2x2.025m Iii. Nine (9) Units - Hdmi Cable (4k) 10 Meters Iv. Two (2) Units - 1500va/900w Line Interactive Ups E. One (1) Unit – Desktop Computer I. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen5 Processor (or Higher) Ii. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) Iii. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Pro Or Higher Iv. Memory: 16 Gb (or Higher) V. Storage: 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) Vi. Display: 14” Display Vii. Graphic Card: Integrated Graphics Viii. Camera: 1080p Fhd Ir/rgb Hybrid Ix. Wireless: Wi-fi 6e Ax211 2x2, Bluetooth 5.1 Or Above X. Ethernet Port Or Usb Xi. Power Cord: At Least 45w Xii. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in 6. One (1) Lot – Security Software Licenses A. Access Rights Manager B. Patch Manager C. Serv-u File Transfer Protocol Server D. Serv-u Managed File Transfer Server E. Server Configuration Monitor F. Engineer's Toolset G. Ip Address Manager H. Log Analyzer I. Network Performance Monitor J. Security Event Manager K. Network Topology Mapper 7. One (1) Service - Electronic Permit Layout And Design (as-built Plan) 8. One (1) Service - Electronic Permit Layout And Design Signed By Pece 9. One (1) Lot - Security Software Licenses W/ Dashboard 10. One (1) Lot - Structured Cabling (including External Cabling) 11. One (1) Lot - Roughing-in Materials 12. One (1) Service - Network Design And Consultation 13. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 14. One (1) Service - Temporary Facility (temfacil) For 30 Days 15. One (1) Service - Installation & Configuration 16. One (1) Service - Network Configuration Services 17. One (1) Service - User's Training And Knowledge Transfer 18. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 19. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 20. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 21. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 22. One (1) Year - Support Warranty E.18 Campus Data Center Upgrade 1. Non-electrical Components A. Seven (7) Units - Data Racks I. 1200mm Deep Static Rack Cabinet. Ii. Rack Capacity Must Be 42u Iii. Must Be Equipped With Casters And Leveling Feet Iv. Front And Back Doors Must Be Perforated V. Must Have A Load-carrying Capacity Of 950 Kg Or Higher Vi. Optional: Front And Side Stabilizers B. Three (3) Units - Gpu Server I. Must Have Warranty Support (4hr Resp) Ii. Gpu Server Add Ons Iii. Management Controller With 3-year Subscription For Server Endpoint Iv. Console Manager With 3-year Software Subscription C. One (1) Unit - Telephone Terminal Cabinet (ttc) I. The Ttc Must Be Made With Stainless Steel (304 Or 316) Gauge 16. Ii. At Least (800mm X 500mm X 200mm), With Canopy And Locking Mechanism. Iii. Water-resistant 2. Electrical Components A. One (1) Lot - Power Management System I. Design And Install Based On The Requirements Of Section 5.b (electrical Works Services) B. Fourteen (14) Lot - Power Distribution Unit I. 2 Units Shall Be Installed Per Data Rack. Ii. Input Voltage (v): 200-230 Iii. Input Plug Type: Iec 60309 32 A 2p + E Iv. Input Current Limit: 32 A V. Load Capacity: 7400 Va Vi. Network Frequency: 47...63 Hz Vii. Outlet Type And Quantity: (20) Iec 60320 C13, (4) Iec 60320 C19 C. One (1) Unit - Uninterruptible Power Supply 20kva (ups) And One (1) Unit - Uninterruptible Power Supply 5kva (ups) I. At Least 20kva/20kw Rackmount And 5kva/5kw Rackmount 1. Input: A) Ac Input Nominal Voltage (single-phase): 220/230/240 Vac, 3 Wire (l + N + G), Connected Via Hardwire. B) Ac Input Nominal Voltage (three-phase): 380/400/415 Vac, 5 Wire (l1 + L2 + L3 + N + G), Connected Via Hardwire. C) Ac Input Voltage Range: 160 – 285 Vac (l-n) At Full Load, While Providing Nominal Charging To The Battery System; Or 100 – 160 Vac (l-n) At 50% Load, While Providing Nominal Charging To The Battery System. D) Input Frequency Range: 40-70 Hz, Auto-selecting. E) Online Input Power Factor: 0.99 For 75% And 100% At 230 Vac. F) Green Mode Input Power Factor: ≥ 0.95 (for Resistive Load ≥ 25%) At 230 Vac.) At 230 Vac G) Input Current Distortion: <4% For 50% Resistive Load, <3% For 100% Resistive Load. H) Surge Protection: 600 Joules 2. Output: A) Ac Nominal Output Voltage: Single-phase B) Single-phase: 220/ 230/ 240 Vac. Models Are Factory Set At 230 Vac. C) 3-phase: 380/400/415 Vac. Models Are Factory Set At 400 Vac. (for 20kva) D) Output Frequency: 50/60 +/- 4 Hz (auto-sense). 3. Battery: A) Battery Type: Maintenance-free Sealed Lead-acid Battery With Suspended Electrolyte, Leakproof. 4. Installation: A) All Materials To Be Used In The Installation Should Be Included. From The Tapping Point To Ups. D. One (1) Unit - Generator With Automatic Transfer Switch (ats) I. 50kva Generator With Built-in Ats Or Ats Ready Ii. Automatic Start, Electric Start Iii. Phase: 3-phase/1-phase Iv. Operating Mode: Silent/soundproof V. Frequency Rating (hz): 50-70 Vi. Voltage Rating (v): 220-240 Vii. Engine Type: Turbo Diesel Viii. Large Capacity Fuel Tank Ix. Cooling System: Water Cooled X. Protection System: Low Oil Alarm, Temperature Sensor Xi. Should Include Installation And Configuration Services E. One (1) Set - Precision Air Conditioning Unit (pacu) I. Cooling Capacity: 7 Tr (20kw Or 75,400 Btu/hr) Ii. Power Supply: 230 Volts/60 Hz./3 Phase/pe Iii. System Type: Air-cooled Non-inverter Compressor Iv. Air Circuit: 1. Air Direction - Downflow Vertical Discharge 2. Air Inlet Into The A/c On A Large Surface From The Top Of The Unit V. Refrigerant Circuit: 1. Equipped With An Open Refrigerant Circuit The Basic Version Consists Of The Following Components: A. Fully Hermetic, Variable-speed Dc Scroll Compressor B. Oil Separator C. High-performance Evaporator With A Large Surface Area D. Liquid Receiver With Rota Lock On-off Valve And Safety Valve E. Dehydrating Filter F. Liquid Sight Glass G. Thermostatic Electronic Expansion Valve H. High-pressure Switches With Manual Resetting I. Needle Valves For The Refrigerant Change For Pressure Control J. External Welded Connections Vi. Standard Functions: Cooling Mode, Humidification & Dehumidification Mode Vii. User Terminal: 1. 64 X 120 Pixel Backlit Lcd Display And 6 Backlit Keys To Move Between And Change Parameters. 2. Set The Operating Parameters, Monitor The Trend Of The Main Working Parameters, And Read Any Alarm Messages. 3. Capable Of Enabling The Following Functions: A. Temperature And Humidity Control B. Setting Double Temperature And Humidity Set Point C. Complete Alarm Detection System D. Alarm Event History Storage E. Automatic Restart When Power Returns After A Cutout F. Remote Switching On/off Of The Unit G. Graphical Display With Icons Displaying The State Of The Unit Components H. Time Bands For Differential Weekly Switching On/off Of The Unit I. Management Of The Local Network With Setting The Rotation Of One Or Two Units In Standby J. Alarm Sequence History With Up To 100 Alarm Events Viii. Fan Section (indoor): 1. Radial Fan With Electronically Commutated (ec) Motor 2. High-efficiency Ec Motor With Wear-resistant And Maintenance-free Ball Bearing 3. Variable Speed Motor Modulating Fan Speed According To Load Density 4. Eurovent Certification 5. Ce Certification Ix. Air Filter: 1. Made From Self-extinguishing, Synthetic Fiber Cellular Material. 2. Large Filter Surface, Small Pressure Loss, Long Service Life, And Easy Replaceability X. Condenser: 1. Connections To The Remote Condenser 2. Witha Kit Of Legs For Vertical Discharge 3. With Rota Lock Shutoff Valves 4. Regulate The Fan Speed To Ensure Trouble-free Operations F. One (1) Unit - Dehumidifier I. At Least 80 Liters Capacity Ii. Adjustable Humidistat Iii. Auto Restart Iv. Automatic Bucket Full Shut-off V. Automatic Humidistat Control Vi. Bucket Full Indicator Light Vii. External Drain Connect Viii. Removable Water Tank Ix. Washable Air Filter 3. Safety Components A. Eight (8) Units - Fire Suppression System I. Hfc236fa (fe36) / /hcfc-123 Ii. At Least 20 Lbs Iii. Non-residual Iv. Non-corrosive V. Lifetime Chemical Efficacy Vi. Built-in Sensor For Automatic Discharge Vii. Should Include Mounting Plates And Installation Service B. Two (2) Units - Metal Door With Panic Lock Mechanism Note: Included In E-classroom, E-conference Room And Smart Led Solar Powered Light I. The Door Jamb Must Be Able To Hold The Weight Of The Metal Door. Ii. The Door Hinge Must Be Able To Contain The Stress Of The Sudden Swing Of The Metal Door Induced By The Panic Lock Mechanism. Iii. Panic Lock Mechanism Has Priority Over Electronic Security Locks For Exit. C. Four (4) Units - Environmental Monitoring System I. Temperature Sensor And Humidity Data Logger. Ii. Logging Capacity: 60000 Readings Or Higher. Iii. Alarm Status Indicator. Iv. Wired Or Wireless Connection Mode. V. Inclusion Of Cloud Access And/or Mobile Application For Data Access. Vi. Optional: Sms And/or Email Capability. 4. Warranty-three (3) Years Warranty A. Non-electrical Components I. Data Racks Ii. Telephone Terminal Cabinet (ttc) B. Electrical Components I. Electrical Management System Ii. Uninterruptible Power Supply 20kva Iii. Uninterruptible Power Supply 5kva Iv. Power Distribution Units V. 100 Kw Generator With Automatic Transfer Switch (ats) Vi. Air Conditioning Units Vii. Dehumidifier C. Safety Components I. Fire Suppression System Ii. Metal Door With Panic Lock Mechanism Iii. Environmental Monitoring System 5. Included Supply, Installation, And Configuration Services A. Civil Works Services I. Supply And Installation Of Telephone Terminal Cabinet (ttc) (800mm X 500mm X 200mm) With Canopy And Locking Mechanism. Ii. Supply And Installation Of 2 Fire Rated Metal Door With Panic Locking Mechanisms 400mm(w) X 900mm(w) X 2100mm(h)(1-unit) Iii. Supply And Installation Of 2hr Fire-rated Wall Partition 4” Thick (40 Sqm.) Iv. Supply And Installation Of Anti-static Raised Flooring (75 Sqm.) V. Supply And Installation Of The Acoustic-type Ceiling (75 Sqm.) Vi. Supply And Installation Of Led Lighting With Complete Wiring Vii. Painting Inside The Data Center Viii. Water Proofing (covering Part Of Data Center) Ix. Supply And Installation Of Emergency Lights X. Installation Of Generator System Housing B. Electrical Works Services I. Creation And Installation Of An Electrical Design Supporting Ups Power, Air-conditioning, Emergency Light And Exhaust Fan System, With The Capability To Switch To A Generator System With Ats And Auto-start Function. Ii. Independent Circuits For Ups And Regular Power Distributed On A Per Rack Basis. Iii. Independent Circuits For Air Conditioning Systems (ahu) On A Per Unit Basis. Iv. Provision Of Ups Circuits For Security And Environment Monitoring Devices. V. Provision Of Circuits For Future Use. Vi. Installation Of Grounding Systems. Vii. Electrical Panel Boxes Should Be Equipped With Surge Suppressors, Low Voltage Detectors And Power Monitoring. C. Mechanical Works Services I. Plumbing Works For Ahu Drain System. Ii. Plumbing Works For The Dehumidifier Drain System. Iii. Supply And Installation Of Electrical Wire Ways From Main Electrical Panel To Generator Location. Iv. Supply And Installation Of Data Wire Ways For Inter-rack Connections. 6. One (1) Service - System Design Services 7. One (1) Service - Cabling Works 8. One (1) Service - Structured Cabling (including External Cabling) 9. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 10. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 11. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 12. One (1) Service - User's Training And Knowledge Transfer 13. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 14. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 15. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost E.19 Data Center Network Switches 1. Two (2) Units - Core Switch A. Hot Swap Power Supply B. Open Ports Configuration With At Least 16 100g Qsfp28 Ports C. Open Ports Configuration With At Least 4 25g Qsfp28 Ports D. All Open Ports Enabled E. Zero License Fee For Modules Inserted I. Four (4) 100 Gbit Fiber Module Ii. Four (4) 40 Gbit Fiber Module Iii. Six (6) 10 Gbit Copper Module Iv. Six (6)10 Gbit Fiber Module V. 100 Gbit Dac Cable 2. Two (2) Units - Core Fiber Switch 3. One (1) Unit - Router A. Redundant Power Supply B. Load Balancing/failover Capability For Unequal Bandwidth C. At Least 12 1gbit Ports D. All Open Ports Enabled E. Zero License Fee For Modules Inserted F. One (1) Lot - X 10g Sfp+ Ports G. One (1) Lot - 10gbit Fiber Module (sfp / Sfp+ / Sfp28) H. One (1) Lot - 10gbit Copper Module 4. One (1) Unit- Top Of Rack (tor) Switch Poe A. Redundant Power Supply B. At Least 48 Gbit Ports C. All Open Ports Enabled D. Zero License Fee For Modules Inserted E. Four (4) X 10g Sfp+ F. Two (2) 40g Qsfp+ G. 48 Poe Ports H. Poe Out Standard: 802.3af/at I. Max Power Output Per Port (input 18-30 V): 1000 Ma J. Max Power Output Per Port (input 30-57 V): 570 Ma K. Total Power: 700w L. Six (6) 40gbit Fiber Module 5. One (1) Unit - Top Of Rack (tor) Switch Non-poe A. Redundant Power Supply B. At Least 48 Gbit Ports C. All Open Ports Enabled D. Zero License Fee For Modules Inserted E. Four (4) X 10g Sfp+ F. Two (2) 40g Qsfp+ G. 48 Poe Ports H. Six (6) 40gbit Fiber Module 6. One (1) Unit - Management Switch A. Redundant Power Supply B. At Least 24 Gbit Ports C. 10gbit Fiber Module D. Sfp+ To Sfp+ Connector 7. Two (2) Units - Access Point Cap-ac 8. One (1) Service - Electrical And Racking Design Services 9. One (1) Service - Network Design And Consultation 10. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 11. One (1) Service - Switch Installation 12. One (1) Service - Network Configuration Services Supplier 13. One (1) Service - Training And Knowledge Transfer 14. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization Of Data Center Network Switches 15. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 16. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 17. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 18. One (1) Year - Support Warranty E.20 Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block And File Storage 1. Eight (8) Lots - Hci Cluster: A. Form Factor: 2u Rack Server B. A Total Of Eight (8) Hci Nodes C. Must Have 2x 6426y 16c 185w 2.5ghz Processor Per Node D. Must Have A Total Of 256gb 2rx8 4800mhz Memory Per Node. Can Support Up To 8tb Of Memory E. Network Interfaces Must Have A 2x 2-ports 10gb Base-t F. Storage Drives Must Have 2.5" Cache Drives And 3.5" For The Capacity Drives G. Must Have 2x M.2 Nvme 960gb Read Intensive Pcie Gen 4 Ssd For The Boot Drive H. Must Have A Total Effective Capacity Of At Least 500 Tb And 700 Tb Raw Capacity On Rf2 With 0% Savings I. Must Have Redundant 1100w Platinum Psu J. 2u Rack Mounted K. Software Inclusion: I. Must Include Rhel For Virtual Datacenters Premium 3 Years. Ii. Must Include Microsoft Center Licenses, Cals, And Sql Server With Software Assurance For The Education Sector. L. Hypervisor Support: I. Supports Industry-standard Hypervisors Like Vmware Esxi, And Native (bundled) M. Hci Features: Ii. Hci Licenses Should Be Oem Iii. Can Support Heterogeneous Clusters And Storage Nodes Only Iv. Must Have Vm-centric Snapshots & Clones V. Must Have Data Tiering Vi. Must Have Online Cluster Grow/shrink Vii. Must Have Data Path Redundancy Viii. Up To 2 Tunable Redundancy Factor Ix. Basic Compression (lz4) - Inline And Post-process X. Deep Compression (lz4hc) - Greater Efficiency For Cold Data Xi. Cache Deduplication Xii. Capacity Deduplication Xiii. Volume Groups - For In-cluster Vms Xiv. Async Replication (rpo = 1 Hr Or Greater) Xv. Application Consistent Snapshots Xvi. Client Authentication Xvii. Centralized Management Can Support Multi-cluster Management Xviii. Infrastructure Management, Monitoring, And Health Xix. Enterprise Authentication And Rbac Xx. Rest Apis Xxi. Comprehensive Search Xxii. Management Can Support The Report Xxiii. Management Has A Customizable Dashboard Xxiv. Management Can Plan And Forecast The Capacity Xxv. Resource Inefficiency Detection And Right-sizing Xxvi. Low-code/no-code Operations Automation Xxvii. Must Have 50tib Licenses For Unified Storage N. Hardware Management Features: I. Configure An Hci Node Ii. Update An Hci Node Iii. Integrate Into External Apps Through Integrators Or Rest Apis Iv. Manage Servers, Network, And Storage V. Auto-discover Systems Vi. Monitor And Track Multiple Systems, And Handle Faults Including Call Home Or Equivalent Vii. Manage Server, Network, And Storage Updates With Policies Viii. Configure Multiple Servers With Software Patterns Ix. Install Operating Systems And Hypervisors X. View The Status Summary Of All Hardware Components Xi. Encapsulation, Which Enables Us To Configure The Management Software To Change The Firewall Rules For The Devices So That Incoming Requests Are Accepted Only From The Management Software Xii. Compliant With Nist Sp 800-131a Or Fips 140-2. Hardware Management Should Support Self-signed Ssl Certificates (issued By An Internal Certificate Authority) Or External Ssl Certificates (private Or Commercial Ca). Xiii. Must Include An Audit Log That Provides A Historical Record Of User Actions, Such As Logging On, Creating Users, Or Changing User Passwords. O. Hardware Management Platform Should Have A Mobile App With The Following Features: I. View The Status Summary Of All Hardware Ii. Monitor The Detailed Status Of Each Device Iii. Monitor Inventory Of Each Device Iv. Monitor Audit Events, Hardware And Management Events, Alerts, And Jobs. V. Performs Power Actions On The Device. Vi. Act On Common System-level Tasks To Minimize The Risk Of Disruptions And Downtime. Vii. Forward Emails To Share Inventory, Alerts, And Event Information. Viii. Perform Initial Configuration Of Servers, Retrieve Diagnostic Information (virtual Lcd) And Perform Actions, Initiate Hardware Management From A Mobile Device. Ix. Monitor Hardware Inventory For Unexpected Component Changes, And Simply Log The Event Or Prevent Booting X. Enforces Cnsa 1.0 Level Security Xi. Enables Administrators To Manage And Synchronize Configurations And Firmware Levels Across Multiple Servers Xii. Should Be Available On Both Ios And Android. Xiii. The Hci Should Provide A Single Unified Management Console For The Management Of The Entire Environment Including Virtualized Environment As Well As Software Defined Storage Environment, Underlying Hardware, And Associated Components. Xiv. The Hci Should Provide Enterprise Data Services Such As Deduplication And Compression With Erasure Coding Completely In Software Without Dependency On Any Proprietary Hardware. Xv. System Management Must Be Able To Provide Proactive Alerts For Processors, Voltage Regulators, Memory, Internal Storage, Fans, Power Supplies, Raid Controllers, And Server Ambient And Sub-component Temperatures. Xvi. Must Be 100% Software-defined Without Dependency On Proprietary Hardware Or Networking Components. Xvii. Supports Differing Cpu & Memory Configurations Of Nodes Within The Same Cluster Xviii. The Hyper-converged Platform Must Have Fips 140-2 Certification Xix. The Hyper-converged Platform Must Have Common Criteria Security Certification. 2. One (1) Lot - Kvm Switch With Lcd Console A. 16-ports Kvm Switch And One (1) Lcd Console. Must Be The Same Brand As The Hci Nodes. B. Must Be Able To Handle 2 Concurrent Users. C. Local User Connection For Kvm: Vga + Usb D. Maximum Number Of Target Systems: 16 E. Maximum Video Resolution: 1600x1200 (4:3),1680x1050 (wide) 3. Thirty-two (32) Roll - Green Cat6 Cable 4. One (1) Service - Storage System Installation 5. One (1) Service - Storage Network Configuration Services 6. One (1) Service - System Design Services 7. One (1) Service - Application Installation 8. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 9. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 10. One (1) Service - User's Training And Knowledge Transfer 11. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization Of Data Center Compute System 12. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 13. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 14. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 15. Three (3) Years - Software Warranty 16. Three (3) Years - Support Warranty E.21 Data Center Backup And Recovery System 1. One (1) Lot - Enterprise On-premises Data Backup System - Hardware A. Must Have At Least 4410t 10c 150w 2.7ghz Processor. B. Must Have At Least 32gb 4800mhz Memory With Expansion Of Up To 8tb. C. Must Have 4-ports 10gb Base-t. D. Must Have At Least 22tb Storage Capacity. E. Must Have 2x M.2 480gb Read Intensive Sata Ssd. F. Raid Controller Should Support Raid 0,1,10,5,50,6 Configurations With 4gb Cache. G. Must Include Microsoft Windows Server Standard And Client Access Licenses (cals) For The Education Sector. 2. One (1) Lot - Enterprise On-premises Data Backup System – Software A. The Backup And Recovery Solution Should Work With Virtualized Infrastructure Based On Version 6.x, 7.0, 8.0, Microsoft Hyper V 2022 Or Higher And Later Versions, Nutanix Ahv Version 6.5 And Later, And Red Hat Virtualization Version 4.4 Sp1 (red Hat Virtualization Manager Version 4.5.0 Or Later) In A Single Product B. The Solution Should Provide A Centralized Console To Coordinate Backup, Replication, Recovery Verification And Restore Tasks. It Is Also Used To Set Up And Manage Backup Infrastructure Components. C. The Solution Must Provide Immutability To Prohibit Modification Or Deletion Of Backup Data As A Result Of Malware Activity Or Ransomware Attacks. D. Must Provide Agentless Protection Without The Need To Install Agents Inside Each Vm Running On Vmware, Hyper-v, Nutanix Ahv, And Rhv Platforms E. Must Support Direct Attached Storage, Network Attached Storage, Deduplicating Storage Appliances, And Object Storage As Backup Repositories F. Ability To Utilize Forever Forward Incremental, Forward Incremental & Reverse Incremental Backup Methodology. G. Ability To Perform Agentless Transaction Log Backup And Replay And Database Restore To Original Or New Sql Server H. Ability To Select And Choose Multiple Mssql Databases When Performing A Mass Database Export, Restore, Or Instant Recovery. I. The Solution Must Provide Automated Tests And Verification Of Each Backup Or Replica To Assure Recoverability In Case Of Production Failure. The Verification Must Include Vm Files, Os, And Applications Including Custom Testing Using Scripts J. The Solution Must Provide 105 Options To Perform Recovery. K. The Solution Must Have The Ability To Provide Recovery Delegation For Individual Or Group Vms L. Included Built-in Aes 256-bit Encryption, Compression, And Deduplication In A Single Product Without An Additional Option To Purchase M. The Solution Should Support Direct Backup To Object Storage Such As Amazon S3, Google Cloud Storage, Ibm Cloud Object Storage, Microsoft Azure Blob Storage, And Any S3-compatible Object Storage On-premise And In The Cloud. N. Ability To Combine One Or More Backup Repositories Or Object Storage (aws S3, Azure Blob, Gcp & Any S3 Object Compatible) Repositories And Tier Backup Data From Performance To Capacity And Archive Tier. O. Provide Agent-based Data Protection For Physical Server On Windows Or Linux With Support For Bare Metal Recovery, Export As Virtual Disk & Able To Perform Instant Recovery To Vmware Platform, Microsoft Hyper-v, And Nutanix Ahv P. Able To Provide Secure Access To The Backup Console With Optional Two-factor Authentication (2fa) That Is Based On Time-based One-time Passwords (totp) 3. Twenty-four (24) Months - Cloud-based Disaster Recovery System A. The Solution Must Have The Ability To Provide Recovery Delegation For Individual Or Group Vms B. The Solution Should Support Direct Backup To Object Storage Such As Amazon S3, Google Cloud Storage, Ibm Cloud Object Storage, Microsoft Azure Blob Storage, And Any S3-compatible Object Storage On-premise And In The Cloud. C. Provide Agent-based Data Protection For Physical Server On Windows Or Linux With Support For Bare Metal Recovery, Export As Virtual Disk & Able To Perform Instant Recovery To Vmware Platform, Microsoft Hyper-v, And Nutanix Ahv D. The Billing Of Dr Site Resources Must Only Be In Effect When The Resources Are Used. E. Must Provide For Monitoring And Periodic Conduct Of Dr Drills F. Must Have The Capability To Instantiate Test Instances For Non-disruptive Testing G. Must Be Able To Set Up And Initiate Continuous Data Replication. H. Must Provide Replication For At Least 10 Servers 4. One (1) Service - Electrical And Racking Design Services 5. One (1) Service - Network Design And Consultation 6. One (1) Service - Disaster Recovery Site Provisioning And Testing 7. One (1) Service - Application Installation 8. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 9. One (1) Service - Network Configuration Services 10. One (1) Service - User's Training And Knowledge Transfer 11. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization Of Data Center Backup And Recovery System 12. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Three (3) Years - Support Warranty E.22 Cloud Infrastructure-as-a-service 1. Cloud Infrastructure Subscription A. Payment Terms I. Basc Shall Pay The Vendor A Fixed Monthly Fee For All Cloud-related Services. Ii. The Accumulated Payables Within The Validity Of The Subscription Period Must Not Exceed The Budget Set For This Procurement. Iii. All Activated Additional Resources Must Be Billed Not Less Than 30 Calendar Days From The Date Of Activation, Or 60 Calendar Days Should It Be Activated Beyond The Agreed “cut-off” Period. Iv. All Chargeable Costs Must Be Inclusive Of Vat. V. Basc Shall Reserve The Right To Take Over The Root Account And Pay The Billings Directly. To Avail Of This Prerogative, Basc Must Inform The Vendor In Writing At Least 3 Months Prior To Contract Expiration. B. One (1) Lot – Cloud Management Services I. The Vendor Shall Have Cloud Provider Preference, Provided That The Cloud Provider Adheres To The Standards Stated In Section 2.b. Ii. The Vendor Shall Migrate Agreed-upon Resources From The Current Cloud Computing Service Platform Or Its Current Site To The New Cloud Computing Platform In Coordination/collaboration With Basc’s It Team. Iii. The Vendor Shall Provide Counterpart Technical Support In The Setup, Configuration And Monitoring Of Cloud Infrastructure. 2. Cloud Infrastructure Standards A. Cloud Infrastructure Providers Should Have Global Presence. B. Certified For Information Security Management Systems (iso 27001) C. Certified For Code Of Practice For Information Security Controls Based On Iso/iec 27002 For Cloud Services (iso/iec 27017) D. Certified For Code Of Practice For Protection Of Personally Identifiable Information (pii) In Public Clouds Acting As Pii Processors (iso/iec 27018) 3. Data Center Standards A. Must Have The Capability To Deploy A Highly Available And Multi-zone Disaster Recovery Solution Across Multiple Data Centers Within The Asean Region B. Must Have The Ability To Provide A Managed Relational Database Service That Can Be Integrated With Any Chosen Software Solutions. C. Must Have The Capability To Deploy Standard Virtual Machines And Cloud-native Services. 4. Account Management A. The Account Ownership And Its Related Services Shall Belong To The Vendor. Access Rights Should Be Given To Basc, As Deemed Necessary, To Perform Monitoring Services Related To The Project 5. Warranty A. Cloud Management Services - One (1) Year 6. One (1) Lot - Secure Access Path A. Split Tunneling: Routes Only Specific Traffic Through The Vpn. B. Always-on Vpn: Maintains A Constant Secure Connection. C. Kill Switch: Disconnects If The Vpn Tunnel Fails. D. Dynamic Multipoint Vpn (dmvpn): For Dynamic And Scalable Vpn Networks. 7. One (1) Service - Cloud Infrastructure Design And Consultation Services 8. One (1) Service -vpn Network Design And Consultation 9. One (1) Service - Cloud Resources Provisioning And Testing 10. One (1) Service- Project Management Services 11. One (1) Service - User's Training And Knowledge Transfer 12. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 13. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 14. Three (3) Years - Support Warranty E.23 Ip-pa System And Ip-pabx System 1. Ip-pabx System Components A. One (1) Unit - Ip Phone System I. Base Users / Max Users Up To 300 / 500 Ii. Max Concurrent Calls 60 / 120 Iii. Base / Max Call Center Agents 300 / 500 Iv. Max Fxs Ports 16 V. Max Fxo/bri Ports 16 Vi. Max Gsm/3g/4g Ports 6 Vii. Max E1/t1/j1 Ports 2 Viii. Expandable D30 2 Ix. Nfc Read/write X. Ethernet Interfaces 2 X (10/100/1000 Mbps) Xi. Hard Disk 1 Sata (up To 2tb) Xii. Usb 1 (usb Portable Ssd, Up To 2tb) (usb Flash Drive, Up To 256) Xiii. Power Supply Ac 100-240v 50/60hz Xiv. Form Factor 1u Rackmount Xv. Environment Operation Range: 0°c To 40°c, 32°f To 104°f Storage Range: -20°c To 65°c, -4°f To 149°f Humidity: 10-90% Non-condensing B. One (1) Unit - D30 Expansion Module I. Dsp Module, Used To Expand The Capacity Of Pbx. Ii. Extensions Increase By 100 And Concurrent Calls Increase By 30 Additionally. C. One (1) Unit - Ex 08 Module I. Must Support Up To 4 Modules (8 Rj11 Ports). D. Two (2) Units - O2 Module I. Ports 2 Rj11 Fxo Ports Ii. Supported Model S20, S50, S100, S300 Iii. Ring Frequency Detection 15~50 Hz Iv. Ring Voltage Detection 30+ Vrms (depending On The Fxo Mode) V. Termination Pstn Lines Vi. Echo Cancellation Signaling Modes Foreign Exchange Office: 2-way Connection To Prx Or Key System Trunk. Foreign Exchange Station Defined Network: Provides Access To Major Carrier Services. Private Line Automatic Ringdown (plar)-point-to-point Unswitched Connections. E. One (1) Unit - Voip Gateway I. Rj11 Fxo Ports Ii. Lan 1 10/100mbps Iii. Protocol Sip (rfc3261), Iax2 Iv. Transport Udp, Tcp, Tls, Srtp V. Codec G.711 (alaw/ulaw), G.722, G.723, G.726, G.729a, Gsm, Adpcm Vi. Voice Capability Itu-t G.168 Lec Echo Cancellation, Dynamic Jitter Buffer, Vad, Cng, Plc Vii. Dtmf Mode Rfc2833, Sip Info, In-band Viii. Fax T.30 Ix. Qos Diffserv, Tos, 802.1 P/q Vlan Tagging X. Network Dhcp, Ddns, Openvpn, Pppoe, Static Route, Vlan Xi. Network Protocol Ftp, Tftp, Http, Https, Ssh Xii. Management Protocol Radius Xiii. Signaling Fxs Loop Start, Fxs Kewlstart Xiv. Caller Id: Bell202, Etsi (v23), Ntt (v23-japan), And Dtmf-based Cid Xv. Disconnect Methods: Busy Tone, Polarity Reversal Xvi. Fxo Connectivity: Programmable Ac Impedance, Hangup Detection, Answer Detection, Caller Id Detection Xvii. Power 12v, 1a Xviii. Mounting Desktop, Wall-mount Xix. Compatibility: Interoperable With Asterisk, Lync Server, Freepbx And Certified With Elastix F. Forty-six (46) Units - Ip Phone Handset I. Must Have A Linux Operating System Ii. Must Have 132x64 2.3” Dot-matrix Display Iii. Must Have 6-way Audio Conference Iv. Must Have At Least 600 Call Logs V. Must Have At Least 1000 Local Phonebook Vi. Must Have At Least 1000 Remote Phonebook Vii. Must Have G.722, Opus Wideband Codec Viii. Must Have G.711a/u,g.726,g.723.1, G.729a/b, Ilbc Narrowband Codec Ix. Must Have 2x10/100/1000mbps Network Rate X. Must Have Power Supply Poe Xi. Must Have An Ehs Headset Xii. Must Have Desktop Stand G. Two (2) Units - Enterprise Ip Phone I. Must Have A 3.5-inch Main Color Screen And 2.4-inch Extended Screen For Dss Keys Ii. Hd Audio On Speakerphone And Handset Iii. Support 6-way Audio Conference Iv. Line Keys On The Main Display V. 6 Dss Keys On The Extended Screen, Up To 30 Dss Keys Via 5 Pages Vi. Built-in Bluetooth 4.2, Support Bluetooth Headset; Support Wi-fi Dongle Vii. Support Ehs Wireless Headset Viii. Dual Gigabit Ports, Integrated Poe Ix. Stand With 2 Adjustable Angles Of 45 And 50 Degrees 2. Ip-pa System Components A. One (1) Unit - Digital Ip Network Broadcasting Client Management Software I. Support Each Audio Terminal’s Operation, Audio Streaming Transmission Management, Broadcasting From Each Audio Terminal, And Full Duplex Exchange Of Audio. It Adopts B /s Architecture And Supports Terminal Management, User Management, Program Broadcasting Management, Audio Files Management, Record Storage, And Internal Communication Scheduling Through Web Login. Ii. Support Program Database Sources Management, Timing Broadcast, And Real-time Media Service Vod For All Audio Terminals, Program Broadcasting For Each Terminal, And Data Interface Service For Each Audio Workstation Iii. Support Full-duplex Voice Data Exchange, Paging And Call From Each Intercom Terminal, Various Calling Modes (like One Button To Call, One Button To The Intercom, One Button To Ask For Help, One Button To Alarm, And So On), Automatic Answer, Manual Answer, And Custom Answer Tone. Iv. Support Multiple Calling Strategies, Including Call Waiting, Call Forwarding, No Answer Reminder, And Custom Setting For Time Strategy And Forwarding Strategy. It Supports Setting Up The Call Strategy Of The Intercom Terminal. It Can Customize The Call Time From 0 To 180s Or No Limit. It Can Choose Whether To Answer Automatically Or Not. It Also Supports Customizing The Choice Of Calling Ringtones And Waiting Ringtones. V. Support Terminal Short Circuit Linkage Trigger. Users Can Arbitrarily Set The Trigger Scheme And Trigger Terminal Quantity. The Trigger Scheme Includes Short Circuit Output, Music Playback, And Patrol Alarm. Vi. Support To Program Timing Tasks, Multiple Timing Programs, Support Selecting Any Terminal, And Setting Any Time. Support Timed Task Execution Test, Setting Repetition Period And A Variety Of Audio Source Selections For Timing Tasks (music Playback, Sound Card Acquisition, Terminal Acquisition). Vii. Support Multiple Schemes Of Timed Ringing To Be Enabled At The Same Time. Viii. Support Multiple Tasks To Be Carried Out At The Same Time Ix. Support All Schemes To Be Enabled/ Disabled By One Button. X. Support Bell Scheme Cloning, Task Execution, And Stop Control, Disable And Enable The Function Of A Timing Task. Xi. Support Timing Patrol, Support Execution Time And Repetition Period Of The Custom Patrol Task, 0-30s Customized Interval Of The Indicator Flashing, And External Lock-free Button Short-circuit Switch (with 3.3v Led Indicator Light). Xii. Support Today's Task List View, Which Makes It Easy To Manage All Scheduled Task Information And Execution Status Performed Today. Xiii. Support Terminal Tamper Alarm. Trigger Terminal Alarm When A Terminal Is Demolished Or Trigger Alarm For Other Terminal Linkages. Support Alarm Task To Automatically Cancel The Alarm Function. Xiv. Support External Power Management Of Audio Terminals, Timing Switch O,n And Delay Off. Xv. Support Light Control And The Light Mode Configuration. Xvi. Support All Zones, Part Of The Zones Fire Linkage, N±n Fire Mode, Manual Alarm And Digital Alarm Mixing, Alarm Configuration To Trigger Terminal Collection Tasks Xvii. Support Terminals’ Login Password Central Management, Multiple Priority Management, Easy Automatic Authorization, Task Priority, Terminal Priority, And User Priority Customization. Xviii. Support Sub-control Management Of Multi-users And Arbitrary Degrees To Achieve Remote Program Broadcasting Management. Xix. Support Multi-user, Multi-level, Specified Permissions, Specified Functions, And Specified Terminals To Classify And Manage The Background. Xx. The Terminals Support Three-wire And Four-wire Volume Control Functions; The Four-wire Volume Control Needs An External Power Supply. Xxi. Support To Set The Zones And Control The Power To The 8-channel Terminal Through Web Background Or Sub-control Client Side. Xxii. Support To Set The Time Display In The Terminals Can Set 0 - 6 Level Brightness Value, It Can Realize No Time Display Mode When The Terminal Is Offline. Xxiii. Support Broadcast, Intercom, Real-time Acquisition, Terminal Monitoring ,and Recording. Xxiv. Support Remote On-demand Operation By Remote Controller. Xxv. Support Terminal Audio Acquisition And Broadcast Function. Xxvi. Support Local Audio Collection Function, The Local File Can Be Played To Any Designated Terminal. Xxvii. Support Scheduled Offline Ringing Function, Which Enables The Terminal To Perform Scheduled Ringing Tasks When The Network Is Disconnected Xxviii. Support Offline Downloading Of Ringing Tasks; Xxix. Support To Clear The Offline Tasks On The Terminals. Xxx. Support The Telephone Broadcasting Function, Realize The Function That The Telephone Initiates All Zone Broadcasting Or Part Of The Zones Or Single Zone Broadcasting. Xxxi. Support Remote Firmware Upgrade To The Terminal, No Need To Upgrade Locally, Which Can Reduce The Maintenance Work. Xxxii. Support Background Skin Change Function, You Can Switch Skin Themes Freely According To Your Preference. Xxxiii. Support Terminal Details Exporting Function, Support To Export The Configuration Details Of The Current System Terminal By Table. Xxxiv. Support Batch Modification Of The Time Of Scheduled Tasks And Execution Terminal. Xxxv. Support Sdk Kits, Standard Mfc Dynamic Link Libraries, And Http Protocols To Achieve Integration With Third-party Platforms. Xxxvi. Support The Terminal To Self-define The Area Division, Realizing The Management Of The Terminal’s Real-time Status According To Different Zones. Xxxvii. The Log Records The System Operation Status And Records The System Operation And Terminal Working Status In Real-time. Each Paging, Call, And Broadcast Operation Is Recorded. Xxxviii. The System Is Compatible With Any Network Structure Such As Router, Switch, Bridge Gateway, Modem, Internet, 2g, 3g, And 4g. Xxxix. Windows Service Mode, Support Win7, Server2008, And Higher Systems. Xl. It Uses The Background System Service To Run, Which Is An Enterprise-level Standard Server Working Mode. The System Can Run Automatically When The System Is Turned On. It Has Higher Stability And Reliability Than The Software Running In The Foreground Of The Interface. B. One (1) Unit - Desktop Computer I. Processor: Intel I7 Or Amd Ryzen7 Processor (or Higher) Ii. Memory: 16 Gb Ddr4 Or Higher Iii. Form Factor: Tower Iv. Storage: At Least 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) V. Graphics Processing Unit (gpu): 4gb Vram, Gddr5 (or Higher) Vi. Display: At Least 23.8” Hd Led Display (or Higher) Vii. Peripherals: Power Cords, Keyboard & Optical Mouse Viii. Chassis: Usb Ports, Audio Port, Mic Port, Power Switch, Reset Switch Ix. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) X. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Pro Or Higher Xi. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in C. One (1) Unit - 2kva Ups I. Must Have Capacity 2000va Ii. Must Support Input Rated Voltage 220vac~240vac 110vac~120vac Iii. Must Support Voltage Range 140vac~290vac 81vac~145vac Iv. Must Have A Rated Frequency Range Of 50hz Or 60hz V. Must Have Output Voltage 220/230/240 Vac 110/120 Vac Vi. Must Have Ac Voltage Regulation (batt. Mode) ±10% Vii. Must Have Frequency Range (batt. Mode) 50hz Or60hz±1hz Viii. Must Transfer Time 2-6ms Ix. Must Support Battery Type & Number 12 V/9 Ah X 2 X. Must Charging Voltage 27.4v±1% Xi. Must Have Indicators: Battery Mode Green Lighting, Ac Mode Green Lighting Xii. Must Have Alarm: Battery Mode Sounding Every 10 Seconds Xiii. Must Have A Low Battery Sounding Every Second Xiv. Must Have Overload Sounding Every 0.5 Second Xv. Must Have Fault Continuously Sounding Xvi. Must Have Protection: Full Protection Overload, Discharge, And Overcharge Protection Xvii. Must Operating Temperature 0°c ~ +40°c (+32°f ~ +104°f) Xviii. Must Operating Humidity 0~90% Rh(non-condensing) D. Two (2) Units - Desktop Intercom Paging Microphone I. With Desktop Design, It’s Built-in 7-inch Resistance Touch Screen By 800 × 480 Dot Matrix K600 + Kernel 65k Color, To Fulfill Clear Display And Sensitive Touch. Ii. With Numeric And Function Keys Interface. Iii. Support Paging To Single Or Multiple Zones, All Zones. Support Direct Paging Or Intercom With Terminal, Support Environmental Monitoring To Any Terminal, With Distance Up To 5 Meters. Iv. With Embedded Computer Technology And Dsp Audio Processing Technology, High-speed Industrial-grade Chips. V. Built-in 1 Channel Network Hardware Audio Decoding Module That Supports Tcp / Ip, Udp, Igmp (multicast) Protocol To Achieve 16-bit Stereo Cd Quality Network Audio Signal Transmission. Vi. It Is Compatible With Routers, Switches, Bridges, Gateways, Modem, Internet, 2g, 3g, 4g, Multicast, Unicast, And Other Arbitrary Network Structures. Vii. Support Full-duplex Two-way Intercom Function, Built-in Network Echo Cancellation Module. Viii. Support Two-way Intercom Between The Terminals, With A Network Delay Of Less Than 100ms, And Suppress The Network Echo Howling Completely. Ix. Support Hints Of Asking For Help Signal Ringing And Flashing Lights, One Key To Accept The Call, Intercom, Hands-free Calls And Receive Broadcast, To Achieve Quick Links. X. Support Multiple Paging Modes, Including Paging Waiting, Paging Forwarding, And Answer Reminding. Xi. Support For Answering Automatically, Manual Answering, And Support For Custom Answer Tone. Xii. Support The User-defined Setting Of Time For Call Forwarding, No Answer, And Call Waiting. Xiii. Built-in 2w Full-frequency Hi-fi Speaker, To Fulfill Two-way Conversation And Network Monitoring. Xiv. One Φ3.5 Headphone Jack And One Φ3.5 Mic Input Socket, Matching 95% Headphones And A Portable Microphone In The Market. Xv. With One Line Output For External Amplifier Expansion, And One Line Input For More Audio Source Transmission. Xvi. One-way Alarm Output For Short Circuit Trigger Can Be Cascaded With An External Alarm Device Or Access Control; One-way Short Circuit Input Can Be Used To Trigger Preset Voice Prompts (or Alarm) And Also Can Be Used To Control The Access Control To Linkage With Input Short-circuit Signal. Xvii. The Digital Products Are More Convenient For Extension, With No Limit By The Geographical Position, No Need To Increase Management Equipment In The Control Center, Sharing Network To Save Cabling And Simple Installation. Xviii. It Supports Remote Updating To The Hardware Terminal, With No Need To Upgrade Locally, To Reduce Maintenance Work And Make Simpler Operation. Xix. With 10 Buttons, Supports Customized One-button Paging And One-button Broadcasting. E. Twenty (20) Units - Wall Mount Speakers 30w I. The Equipment Is Designed With Embedded Computer Technology And Dsp Audio Processing Technology. Ii. Built-in 1-channel Network Hardware Audio Decoding Module, Supports Tcp/ip, Udp Protocol, Realizes The Network Transmission Of 16-bit Cd Audio Signal. Iii. Supporting Poe (ieee 802.3af) Power Supply Mode, Only One Network Cable Is Needed To Connect To The Poe Switch, So The Operation Is Simple And Convenient. Iv. Equipped With A Dc 24v Standby Power Interface, It Is Suitable For Power Supply When Power Demand Is Greater Than 10w Or For Non-poe Networks. V. Digital Power Amplifiers With Intelligent Gain Adjustment, Adaptive Power Supply, And Automatic Power Adjustment Are Always In The State Of Performance Optimization And Efficiency Maximization. Vi. Full-band, High-sensitivity Amplifier Unit With Abundant Power And High Fidelity. Vii. Compatible With Any Network Architecture Such As Router, Switch, Bridge Gateway, Modem, Internet, 2g, 3g, And 4g. Viii. Supporting The Broadcasting System To Upgrade The Terminal Firmware Remotely, Without Upgrading To The Terminal Locally, So As To Reduce The Work Intensity Of Maintenance. F. Forty-six (46) Units - Outdoor Column Speaker 20w I. Outdoor Waterproof Column Speaker, Streamlined Design. Ii. The Shell Is Made Of One-piece Thickened Aluminum Alloy, Which Can Effectively Reduce The Resonance Of The Cabinet When The Sound Pressure Is High, And The Surface Adopts Outdoor Powder Spraying To Prolong The Service Life. Iii. The Mesh Cover Is Made Of Aluminum Alloy, One-piece Stamping, And Covered With A High Acoustic Sponge, Further Improving The Waterproof Performance And Increasing The Service Life. Iv. Using Six 2.5-inch Full-range Speaker Units, Bearing High Power, Low Distortion, And Excellent Vocal Performance. V. Built-in High-performance 100v Audio Transformer, Which Can Reduce The Loss In The Circuit Due To Impedance. Vi. Using High-quality Wires, It Can Be Used At Full Load For A Long Time, With Good Anti-scald And Conductivity Capabilities. Vii. L-shaped Bracket Design, Convenient And Flexible Adjustment Scheduling, User-friendly Operation, And Installation Debugging. 3. One (1) Lot - Roughing-in Materials 4. One (1) Lot - Scope Of Works I. Device Installation And Termination Ii. Cable Testing And Tracing Iii. Technical Configuration, Testing, Commissioning, System Configuration, Training, System Design, And System Management. 5. One (1) Service - Network Design, Consultation (signed By Pece) And Permits 6. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 7. One (1) Service - Switch & Access Point Installation 8. One (1) Service - Network Configuration Services 9. One (1) Service - Training And Knowledge Transfer 10. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization (testing And Analysis By Fluke Systems) 11. One (1) Service - Temporary Facility (temfacil), Field Office 12. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 13. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 14. Two (2) Years - Warranty E.24 E-library Infrastructure 1. Twenty (20) Units – Desktop Computers A. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen 5 Processor (or Higher) B. Memory: 8 Gb Ddr4 Or Higher C. Form Factor: Tower D. Storage: At Least 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) E. Graphics Processing Unit (gpu): 4g Gddr5 (or Higher) F. Display: At Least 23.8” Hd Led Display (or Higher) G. Peripherals: Power Cords, Keyboard & Optical Mouse H. Chassis: Usb Ports, Audio Port, Mic Port, Power Switch, Reset Switch I. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) J. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Or Higher K. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in L. Must Have 650va Ups 2. Twenty (20) Units – Desktop Computers Headphones A. Audio Specifications Must Have, Frequency Response: 20 Hz To 20,000 Hz (standard Range For Human Hearing), Impedance: 32 Ohms (standard For Most Headsets; Higher Impedance May Be Better For High-end Audio), Sensitivity: 90-120 Db (decibels) At 1 Mw For Sound Level, Driver Size: 30-50 Mm (larger Drivers Often Provide A Better Bass Response), Sound Output: Stereo Or 7.1 Surround Sound (for Gaming And Multimedia), Total Harmonic Distortion (thd): Less Than 1% (minimizes Audio Distortion), Noise-canceling: Active (anc) Or Passive, B. Microphone Specifications Must Have, Type: Omnidirectional Or Unidirectional, Frequency Response: 100 Hz To 10,000 Hz, Sensitivity: -38 Db ± 3 Db, Noise Cancellation: Active Or Passive Noise-canceling Microphone, Mute Function: Usually Included For Easy On/off Control, C. Connectivity Wired: 3.5 Mm Audio Jack, Usb (type-a Or Type-c) D. Controls Volume Control: On-ear Cup Or Inline Volume Adjustment, Playback Control: Some Models Allow Pause/play/skip For Media. 3. One (1) Lot - Roughing-ins Materials 4. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 5. One (1) Service - User's Training & Knowledge Transfer 6. One (1) Service - User Training 7. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 8. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 9. One (1) Service- Forwarding Cost 10. One (1) - Temporary Facility (temfacil) 11. One (1) Service - Desktop Installation/software Setup And Configuration 12. One (1) Year - Support Warranty E.25 E-classroom, E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 1. Twenty (20) Units - Smart Tv A. Screen Size: 65” B. Resolutions: 3840x2160, Picture Quality: 4, Brightness Detection C. Ultimate Dimming, Contrast Enhancer, Adaptive Sound D. Multi-device Experience, Hdmi At Least Two (2) Port, Bluetooth E. Usb At Least One (1) Port, Wireless Lan Built-in, F. Power-supply: Ac100-240v~ 50/60hz 2. Eight (8) Unit – Smart Led Solar Powered Light I. Independent Distributed Power Supply System Ii. Solar Powered W/ Smart Sensors Iii. High Quality Lithium Battery Iv. Input Voltage Ac 110~220v (+/-10%) V. Pole-mounted Installation Vi. Mounting: Ground Structured Support For Outdoor Smart Led Solar Powered Light 3. Eleven (11) Units - Interactive Smart Board A. Screen Size: 75” Or Higher I. Must Have Built-in System 1. Cpu Frequency 2.2 Ghz + 2.0 Ghz 2. Gpu Arm Mali-g52 Mp8 (8ee) 3. Operating System Android 11.0 4. Cpu Quad-core A73 + Quad-core A53 5. Ram 12 Gb (system: 8 Gb, Camera: 4 Gb) 6. Rom 64 Gb Ii. Must Support The Following Function 1. Operating System Of External Module Windows 7/8/10;android 2. Wifi Dual-band 2.4 G/5 G; Supports 802.11 A/b/g/n/ac Wireless Frequency Range 3. Wi-fi Hotspot Dual-band 2.4 G/5 G; Supports Enabling Hotspot And Wi-fi At The Same Time Iii. Lcd Panel Must Have The Following Features 1. Response Time 8ms 2. Panel Dimensions 75-inch To 98-inch 3. Backlight Dled 4. Aspect Ratio 16:9 5. Lifespan At Least 50,000 H 6. Refresh Rate 60 Hz 7. Static Contrast Va: 4000 (typ.); Ips: 1200 (typ.) Iv. Must Have The Camera Features 1. Pixel At Least 48 Mp 2. Auto Control, Auto Flip; Auto White Balance 3. Max. Resolution 3840 × 2160@30 Fps 4. Storage 8 Gb Emmc 5. Face Detection: Yes V. Must Have Device Ports 1. Light Sensor 1 2. Front Button 1 × Power Button (right Side) 3. Front Ports 1 × Usb 3.0 (left Side) 4. Network Port 1 × Rj-45 5. Wi-fi 1 × Wi-fi; 1 × Hotspot Vi. Must Support The Following Power Features 1. Power Requirements: 100v-240v, 50-60 Hz 2. Power Consumption (normal): ≤430w 3. Power Consumption (standby): ≤0.5w 4. Usb 3 × Usb 3.0; 1 × Micro Usb 5. Rs-232 1 × Rs-232 6. Video Input 1 × Hdmi In 7. Video Output 1 × Hdmi Out 8. Audio Output 1 × 3.5 Mm (line Out) Port 9. Irda 1 10. Microphone 8 Array 11. Type-c Port 1 × Type-c Vii. Must Have The Following Touchscreen Features 1. Touch Technology Type Infrared Touch Technology 2. Response Time < 10 Ms 3. Touch Points Supports 20 Touch Points And Drawing Up To 20 Lines 4. Valid Touch 2 Mm 5. Touch Accuracy ± 1 Mm 6. Writing Mode Finger + Pen (attaches Magnetically) 7. Touch Resolution 32767 × 32767 8. Number Of Multi-user Writing Points 10 Viii. Must Have The Following Speaker Features 1. Frequency 150 Hz–20 Khz 2. Power 15 W × 3 (max.) 3. Built-in Speaker 3 Ix. Must Have Fingerprint Features 1. Fingerprint Capacity 100 2. Fingerprint Resolution 160 × 160 3. Far 0.001% X. Microphone Must Have The Following Features 1. Pick-up Distance Far-field Sound Pickup: 6 M–8 M (19.69 Ft–26.25 Ft) 2. Number Of Microphones 8 3. Agc: Yes 4. Echo Cancellation: Yes 5. Polar Pattern: Omnidirectional 6. Intelligent Noise Filtering: Yes Xi. Must Have The Following Features 1. Power Supply 100–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz 2. Product Material Metal Casing 3. Protective Glass Anti-dazzle Tempered Glass With A Hardness Of 7 On The Mohs Scale 4. Installation - Wall Mount; Mobile Bracket 5. Standby Power Consumption ≤ 0.5 W 6. Energy Star (except 98-inch Model); Cb; Ce 4. Eleven (11) Units - Ups A. Must Have Capacity 1500va/900w B. Must Support Input Rated Voltage 220vac~240vac 110vac~120vac C. Must Support Voltage Range 140vac~290vac 81vac~145vac D. Must Have A Rated Frequency Range Of 50hz Or 60hz E. Must Have Output Voltage 220/230/240 Vac 110/120 Vac F. Must Have Ac Voltage Regulation (batt. Mode) ±10% G. Must Have Frequency Range (batt. Mode) 50hz Or60hz±1hz H. Must Transfer Time 2-6ms I. Must Support Battery Type & Number 12 V/9 Ah X 2 J. Must Charging Voltage 27.4v±1% K. Must Have Alarm: Battery Mode Sounding, Low Battery Sounding, Overload Sounding, And Fault Continuously Sounding L. Must Have Protection: Full Protection Overload, Discharge, And Overcharge Protection M. Must Operating Temperature 0°c ~ +40°c (+32°f ~ +104°f) 5. Biometric And Door Access With Connectivity (restricted Rooms And Offices Only) A. Eighty-six (86) Units - Fingerprint And Card Reader I. Must Have Rs-485 Protocol1 Ii. Must Support Mifare 13.56 Mhz Card Or Fingerprint Iii. Must Store Up To 3,000 Fingerprints Iv. Must Have Watchdog Function For Tamper Detection V. Must Have Audible And Visual Indicators Vi. Must Support Surface-mount Installation Vii. Must Support Unlock Mode Ic Card, Fingerprint, Combination Viii. Must Have Card Reader Format 13.56 Mhz Mifare Ix. Must Have Response Time 0.1s B. Eighty-six (86) Units - Access Controller I. Must Have Tcp/ip Communication. Ii. Must Support Communication Protocols Rs-485 And Wiegand. Iii. Must Support Storing 100,000 User And 500,000 Card-swiping Records. Iv. Must Support Multi-door Interlock, Multi-user Unlock, Aand Nti-passback. V. Must Support Remote Unlock. Vi. Must Support Reader Tamper Alarm, Intrusion Alarm, Unlocking Timeout Vii. Must Have An Alarm, Duress Alarm, Invalid Card Exceeding Threshold Alarm, And Incorrect Password Alarm. Viii. Must Support Built-in Rtc, Manual Time Fixing, And Automatic Time Fixing. Ix. Must Support Online Upgrades. X. Must Support A Watchdog Mechanism To Ensure The Operation Stability. C. Eighty-six (86) Units - Ups I. Must Have Capacity 1500va/900w Ii. Must Support Input Rated Voltage 220vac~240vac 110vac~120vac Iii. Must Support Voltage Range 140vac~290vac 81vac~145vac Iv. Must Have A Rated Frequency Range Of 50hz Or 60hz V. Must Have Output Voltage 220/230/240 Vac 110/120 Vac Vi. Must Have Ac Voltage Regulation (batt. Mode) ±10% Vii. Must Have Frequency Range (batt. Mode) 50hz Or60hz±1hz Viii. Must Transfer Time 2-6ms Ix. Must Support Battery Type & Number 12 V/9 Ah X 2 X. Must Charging Voltage 27.4v±1% Xi. Must Have Alarm: Battery Mode Sounding, Low Battery Sounding, Overload Sounding, And Fault Continuously Sounding Xii. Must Have Protection: Full Protection Overload, Discharge And Overcharge Protection Xiii. Must Operating Temperature 0°c ~ +40°c (+32°f ~ +104°f) D. Ninety-eight (98) Units - Electromagnetic Lock I. The Casing Must Made Of Aluminum Alloy Ii. Must Have The Following Functions: Signal Output Com/no/nc, Door Status Detection 1, Relay Iii. Must Have Tension Up To 280 Kg (617.29 Lb), Tensile Force Iv. Must Have Anti-corrosion Level Basic Protection E. Ninety-eight (98) Units - Bracket For Door I. Must Support Up To 280kg Magnetic Lock Ii. Must The Material: High Strength Aluminum Alloy Iii. Must Support Door Type: Wooden, Metal, Fire Door Iv. Must Support Open Way: 90°/180° F. Eight (8) Units - Card Enrollment Reader I. Must Be Equipped With The 32-bit High-speed Processor Ii. Must Have A Built-in Audible Beeper Iii. Must Support Read Format 13.56mhz 125khz Iv. Must Have Read Range 3cm-5cm (max.) V. Must Have Communication Interface Usb To Pc Vi. Must Have Power Supply 5v Dc/100ma Vii. Must Have Ce And Fcc Certificates G. Five Hundred (500) Pcs - Laminated Integrated Circuit (ic) Card I. Must Have Read/write Function Ii. Must Be Made Of Pvc Material Iii. Must Support Standard: Mifare S50, 13.56 Mhz Iv. Must Have Range: Approximately 10 Cm (3.94 In.) H. Accessories I. Eighty-six (86) Units - Infrared Exit Button 1. Must Have Plastic Or Stainless Steel Case 2. Must Support Working Temperature Is -30°c~+60°c Ii. Eighty-six (86) Units - Emergency Break Glass Button 1. Must Have Nc/no/com Ports 2. Must Support Working Temperature Is -20°c~+55°c I. One (1) Lot - Software Note: Stand-alone 1. Must Have Video Surveillance, Access Control, And Various Attendance Functions. 2. Must Built To Be Versatile, Provide Direct Access To The Web Client, And Feature P2p Linking, Real-time Monitoring, Video Playback, Event Center, Access Control And Attendance, 3. Must Have A Monitoring Screen That Can Be Viewed In Real-time On The Platform. Can Also View Snapshots Taken Of The Monitoring Screen, And Play Video Recordings. 4. Built To Work With Access Control Devices, It Can Be Used To Remotely Open And Close Doors, Access Videos From Cameras, And Remotely Configure Alarm Settings. 5. Works Together With Attendance Devices To Allow You To Manage Shifts, Handle Errors, Configure Settings For Business Trips And Leave Of Absence, And Generate Statistics On Attendance. 6. Access Control: Device Type Face Recognition Access Terminal (asi), Access Controller, (asc), Time & Attendance Terminal (asa), Number Of People 1000, Time Template 128, Time Period Up To 4, Holiday Plan Up To 16, Anti-passback Group Max. 2, First Card Unlock Record Max. 64, Multi Card Unlock Record Max. 64, Inter-door Lock Record Max. 64, Real-time Event Display Max. 100 J. One (1) Unit - Desktop Computer 1. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen5 Processor (or Higher) 2. Memory: 16 Gb Ddr4 Or Higher 3. Form Factor: Tower 4. Storage: At Least 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) 5. Graphics Processing Unit (gpu): 4g Gddr5 (or Higher) 6. Display: At Least 23.8” Hd Led Display (or Higher) 7. Peripherals: Power Cords, Keyboard & Optical Mouse 8. Chassis: Usb Ports, Audio Port, Mic Port, Power Switch, Reset Switch 9. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) 10. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Pro Or Higher 11. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in 12. Must Have 1*1500va Ups 6. Thirty (30) Units - Biometric For Employees With Connectivity For Time-in And Timeout A. Thirty (30) Units - Biometric - Time & Attendance I. Must Support Up To 1.500 Fingerprints, Up To 100.000 Record,s And Up To 2.000 Cards (optional). Ii. Must Support Multi-languages. Iii. Must Have Communication: Tcp/ip, Usb-host, Wi-fi (optional). Iv. Must Have High Verification Speed. V. Must Have Professional Firmware And Platform. B. One (1) Lot - Management Software Note: Included In Hris And Payroll Management System C. One (1) Unit - Desktop Computer I. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen5 Processor (or Higher) Ii. Memory: 16 Gb Ddr4 Or Higher Iii. Form Factor: Tower Iv. Storage: At Least 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) V. Graphics Processing Unit (gpu): 4g Gddr5 (or Higher) Vi. Display: At Least 23.8” Hd Led Display (or Higher) Vii. Peripherals: Power Cords, Keyboard & Optical Mouse Viii. Chassis: Usb Ports, Audio Port, Mic Port, Power Switch, Reset Switch Ix. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) X. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Or Higher Xi. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in Xii. Must Have 1*650va Ups 7. One (1) Site - Electrical Works Temporary Facility (temfacil) 8. One (1) Site - Structured Cabling (including External Cabling) / Roughing - In 9. One (1) Service - Smart Tv Installation 10. One (1) Service - Smartboard Installation, Setup, And Configuration 11. One (1) Site - Installation Components (biometric Installation, Setup, And Configuration) 12. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 13. One (1) Service - User's Training & Knowledge Transfer 14. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 15. One (1) Service Mobilization Cost 16. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 17. One (1) Year - Extended Support Warranty E.26 Software And Network Laboratories 1. Twenty (20) Units - Desktop Computers A. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen5 Processor (or Higher) B. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) C. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Or Higher D. Memory: 16 Gb (or Higher) E. Storage: 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) F. Display: 14” Display G. Graphic Card: Integrated Graphics H. Camera: 1080p Fhd Ir/rgb Hybrid I. Wireless: Wi-fi 6e Ax211 2x2, Bluetooth 5.1 Or Above J. Ethernet Port Or Usb K. Power Cord: At Least 45w L. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in 2. Four (4) Units - Interactive Smart Tv ( 65") A. Screen Size: 65” B. Resolutions: 3840x2160 C. Picture Quality: 4 D. Brightness Detection E. Ultimate Dimming F. Contrast Enhancer G. Adaptive Sound H. Multi-device Experience I. Hdmi At Least Two (2) Port J. Usb At Least One (1) Port K. Wireless Lan Built-in L. Bluetooth M. Power-supply: Ac100-240v~ 50/60hz 3. One (1) Unit - Interactive Smart Board A. Screen Size: 75” Or Higher I. Must Have Built-in System 1. Cpu Frequency 2.2 Ghz + 2.0 Ghz 2. Gpu Arm Mali-g52 Mp8 (8ee) 3. Operating System Android 11.0 4. Cpu Quad-core A73 + Quad-core A53 5. Ram 12 Gb (system: 8 Gb, Camera: 4 Gb) 6. Rom 64 Gb Ii. Must Support The Following Function 1. Operating System Of External Module Windows 7/8/10;android 2. Wifi Dual-band 2.4 G/5 G; Supports 802.11 A/b/g/n/ac Wireless Frequency Range 3. Wi-fi Hotspot Dual-band 2.4 G/5 G; Supports Enabling Hotspot And Wi-fi At The Same Time Iii. Lcd Panels Must Have The Following Features 1. Response Time 8ms 2. Panel Dimensions 75-inch To 98-inch 3. Backlight Dled 4. Aspect Ratio 16:9 5. Lifespan At Least 50,000 H 6. Refresh Rate 60 Hz 7. Static Contrast Va: 4000 (typ.); Ips: 1200 (typ.) Iv. Must Have The Camera Features 1. Pixel At Least 48 Mp 2. Auto Control, Auto Flip; Auto White Balance 3. Max. Resolution 3840 × 2160@30 Fps 4. Storage 8 Gb Emmc 5. Face Detection: Yes V. Must Have Device Ports 1. Light Sensor 1 2. Front Button 1 × Power Button (right Side) 3. Front Ports 1 × Usb 3.0 (left Side) 4. Network Port 1 × Rj-45 5. Wi-fi 1 × Wi-fi; 1 × Hotspot Vi. Must Support The Following Power Features 1. Power Requirements: 100v-240v, 50-60 Hz 2. Power Consumption (normal): ≤430w 3. Power Consumption (standby): ≤0.5w 4. Usb 3 × Usb 3.0; 1 × Micro Usb 5. Rs-232 1 × Rs-232 6. Video Input 1 × Hdmi In 7. Video Output 1 × Hdmi Out 8. Audio Output 1 × 3.5 Mm (line Out) Port 9. Irda 1 10. Microphone 8 Array 11. Type-c Port 1 × Type-c Vii. Must Have The Following Touchscreen Features 1. Touch Technology Type Infrared Touch Technology 2. Response Time < 10 Ms 3. Touch Points Supports 20 Touch Points And Drawing Up To 20 Lines 4. Valid Touch 2 Mm 5. Touch Accuracy ± 1 Mm 6. Writing Mode Finger + Pen (attaches Magnetically) 7. Touch Resolution 32767 × 32767 8. Number Of Multi-user Writing Points 10 Viii. Must Have The Following Speaker Features 1. Frequency 150 Hz–20 Khz 2. Power 15 W × 3 (max.) 3. Built-in Speaker 3 Ix. Must Have Fingerprint Features 1. Fingerprint Capacity 100 2. Fingerprint Resolution 160 × 160 3. Far 0.001% X. Microphone Must Have The Following Features 1. Pick-up Distance Far-field Sound Pickup: 6 M–8 M (19.69 Ft–26.25 Ft) 2. Number Of Microphones 8 3. Agc: Yes 4. Echo Cancellation: Yes 5. Polar Pattern: Omnidirectional 6. Intelligent Noise Filtering: Yes Xi. Must Have The Following Features 1. Power Supply 100–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz 2. Product Material Metal Casing 3. Protective Glass Anti-dazzle Tempered Glass With A Hardness Of 7 On The Mohs Scale 4. Installation - Wall Mount; Mobile Bracket 5. Standby Power Consumption ≤ 0.5 W 6. Energy Star (except 98-inch Model); Cb; Ce B. Ops I5 8+256 Win 10 C. Screen Sharingdongle 4. One (1) Unit - 1500va/900w Line-interactive Ups 5. One (1) Lot - Roughing-ins Materials 6. One (1) Service - Project Management 7. One (1) Service - Temporary Facility (temfacil) For 30 Days 8. One (1) Service - Smart Board Installation, Set Up, And Configuration 9. One (1) Service - Training And Knowledge Transfer 10. One (1) Service - Smart Tv Installation 11. One (1) Service - Desktop Installation/software Setup And Configuration 12. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 13. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost, Demobilization 14. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 15. One (1) Service - Cabling Works 16. One (1) Lot - Structured Cabling (including External Cabling) 17. One (1) Year - Support Warranty E.27 Smart Function Hall 1. Smart Function Hall (audio System) A. Six (6) Units - Active Speakers I. Power: 1300w Peak, 650w Rms Ii. Lf Driver: 12" Ferrite Woofer Iii. Hf Driver: 1" Neodymium Tweeter Iv. Frequency Range: 50hz - 20khz V. Maximum Spl: 127db Vi. Mounting Options: Suspension Points, Pole Socket, Universal Yoke Mount B. One (1) Unit - Digital Mixer With Ipad Controller I. Channels: 32 Input, 40 Mix Channels Ii. Inputs: 8 X Xlr, 8 X Xlr-1/4" Combo, 1 X Dual Rca Stereo Iii. Outputs: 2 X Xlr, 1 X Xlr (mono Sum), 6 X Xlr (mix Out) Iv. Effects: Flex Fx Multi-effects Processor, 4 Effects Slots V. Control: Touch-sensitive Motorized Faders, Daw Control C. One (1) Set - Control Room Monitor Speakers I. Driver: 6.5" Composite Cone Lf, 1.25" Silk Tweeter Hf Ii. Power: 130w Rms Iii. Frequency Response: 42hz - 20khz Iv. Maximum Spl: 104db D. Two (2) Units - Wireless Microphones With Stands I. Frequency Response: 50hz - 20khz Ii. Operating Range: 300 Ft Line-of-sight Iii. Battery Life: Up To 14 Hours E. Four (4) Units - Wired Microphones With Stands I. Frequency Response: 50hz - 15khz Ii. Max Spl: 94db Spl F. One (1) Unit - Rack Mount Server I. Cpu: Intel I7 12th Gen Ii. Ram: 32gb Iii. Storage: 1tb Sata, 500gb Ssd Iv. Graphics Cards: 4 G. One (1) Unit - Ptz Camera Ai Auto Tracking I. Resolution: Uhd 4k, 1080p Signal Format Ii. Zoom: 30x Optical, 16x Digital Iii. Connectivity: Ethernet, Hdmi, 3g-sdi H. One (1) Unit - Ptz Camera Controller With Lcd Screen I. Control: Ndi, Ip, And Serial Control Ii. Protocols: Visca, Pelco-p & D Iii. Compatibility: Sony, Newtek Iv. Display: Lcd Screen For Real-time Status I. One (1) Lot - Cabling And Installation Smart Function Hall 2. Smart Function Hall (indoor Video Wall) A. One (1) Lot - Led Panel I. Must Have 4.2x2.025m P0.9375 Indoor Led Screen Ii. Led Lamp Parameter: Color Configuration: Rgb 3in1, Color: Red, Green, Blue, Luminance: 990-1210 Mcd, 1980-2420 Mcd, 495-605 Mcd, Viewing Angle: 160º/160º, Wavelength: 625-630 Nm, 520-525 Nm, 465-470 Nm Iii. Must Have Led Module Parameter: Pixel Pitch(mm) 0.9375, Iv. Pixel Configuration Cob, Module Size(mm) W 300 H 168.75, Module Resolution(dots) W 320 H 180, Drive Ic Icn1069 V. Must Have Led Cabinet Parameter: Cabinet Size (mm) W 600 H 337.5, Cabinet Resolution (dots) W 640 H 360, Cabinet Pixels (dots) 230400, Cabinet Material Die Casting Aluminum, Cabinet Weight (kg) 4.8 Vi. Must Have Led Screen Parameter: Screen Size(m)w 4.2 W 2.025 H, Screen Resolution(dots)w 4480 W 2160 H, Cabinet Quantity(pc)w 7 W 6 H, Pixel Density(pixel/m2) 1137778, Brightness(cd/m2) 600, Brightness Adjusted 256 Grade By Software Or By Auto-optic Induced, Driving Method 1/46 Scan Display Color 439, 804, 651, 110, Viewing Distance (m) ≥0.9375m, View Angle Horizontal 160°; Vertical 160° Color Contrast Ratio 5000:1, Gray Grade 16bit, Refresh Frequency (hz) 3840, Protective Grade Ip43, Working Temperature(ºc) -30～+70, Stored Temperature (ºc) -40～+80, Operation Humidity(rh) 0-95%, Lifetime 100,000 Hrs Maintenance Front Side Working Voltage Ac110 / Ac220v±10% 47～63hz, Power Consumption Max: 800w/㎡ ; Ave:310w/㎡" B. One (1) Lot - Controller I. Must Have Three Kinds Of Led 4k Sending Cards: (1) − H_20xrj45 Sending Card Loads Up To 13,000,000 Pixels, (2) − H_16xrj45+2xfiber Sending Card Loads Up To 10,400,000 Pixels And Provides Two Opt Ports That Copy The Outputs On Ethernet Ports, (3) − H_4xfiber Sending Card Loads Up To 20,800,000 Pixels And Supports Three Working Modes, Including Independent, Copy And Backup. The Three Cards Mentioned Above Cannot Be Used Together To Load The Same Screen. Ii. Must Have Multi-capacity Configuration On A Single Card Slot: − 4x 2k×1k@60hz, − 2x 4k×1k@60hz, − 1x 4k×2k@60hz Iii. Must Have A Simple Screen Configuration Using A Single Card And Connector Iv. Must Have Online Status Monitoring Of All Input And Output Cards V. Must Have Hot-swappable Input And Output Cards Vi. Must Have An H_2xrj45 Ip Input Card That Supports Up To 512 Ip Camera Inputs And Input Mosaic. Vii. Must Have Auto Decryption Of Hdcp-encrypted Sources Viii. Must Have Decimal Frame Rates Supported Ix. Must Have Hdr10 And Hlg Processing X. Each Screen Can Have Its Own Output Resolution. Xi. Must-have Output Mosaic: Adopts The Frame Synchronization Technology, Which Ensures All The Output Connectors Output The Image Synchronously, And The Image Is Complete And Played Smoothly, Without Any Stuck, Frame Loss, Tearing, Or Piercing. Xii. Must Support Irregular Screen Configuration: Supports Irregular Rectangle Mosaic Without Any Limitations. Xiii. Must Have Input Source Grouping Management Xiv. Must Have Eye-saver Mode: Display The Image In A Warmer But Less Bright Way To Relieve Eye Strain. Xv. Lcd Bezel Compensation Xvi. Must Have Multi-layer Display: A Single Card Supports 16x 2k Layers, 8x Dl, Layers, Or 4x 4k Layers. All Layers Support Cross-connector Output And The Layer Quantity Is Not Reduced For Cross-connector Output. Xvii. Must Have High-definition Scrolling Text, Customize The Scrolling Text Content, Such As Slogans Or Notification Messages, And Set The Text Style, Scrolling Direction, And Speed. Xviii. Must Support Up To 2,000 Presets: Fade Effect And Seamless Switching Supported, Less Than 60ms Preset Switching Duration Xix. Must Have Scheduled Playback Of Preset Playlist, Set Whether To Add The Presets To Playlist, Which Is Ideal For Monitoring, Exhibitions, Presentations, And Other Applications. Xx. Must Have Osd Settings On A Single Screen And Adjustable, Osd Transparency Xxi. Must Have Bkg Settings, Bkg Images Do Not Occupy The Layer Resources. The Max Width And Height Of A Bkg Image Are Up To 15k And 8k Respectively. Xxii. Must Have Channel Logo Management: Set A Text Or Image Logo For Identifying The Input Source. Xxiii. Must Have Input Source Cropping And Renaming After Cropping, Crop Any Input Source Image And Form A New Input Source After Cropping. Xxiv. Must Have Hdr And 10-bit Video Processing, Allowing For A More Exquisite And Clear Image. Xxv. Must Have Color Adjustment: Output Connector Color And Screen Color Adjustable, Including Brightness, Contrast, Saturation, Hue, And Gamma. Xxvi. Must Have Xr Scenario Control Xxvii. Must Have Low Latency: Reduce The Latency From The Input Source To The Receiving Card To As Low As 1 Frame. Xxviii. Must Have Web Control: Real-time Response And 1000m/100m Self-adaptive Network Control, Allowing For Multi-user Collaboration. Xxix. Must Have Monitoring Of Inputs And Outputs On A Web Page Xxx. Must Support Firmware Updates On A Web Page Xxxi. Must Have Ark Visualized Management And Control Platform App Control On Pad Device. Xxxii. Must Have Self-test For Fault Detection Xxxiii. Must Have Auto-monitoring And Alarms: Supports Hardware Monitoring, Such As Fan Rotation Speed, Module Temperature And Voltage, And Running Status, And Sends Fault Alarms If Necessary. Xxxiv. Must Support An Optional Power Supply For Higher System Reliability. Xxxv. Must Have Backup Design − Backup Between Devices − Backup Between Led 4k Sending Cards. C. Accessories I. One (1) Unit - Vacuum Suction Ii. One (1) Unit - Structure/bracket 4.2x2.025m Iii. Nine (9) Units - Hdmi Cable 8k 10 Meters Iv. Six (6) Units - 1500va/900w Line Interactive Ups D. Three (3) Units - Desktop Computer I. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen5 Processor (or Higher) Ii. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) Iii. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Pro Or Higher Iv. Memory: 16 Gb (or Higher) V. Storage: 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) Vi. Display: 14” Display Vii. Graphic Card: Integrated Graphics Viii. Camera: 1080p Fhd Ir/rgb Hybrid Ix. Wireless: Wi-fi 6e Ax211 2x2, Bluetooth 5.1 Or Above X. Ethernet Port Or Usb Xi. Power Cord: At Least 45w Xii. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in 3. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 4. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 5. One (1) Service - User Training And Knowledge Transfer 6. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 7. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 8. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 9. One (1) Year- Support Warranty E.28 Econference Room With Video Conferencing 1. Six (6) Units - Interactive Smart Board A. Screen Size: 75” Or Higher I. Must Have Built-in System 1. Cpu Frequency 2.2 Ghz + 2.0 Ghz 2. Gpu Arm Mali-g52 Mp8 (8ee) 3. Operating System Android 11.0 4. Cpu Quad-core A73 + Quad-core A53 5. Ram 12 Gb (system: 8 Gb, Camera: 4 Gb) 6. Rom 64 Gb Ii. Must Support The Following Function 1. Operating System Of External Module Windows 7/8/10; Android 2. Wifi Dual-band 2.4 G/5 G; Supports 802.11 A/b/g/n/ac Wireless Frequency Range 3. Wi-fi Hotspot Dual-band 2.4 G/5 G; Supports Enabling Hotspot And Wi-fi At The Same Time Iii. Lcd Panels Must Have The Following Features 1. Response Time 8ms 2. Panel Dimensions 75-inch To 98-inch 3. Backlight Dled 4. Aspect Ratio 16:9 5. Lifespan At Least 50,000 H 6. Refresh Rate 60 Hz 7. Static Contrast Va: 4000 (typ.); Ips: 1200 (typ.) Iv. Must Have The Camera Features 1. Pixel At Least 48 Mp 2. Auto Control, Auto Flip; Auto White Balance 3. Max. Resolution 3840 × 2160@30 Fps 4. Storage 8 Gb Emmc 5. Face Detection: Yes V. Must Have Device Ports 1. Light Sensor 1 2. Front Button 1 × Power Button (right Side) 3. Front Ports 1 × Usb 3.0 (left Side) 4. Network Port 1 × Rj-45 5. Wi-fi 1 × Wi-fi; 1 × Hotspot Vi. Must Support The Following Power Features 1. Power Requirements: 100v-240v, 50-60 Hz 2. Power Consumption (normal): ≤430w 3. Power Consumption (standby): ≤0.5w 4. Usb 3 × Usb 3.0; 1 × Micro Usb 5. Rs-232 1 × Rs-232 6. Video Input 1 × Hdmi In 7. Video Output 1 × Hdmi Out 8. Audio Output 1 × 3.5 Mm (line Out) Port 9. Irda 1 10. Microphone 8 Array 11. Type-c Port 1 × Type-c Vii. Must Have The Following Touchscreen Features 1. Touch Technology Type Infrared Touch Technology 2. Response Time < 10 Ms 3. Touch Points Supports 20 Touch Points And Drawing Up To 20 Lines 4. Valid Touch 2 Mm 5. Touch Accuracy ± 1 Mm 6. Writing Mode Finger + Pen (attaches Magnetically) 7. Touch Resolution 32767 × 32767 8. Number Of Multi-user Writing Points 10 Viii. Must Have The Following Speaker Features 1. Frequency 150 Hz–20 Khz 2. Power 15 W × 3 (max.) 3. Built-in Speaker 3 Ix. Must Have Fingerprint Features 1. Fingerprint Capacity 100 2. Fingerprint Resolution 160 × 160 3. Far 0.001% X. Microphone Must Have The Following Features 1. Pick-up Distance Far-field Sound Pickup: 6 M–8 M (19.69 Ft–26.25 Ft) 2. Number Of Microphones 8 3. Agc: Yes 4. Echo Cancellation: Yes 5. Polar Pattern: Omnidirectional 6. Intelligent Noise Filtering: Yes Xi. Must Have The Following Features 1. Power Supply 100–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz 2. Product Material Metal Casing 3. Protective Glass Anti-dazzle Tempered Glass With A Hardness Of 7 On The Mohs Scale 4. Installation - Wall Mount; Mobile Bracket 5. Standby Power Consumption ≤ 0.5 W 6. Energy Star (except 98-inch Model); Cb; Ce B. Ops I5 8+256 Win 10 C. Screen Sharingdongle’ D. Must Have 6*1500va/900w Line-interactive Ups 2. Four (4) Lots - Microphones, Speakers And Accessories A. Four (4) Units - Full Digital Conference System Controller I. Microphone Capacity: Wired Microphone≤4096: Wireless Microphone≤300 Ii. Simultaneous Interpretation Channel: 63+1 Channels Iii. Frequency Response: 80~16khz Iv. Main Power: 100-120vac / 200-240vac By Switch V. Audio Input: Linein1: 775mvrms Balanced; 2 Output Phoenix Terminals: 775mvrms Balanced; Linein2: 775mvrms Unbalanced Vi. Audio Output: Lineout1: 1vrms Balanced; 16 Multi-function Output Phoenix Terminals: 1vrms Balanced; Lineout2: 1vrms Unbalanced Vii. Output Load >1kω Viii. Extension Port 1 For Connecting Conference System Extension Equipment Ix. Pc Network Port: 1 For Connect To The Computer X. Delegates Output Interface: 4 For Connecting Conference Speaking Units Xi. Rs-232 Interface: 2 Channels, 1 Channel For Camera Tracking, 1 Channel For Docking External Equipment Xii. Rs-485 Interface: 1 For Camera Tracking Xiii. Wired Microphone Connection Method Special Cable (6 Pins) Xiv. Rack Mountable B. Four (4) Units - Audio Processor, Afc Feedback Suppression Function I. The Panel Is Designed With Afc Touch Keys And Working Indicators. Ii. Equipped With 2 Network Ports For Connecting Wireless Ap And Communicating With The Conference Server; Connect To The Digital Conference Server Through Network Protocol To Realize Audio Data Transmission. Iii. With Automated Functions, Including Gain Sharing Type Auto-mixing And Gate Type Auto-mixing. Iv. Support Afc Feedback Suppression Function, Adopt Dual Notch + Frequency Shift Method, Automatically Grab The Howling Point, And Set The Notch Frequency, The Notch Filter Supports 12 Fixed Points + 12 Dynamic Points To Effectively Eliminate The Howling Function. V. With Automatic Gain Function, It Can Effectively Keep The Microphone Volume Within A Certain Dynamic Range. Vi. With The Microphone Voice Activation Function, Set The Tracking Threshold, And The Camera Tracking Function Can Be Realized When The Microphone Speech Reaches The Threshold. Vii. Working With The Digital Conference Server, With The Auto-mixing Function, It Can Support Up To 16 Wired Microphones And 8 Wireless Microphones At The Same Time. Viii. With 1 Xlr Balanced Output And 1 Rca Unbalanced Output. Ix. With 1 Extension Interface, Used To Connect The Extension Port Of The Digital Conference Server. X. With 1rs-232 Communication Interface (camera Tracking), Connected To The Central Controller Or The Camera Tracking Controller To Realize The Speech Camera Tracking Function. Xi. With 1 Rs-485 Communication Interface, Used To Connect Cameras To Achieve Camera Tracking. Xii. With 1 Rs-232 Communication Interface (speech Transcription), Used To Connect A Speech Transcription Server To Realize The Function Of Speech Transcription. Xiii. Simultaneous Turned-on Microphone: 16 Wired Mics + 8 Wireless Mics Xiv. Main Power Supply: 100-240ac/50-60hz Xv. Audio Output: Line Out 1: 1v Xlr Balanced Output ; Line Out 2: 1v Rca Unbalanced Output Xvi. Output Load: >1kω Xvii. Connection Method: Rj45 Network Port Xviii. Rack Mountable C. Four (4) Units - 5g Wifi Full Digital Conference - Chairman Unit I. Adopt A 48khz Sampling Rate, Clear And Bright Sound. Ii. Using Advanced Processing Chip Architecture And A Unique Processing Algorithm, The Microphone Power-on Connection Time Only Takes 5 Seconds. Iii. Support Intelligent Detection Of Faults, Prompting Users Of Ap Faults, Host Communication Faults, And Low Signal Strength. Iv. Support Charging Through Type-c Port, Support 18w Fast Charging, With Smart Indicator Status. V. Support Setting Ssid Function Through Ui. Vi. Support Multi-language Switching, And Uniformly Set Through Pc Software. Vii. The Chairman Unit Has A Speech Timing Function. When The Timing Speech Function Is Turned On, The Chairman Unit Is Not Restricted. Viii. With A Voice Control Function, The Microphone Can Be Turned On Intelligently. Support Adjusting The Sensitivity Of The Voice Control And Setting The Closing Time Through The Software. Ix. Support Sign-in Function, Set And Initiate Through Pc Software. X. Support Conference Voting Function, Five-key Voting, Three-key Voting Function, Flexible And Convenient. Xi. Adopt 128-bit Aes Encryption Technology, Support Wpa/wpa2 Wireless Security Technology, Prevent Eavesdropping And Unauthorized Access, And Provide Higher Confidentiality Of The Conference System. Xii. Using Wireless Transmission Technology, It Only Takes Very Little Time For The Venue Layout To Carry Out Activities. Xiii. The Chairman Has A Priority Function To Turn Off All Speaking Delegate Microphones. Xiv. Equipped With A 3.5mm Headphone Jack For Connecting An External Microphone. Xv. Built-in Lithium Battery, The Battery Capacity Supports 14 Hours Of Continuous Speech. D. Sixty-eight (68) Units - 5g Wifi Full Digital Conference - Delegate Unit I. Adopt A 48khz Sampling Rate, Clear And Bright Sound. Ii. Using Advanced Processing Chip Architecture And A Unique Processing Algorithm, The Microphone Power-on Connection Time Only Takes 5 Seconds. Iii. Support Intelligent Detection Of Faults, Prompting Users Of Ap Faults, Host Communication Faults, And Low Signal Strength. Iv. Support Charging Through Type-c Port, Support 18w Fast Charging, With Smart Indicator Status. V. Support Setting Ssid Function Through Ui. Vi. Support Multi-language Switching, And Uniformly Set Through Pc Software. Vii. Support Speech Timing And Timing Speech Functions, And The Delegate Unit Has The Function Of Applying For Speech. Viii. With A Voice Control Function, The Microphone Can Be Turned On Intelligently. Ix. Support Adjusting The Sensitivity Of The Voice Control And Setting The Closing Time Through The Software. X. Support Sign-in Function, Set And Initiate Through Pc Software. Xi. Support Conference Voting Function, Five-key Voting, Three-key Voting Function, Flexible And Convenient. Xii. Adopt 128-bit Aes Encryption Technology, Support Wpa/wpa2 Wireless Security Technology, Prevent Eavesdropping And Unauthorized Access, And Provide Higher Confidentiality Of The Conference System. Xiii. Using Wireless Transmission Technology, It Only Takes Very Little Time For The Venue Layout To Carry Out Activities. Xiv. The Delegate Unit Can Apply To Speak With The Approval Of The Chairman. Xv. Equipped With A 3.5mm Headphone Jack For Connecting An External Microphone. Xvi. Built-in Lithium Battery, The Battery Capacity Supports 14 Hours Of Continuous Speech. E. Seven (7) Units - Power Charger, With 10 Usb Charger Interfaces Support 18w Charge I. All Usb Ports Of The Charger Can Be Used Simultaneously For Batch Charging Of Devices. Ii. Use A Usb Cable, Connect One End To The Charger And The Other End To The Conference Unit; Support 18w Fast Charging. Iii. With Auto Circuit Protection, All Usb Ports Support Short-circuit Protection And Self-recovery Functions F. Four (4) Units - Ap Transmitter I. Comply With The Wi-fi 6 Protocol Standard (ieee 802.11ax), Backward Compatibility With 802.11a/b/g/n/ac/wave2, Support Mu-mimo, And Allow The Ap To Receive Data From Multiple Terminals At The Same Time. The Maximum Transmission Rate Of The Whole Machine Can Reach 1.601gbps, Effectively Providing Higher-performance Wireless Access Services In Terms Of Coverage, Access Density, And Traffic Throughput. Ii. Support Ofdma Spatial Multiplexing Technology And 1024 Qam Modulation And Demodulation Algorithm, Which Can Provide Faster Wireless Internet Access And Larger Wireless Coverage. Iii. Through The Virtual Wireless Access Point (virtual Ap) Technology, Up To 32 Essids Can Be Provided. Iv. Layer 2 Isolation Can Be Performed On The Subnets Using The Same Ssid Or Under The Same Vlan To Ensure User Data Security. V. Support Wpa3 Security Protocol. Vi. Support 80/160mhz High Bandwidth Frequency Band. Vii. Support Local Power Supply And Poe Remote Power Supply. Viii. It Is Suitable For Ceiling Mounting, Wall Mounting, And Desktop Installation. G. Eight (8) Units - Speaker I. Adopt 1 Mid-woofer And 2 Cone Tweeters. Ii. 12mm Plywood Housing, Lightweight, Wear-resistant Spray Paint Treatment, And Dust-proof Net Cotton Outside. Iii. The Frequency Divider In Precise Design Optimizes The Vocal Mf Performance H. Four (4) Units - Amplifier I. 1u Cabinet Design, Small In Size And Light In Weight. Ii. Adopt The Latest Class D Digital Amplifier Design, With Low Distortion And High Efficiency. Iii. Adopt Switched Power Supply Technology, With High Efficiency. Iv. Adopt A Smart Peak Clipper To Control The Power Module And Speaker System To Work In A Safe Range. V. Designed With Standard Xlr Input Interface And Link Output Interface. Vi. Support Soft Start To Prevent Absorbing Large Currents From The Power Grid During Startup And Interfering With Other Electrical Equipment. Vii. Smart Control Forced Heat Dissipation Design, Low Fan Noise, And High Heat Dissipation Efficiency. Viii. Support Overvoltage Protection, Undervoltage Protection, Overcurrent Protection, Dc Protection, Output Short Circuit Protection, Temperature Control, Fan, And So On. I. Eight (8) Units - Professional Loudspeaker Wall - Mounted Bracket I. Fixed Panel Size: 34×34mm (length×width) Ii. Cabinet Fixed Panel Size: 110mm Iii. Weight: 0.31kg 3. One (1) Lot - Roughing-ins Materials 4. Six (6) Lots - Cabling Works 5. Six (6) Lots - Structured Cabling (including External Cabling) 6. Three (3) Licenses - Video Conferencing System 7. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 8. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 9. One (1) Service - User's Training & Knowledge Transfer 10. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 11. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 12. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 13. One (1) Year - Warranty Iv. Mandatory Technical Requirements/qualifications A. Statement Of Accumulated Similar Completed Government And Private Contracts Within The Last Five (5) Years With A Total Contract Amount Of At Least Php 500,000,000.00 Or 50% Of The Abc. A. Contract Definition Must Be Supported By The Following Documents: I. Copy Of Contract Or Po; Ii. Certificate Of Completion And Acceptance B. The Software Provider (sp) Should Be In The Business Of Software Development For At Least Five (5) Years With At Least Five (5) Completed And Accepted Combined Network And Software Projects. C. The Sp Shall Have At Least One (1) Software Accredited By The Bureau Of Internal Revenue (bir) Either An Inventory System Or Pos System Or Accounting System. D. The Sp Should Have Delivered At Least (2) Government Projects Within The Past 3 Years. E. The Sp’s Technical Director(s) Such As Senior Project Manager, Senior System Project Manager, Senior Network Project Manager, Senior Infrastructure Project Manager Must Have A Project Management Experience Of At Least Five (5) Years. Attach Curriculum Vitae, Diploma, Any Government Id With Signature, Relevant Certification/s And Relevant Training/s, Seminar. F. The Sp Shall Be A Partner/distributor Of The Oem Of The Devices Which Has Been In The Market For At Least 3 Years. G. The Sp’s Program Director Must Have A Project Management Experience Of At Least Five (5) Years, With Itil Service Management Certification Or Training And Fifteen (15) Years Of Experience In Software Architecture - Development, Service Delivery Management, State-of-the-art Network Infrastructure, And Delivered Project(s) In At Least One Of The 500 Fortune Companies Or At Least One Of The Telecommunication Companies In The Philippines. Attach Curriculum Vitae, Diploma, Any Government Id With Signature, Relevant Certification/s And Relevant Training/s, Seminar. H. The Sp’s Software Architect Must Have A Devops Foundation Certification Of At Least Five (5) Years Of Experience. Attach Curriculum Vitae, Diploma, Any Government Id With Signature, Relevant Certification/s And Relevant Training/s, Seminar. I. The Sp’s Security Lead Must Be A Certified Information Systems Security Professional (isc)2 For At Least Ten (10) Years Of Experience And Certified Ethical Hacker (ceh) For At Least Ten (10) Years Of Experience. Attach Curriculum Vitae, Diploma, Any Government Id With Signature, Relevant Certification/s And Relevant Training/s, Seminar. J. The Delivery Period Of The Project Is Two Hundred Eighty (280) Days. V. Progress Billing The Project Milestones Are Identified And Aimed At Improving The Hard, Soft, And Infrastructure Of The Basc Organization Leading To The Following Output And Outcome: 15% : Upon Submission Of Signed Contract 25% : Submission And Acceptance Of Detailed Work Plan And Systems Design 29. University Information System 30. Learning Management System 31. Cashiering System 32. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 33. Payroll Management System 34. Assets & Fleet Management System 35. Document Management System 36. Trouble Ticketing System 37. Queuing / Appointment System 38. Executive Information System 39. Campus Portal System 40. University Library System 41. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 42. Internet Connectivity 43. Campus Network System 44. Fiber Optics Works 45. Structured Cabling Works 46. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 47. Campus Data Center Upgrade 48. Data Center Network Switches 49. Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block And File Storage System 50. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 51. Cloud Infrastructure 52. Ip-pabx System 53. Software & Networking Laboratories 54. E-classroom, E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 55. E-library Infrastructure 56. Smart Function Hall 26.43% 1st Batch Hardware Completion Of Equipment Deliverables For The Following Components At Basc Facility 17. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 18. Campus Data Center Upgrade 19. Data Center Network Switches 20. Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block And File Storage System 21. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 22. Ip-pabx System 23. Software & Networking Laboratories 24. E-classroom, E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 25. E-library Infrastructure 26. Smart Function Hall 27. Campus Network System 28. Fiber Optics Works 29. Structured Cabling Works 30. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 31. Document Management System 32. Queuing / Appointment System 1st Batch User Acceptance Testing (uat) Completion For The Following System Components At Basc Facility 8. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 9. Payroll Management System 10. Assets & Fleet Management System 11. Document Management System 12. Trouble Ticketing System 13. Queuing / Appointment System 14. Campus Portal System 23.57% 2nd Batch Hardware Completion Of Equipment Deliverables For The Following Components At Basc Facility 4. Internet Connectivity 5. University Library System 6. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 2nd Batch User Acceptance Testing (uat) Completion For The Following System Components At Basc Facility 6. Cloud Infrastructure 7. University Information System 8. Learning Management System 9. Executive Information System 10. University Library System Hardware Installation, Configuration And Integration 8. Campus Network System 9. Structured Cabling Works 10. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 11. Data Center Network Switches 12. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 13. Ip-pabx System 14. E-library Infrastructure Acceptance Of Volume Testing 14. University Information System 15. Learning Management System 16. Cashiering System 17. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 18. Payroll Management System 19. Assets & Fleet Management System 20. Document Management System 21. Trouble Ticketing System 22. Queuing / Appointment System 23. Executive Information System 24. Campus Portal System 25. University Library System 26. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing : Completion Of Training 19. University Information System 20. Learning Management System 21. Cashiering System 22. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 23. Payroll Management System 24. Assets & Fleet Management System 25. Document Management System 26. Trouble Ticketing System 27. Queuing / Appointment System 28. Executive Information System 29. Campus Portal System 30. University Library System 31. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 32. Campus Network System 33. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 34. Campus Data Center Upgrade 35. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 36. Smart Function Hall 10% : Project Acceptance And Turnover 29. University Information System 30. Learning Management System 31. Cashiering System 32. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 33. Payroll Management System 34. Assets & Fleet Management System 35. Document Management System 36. Trouble Ticketing System 37. Queuing / Appointment System 38. Executive Information System 39. Campus Portal System 40. University Library System 41. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 42. Internet Connectivity 43. Campus Network System 44. Fiber Optics Works 45. Structured Cabling Works 46. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 47. Campus Data Center Upgrade 48. Data Center Network Switches 49. Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block And File Storage System 50. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 51. Cloud Infrastructure 52. Ip-pabx System 53. Software & Networking Laboratories 54. E-classroom And E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 55. E-library Infrastructure 56. Smart Function Hall Vi. Warranties And Guarantees A. Software – At Least 1-year License Coverage, Starts Upon The First Day Of Acceptance. B. Network And Hardware Support – At Least 1-year Warranty In Parts And Labor Upon Acceptance, Onsite 24x7x365. C. Db Services – At Least 1-year License Coverage, Starts Upon Delivery And Installation. D. Implementation Services – At Least 1 Year Of License Coverage With 1,000 Users. E. Technical Support – Local 24x7x365 Online/onsite Support For At Least 1 Year. F. Onsite Support – Within 8 Hours From Receipt Of The Notice, Spare Parts Ready If Necessary. G. Supply Of Spare Parts – Availability Of Parts Shall Be Within 72 Hours. H. Provision Of Service Units If The Repair Will Exceed 3 Days. I. Sp Shall Provide A Testing Facility For Functionality Demonstration. Vii. Training The Project Supports The Capacity Building For Top-level Managers, Trainers, Developers, Network/systems/database/security Administrators, Hardware Maintenance And Troubleshooting. Training For A Minimum Of 10 Persons Per Component/system For The Following Categories: A. 3 -top-level Management – Designed For The Basc Executives B. 10 - Trainers – Specifically For The Trainers Of The Basc To Ensure Continuous Training To End-users. C. 10 - Network/systems/database/security Administrators - Training Designed For Administrators To Ensure 24x7x365 Monitoring Of The Services As Well As Prompt Response As Needed. D. 10 - End-user Training Is Designed For The Users Of The System And/or Encoders. Viii. Manpower The Proposed Project Team Shall Be Composed Of Experts And Specialists As Indicated In The Table Below. The Roster Shall Include A Minimum Of 19 Distinct Physical Persons. There Shall Be No Overlapping Of Functions. In This Respect, The Persons’ Names And Functions Shall Be Explicitly Specified. However, The Sp Has The Option To Add More Personnel Depending On His Work Strategy. The Curriculum Vitae Shall Be Signed By The Person. They Will Closely Collaborate And Coordinate With The Project Management Team Of The Basc. Personnel Role / Qualification Min. No. Program Director Point Person For Issues And Concerns About The Contract And Deliverables. With Project Management Experience Of At Least Ten (10) Years, Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 1 Senior Project Manager With Project Management Experience Spanning Seven (7) Years And A Leadership Role, Also Have Experience Managing Teams Of Project Managers And Business Analysts. With Servicenow Certification For Certified System Administrator. 1 Senior System Project Manager With Project Management Experience Spanning Five (5) Years And A Leadership Role, Also Have Experience Managing Teams Of Project Managers And Developers. With A Itil Service Management Certification, Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 1 Senior Network Project Manager With At Least Seven (7) Years Of Experience In Planning, Implementing, And Maintaining It Networks. With A Network Cable Installer Certification And A Jablotron 100+ Alarm System Training Course Certification. With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 1 Senior Infrastructure Project Manager With At Least Seven (7) Years Of Experience In Taking Charge Of The Planning, Implementation, And Maintenance Of Infrastructure And Service Delivery Management. With A Microsoft Certified Professional Certification With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 1 Senior Project Manager For Peripherals With At Least Seven (7) Years Of Experience In Project Management With A Focus On It Networks, Infrastructure, And Peripherals (biometrics, Cctv, And Alarm Systems). With A Fiber Optic Preparation & Splicing And Jablotron 100+ Alarm System Training Course Certification With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 1 Business Analyst Person In Charge Of The Business And System Specifications With Experience In Systems Analysis And Design. With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 4 Enterprise/ Software Architect Person In Charge Of System Architecture And Structural Design With At Least Ten (10) Years Of Experience In Software Architecture And Development. Microsoft Office Sharepoint Server 2007, Application Development Certification Of At Least Three (3) Years Or Openspan Certified Developer Certification Of At Least Ten (10) Years. With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 2 Systems Analyst/ Developers Person In Charge Of The System Specifications With At Least Three (3) Years Of Experience In Systems Analysis And Design. Basic React Programming Certification Or With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 9 Senior Database Administrator Person In Charge Of Installing, Administering, Maintaining, And Performance Tuning Databases With At Least Seven (7) Years Of Experience In Rdbms. With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 2 Senior Security Analyst Person In Charge Of Securing And Administering Smart Campus Security System With At Least Seven (7) Years Of Experience In It Security. With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. Certified Information Systems Security Professional (isc) And Certified Ethical Hacker (ceh). 1 Quality Assurance Manager With Quality Assurance Experience Spanning Three (3) Years And A Leadership Role, Also Have Experience Managing Teams Of Project Managers And Developers. With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 4 Operations Support Lead With Operations Support Experience Spanning Three (3) Years Of The Same Role In A Customer Service, Help Desk, Technical Support, And/or Call Center. With A Bachelor's Degree Or Equivalent. 1 Help Desk And Technical Support With Operations Support Experience Spanning Two (2) Years Of The Same Role In A Help Desk, Technical Support, And/or Call Center. With A Bachelor's Degree Or Equivalent. 5 Senior Trainers With Trainer Or Teaching Experience Spanning Five (5) Years Of The Same Role In Education Institutions. With A Bachelor's Degree Or Equivalent. 2 Total (minimum Physical Count) 36 Section Viii. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents Notes On The Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents The Prescribed Documents In The Checklist Are Mandatory To Be Submitted In The Bid, But Shall Be Subject To The Following: A. Gppb Resolution No. 09-2020 On The Efficient Procurement Measures During A State Of Calamity Or Other Similar Issuances That Shall Allow The Use Of Alternate Documents In Lieu Of The Mandated Requirements; Or B. Any Subsequent Gppb Issuances Adjusting The Documentary Requirements After The Effectivity Of The Adoption Of The Pbds. The Bac Shall Be Checking The Submitted Documents Of Each Bidder Against This Checklist To Ascertain If They Are All Present, Using A Non-discretionary “pass/fail” Criterion Pursuant To Section 30 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents I. Technical Component Envelope Class “a” Documents Legal Documents ⬜ (a) Valid Philgeps Registration Certificate (platinum Membership) (all Pages);or ⬜ (b) Registration Certificate From Securities And Exchange Commission (sec), Department Of Trade And Industry (dti) For Sole Proprietorship, Or Cooperative Development Authority (cda) For Cooperatives Or Its Equivalent Document, And ⬜ (c) Mayor’s Or Business Permit Issued By The City Or Municipality Where The Principal Place Of Business Of The Prospective Bidder Is Located, Or The Equivalent Document For Exclusive Economic Zones Or Areas; And ⬜ (d) Tax Clearance Per E.o. No. 398, S. 2005, As Finally Reviewed And Approved By The Bureau Of Internal Revenue (bir). Technical Documents ⬜ (f) Statement Of The Prospective Bidder Of All Its Ongoing Government And Private Contracts, Including Contracts Awarded But Not Yet Started, If Any, Whether Similar Or Not Similar In Nature And Complexity To The Contract To Be Bid; And ⬜ (g) Statement Of The Bidder’s Single Largest Completed Contract (slcc) Similar To The Contract To Be Bid, Except Under Conditions Provided For In Sections 23.4.1.3 And 23.4.2.4 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184, Within The Relevant Period As Provided In The Bidding Documents; And ⬜ (h) Original Copy Of Bid Security. If In The Form Of A Surety Bond, Submit Also A Certification Issued By The Insurance Commission; Or Original Copy Of Notarized Bid Securing Declaration; And ⬜ (i) Conformity With The Technical Specifications, Which May Include Production/delivery Schedule, Manpower Requirements, And/or After-sales/parts, If Applicable; And ⬜ (j) Original Duly Signed Omnibus Sworn Statement (oss); And If Applicable, Original Notarized Secretary’s Certificate In Case Of A Corporation, Partnership, Or Cooperative; Or Original Special Power Of Attorney Of All Members Of The Joint Venture Giving Full Power And Authority To Its Officer To Sign The Oss And Do Acts To Represent The Bidder. Financial Documents ⬜ (k) The Supplier’s Audited Financial Statements, Showing, Among Others, The Supplier’s Total And Current Assets And Liabilities, Stamped “received” By The Bir Or Its Duly Accredited And Authorized Institutions, For The Preceding Calendar Year Which Should Not Be Earlier Than Two (2) Years From The Date Of Bid Submission; And ⬜ (l) The Prospective Bidder’s Computation Of Net Financial Contracting Capacity (nfcc); Or A Committed Line Of Credit From A Universal Or Commercial Bank In Lieu Of Its Nfcc Computation. Class “b” Documents ⬜ (m) If Applicable, A Duly Signed Joint Venture Agreement (jva) In Case The Joint Venture Is Already In Existence; Or Duly Notarized Statements From All The Potential Joint Venture Partners Stating That They Will Enter Into And Abide By The Provisions Of The Jva In The Instance That The Bid Is Successful. Other Documentary Requirements Under Ra No. 9184 (as Applicable) ⬜ (n) [for Foreign Bidders Claiming By Reason Of Their Country’s Extension Of Reciprocal Rights To Filipinos] Certification From The Relevant Government Office Of Their Country Stating That Filipinos Are Allowed To Participate In Government Procurement Activities For The Same Item Or Product. ⬜ (o) Certification From The Dti If The Bidder Claims Preference As A Domestic Bidder Or Domestic Entity. 25 Financial Component Envelope ⬜ (a) Original Of Duly Signed And Accomplished Financial Bid Form; And ⬜ (b) Original Of Duly Signed And Accomplished Price Schedule(s). Bid Form Date: ____________ Project Identification No. 2025-01g To: Bulacan Agricultural State College Brgy. Pinaod, San Ildefonso, Bulacan 3010 Gentlemen And/or Ladies: Having Examined The Bidding Documents Including Bid Bulletin Numbers______ [insert Numbers], The Receipt Of Which Is Hereby Duly Acknowledged, We, The Undersigned, Offer To Supply, Delivery, And Installation Of Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hubin Conformity With The Said Bidding Documents For The Sum Of __________________________________________________________(php____________)[total Bid Amount In Words And Figures] Or Such Other Sums As May Be Ascertained In Accordance With The Schedule Of Prices Attached Herewith And Made Part Of This Bid. We Undertake, If Our Bid Is Accepted, To Deliver The Goods In Accordance With The Delivery Schedule Specified In The Schedule Of Requirements. If Our Bid Is Accepted, We Undertake To Provide A Performance Security In The Form, Amounts, And Within The Times Specified In The Bidding Documents. We Agree To Abide By This Bid For The Bid Validity Period Specified In The Bidding Documents Provisions And It Shall Remain Binding Upon Us And May Be Accepted At Any Time Before The Expiration Of That Period. Commissions Or Gratuities, If Any, Paid Or To Be Paid By Us To Agents Relating To This Bid, And To Contract Execution If We Are Awarded The Contract, Are Listed Below: Name And Address Of Agent Amount And Currency Purpose Of Commission Or Gratuity (if None, State “none”) Until A Formal Contract Is Prepared And Executed, This Bid, Together With Your Written Acceptance Thereof And Your Notice Of Award, Shall Be Binding Upon Us. We Understand That You Are Not Bound To Accept The Lowest Calculated Bid Or Any Bid You May Receive. We Certify/confirm That We Comply With The Eligibility Requirements As Per The Bidding Documents. We Likewise Certify/confirm That The Undersigned, [for Sole Proprietorships, Insert: As The Owner And Sole Proprietor Or Authorized Representative Of Name Of Bidder, Has The Full Power And Authority To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract, On The Latter’s Behalf For The Name Of Project Of The Name Of The Procuring Entity] [for Partnerships, Corporations, Cooperatives, Or Joint Ventures, Insert: Is Granted Full Power And Authority By The Name Of Bidder, To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract On The Latter’s Behalf For Name Of Project Of The Name Of The Procuring Entity]. We Acknowledge That Failure To Sign Each And Every Page Of This Bid Form, Including The Attached Schedule Of Prices, Shall Be A Ground For The Rejection Of Our Bid. Dated This ________________ Day Of ________________ 2022. [signature] [in The Capacity Of] Duly Authorized To Sign Bid For And On Behalf Of _______________________ Price Schedule Name Of Bidder ____. Invitation To Bid Number 2025-01g Page _____ Of______. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Item Description Country Of Origin Quantity Unit Price Exw Per Item Transportation And Insurance And All Other Costs Incidental To Delivery, Per Item Sales And Other Taxes Payable If Contract Is Awarded, Per Item Cost Of Incidental Services, If Applicable, Per Item Total Price, Per Unit (col 5+6+7+8) Total Price Delivered Final Destination (col 9) X (col 4) 1 Grand Total (in Words) (in Figures) [signature] [in The Capacity Of] Duly Authorized To Sign Bid For And On Behalf Of _________________________ [bidder’s Letterhead] Name Of The Procuring Entity : Bulacan Agricultural State College Project: 2025-01g: Supply, Delivery, And Installation Of Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub Location Of The Project : San Ildefonso, Bulacan List Of All Ongoing Government & Private Contracts Including Contracts Awarded But Not Yet Started Business Name : Business Address :______________________________________________________________________ Name Of Contract/ Project Cost A. Owner’s Name B. Address C. Telephone Nos. Nature Of Work Bidder’s Role A. Date Awarded B. Date Started C. Date Of Completion % Of Accomplishment Value Of Outstanding Works / Undelivered Portion Description % Planned Actual Government Private Note: This Statement Shall Be Supported With: Total Cost 1 Notice Of Award (for Government Projects) 2 Notice To Proceed (for Government Projects) 3 Contract Submitted By : (printed Name & Signature) Designation : Date : [bidder’s Letterhead] Name Of The Procuring Entity : Bulacan Agricultural State College Project: 2025-01g: Supply, Delivery, And Installation Of Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub Statement Of Single Largest Completed Contracts (slcc) In The Last Five (5) Years Business Name : Business Address : Name Of Contract A. Owner Name B. Address C. Telephone Nos. Nature Of Work Bidder’s Role A. Amount At Award B. Amount At Completion C. Duration A. Date Awarded B. Contract Effectivity C. Date Completed Description % Government Private Attached Herewith Are The Following Documents: Contract Agreement, Notice Of Award, Notice To Proceed, Official Receipt/invoice, Certificate Of Final Inspection, Certificate Of Good Performance And Certificate Of Acceptance, As Evidences In Support Of The Foregoing Information. Submitted By : (printed Name & Signature) Designation : ____________________________________________ Contract Agreement Form This Agreement Made The _____ Day Of __________ 20_____ Between [name Of Procuring Entity] Of The Philippines (hereinafter Called “the Entity”) Of The One Part And [name Of Supplier] Of [city And Country Of Supplier] (hereinafter Called “the Supplier”) Of The Other Part: Whereas The Entity Invited Bids For Certain Goods And Ancillary Services, Viz., [brief Description Of Goods And Services] And Has Accepted A Bid By The Supplier For The Supply Of Those Goods And Services In The Sum Of [contract Price In Words And Figures] (hereinafter Called “the Contract Price”). Now This Agreement Witnesseth As Follows: 1. In This Agreement Words And Expressions Shall Have The Same Meanings As Are Respectively Assigned To Them In The Conditions Of Contract Referred To. 2. The Following Documents Shall Be Deemed To Form And Be Read And Construed As Part Of This Agreement, Viz.: (a) The Supplier’s Bid, Including The Technical And Financial Proposals, And All Other Documents/statements Submitted (e.g. Bidder’s Response To Clarifications On The Bid), Including Corrections To The Bid Resulting From The Procuring Entity’s Bid Evaluation; (b) The Schedule Of Requirements; (c) The Technical Specifications; (d) The General Conditions Of Contract; (e) The Special Conditions Of Contract; (f) The Performance Security; And (g) The Entity’s Notice Of Award. 3. In Consideration Of The Payments To Be Made By The Entity To The Supplier As Hereinafter Mentioned, The Supplier Hereby Covenants With The Entity To Provide The Goods And Services And To Remedy Defects Therein In Conformity In All Respects With The Provisions Of The Contract 4. The Entity Hereby Covenants To Pay The Supplier In Consideration Of The Provision Of The Goods And Services And The Remedying Of Defects Therein, The Contract Price Or Such Other Sum As May Become Payable Under The Provisions Of The Contract At The Time And In The Manner Prescribed By The Contract. In Witness Whereof The Parties Hereto Have Caused This Agreement To Be Executed In Accordance With The Laws Of The Republic Of The Philippines On The Day And Year First Above Written. Signed, Sealed, Delivered By The (for The Entity) Signed, Sealed, Delivered By The (for The Supplier) Omnibus Sworn Statement Republic Of The Philippines ) City/municipality Of ______ ) S.s. Affidavit I, [name Of Affiant], Of Legal Age, [civil Status], [nationality], And Residing At [address Of Affiant], After Having Been Duly Sworn In Accordance With Law, Do Hereby Depose And State That: 1. Select One, Delete The Other: If A Sole Proprietorship: I Am The Sole Proprietor Or Authorized Representative Of [name Of Bidder] With Office Address At [address Of Bidder]; If A Partnership, Corporation, Cooperative, Or Joint Venture: I Am The Duly Authorized And Designated Representative Of [name Of Bidder] With Office Address At [address Of Bidder]; 2. Select One, Delete The Other: If A Sole Proprietorship: As The Owner And Sole Proprietor, Or Authorized Representative Of [name Of Bidder], I Have Full Power And Authority To Do, Execute And Perform Any And All Acts Necessary To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract For [name Of The Project] Of The [name Of The Procuring Entity], As Shown In The Attached Duly Notarized Special Power Of Attorney; If A Partnership, Corporation, Cooperative, Or Joint Venture: I Am Granted Full Power And Authority To Do, Execute And Perform Any And All Acts Necessary To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract For [name Of The Project] Of The [name Of The Procuring Entity], As Shown In The Attached [state Title Of Attached Document Showing Proof Of Authorization (e.g., Duly Notarized Secretary’s Certificate, Board/partnership Resolution, Or Special Power Of Attorney, Whichever Is Applicable;)]; 3. [name Of Bidder] Is Not “blacklisted” Or Barred From Bidding By The Government Of The Philippines Or Any Of Its Agencies, Offices, Corporations, Or Local Government Units, Foreign Government/foreign Or International Financing Institution Whose Blacklisting Rules Have Been Recognized By The Government Procurement Policy Board; 4. Each Of The Documents Submitted In Satisfaction Of The Bidding Requirements Is An Authentic Copy Of The Original, Complete, And All Statements And Information Provided Therein Are True And Correct; 5. [name Of Bidder] Is Authorizing The Head Of The Procuring Entity Or Its Duly Authorized Representative(s) To Verify All The Documents Submitted; 6. Select One, Delete The Rest: If A Sole Proprietorship: The Owner Or Sole Proprietor Is Not Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; If A Partnership Or Cooperative: None Of The Officers And Members Of [name Of Bidder] Is Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; If A Corporation Or Joint Venture: None Of The Officers, Directors, And Controlling Stockholders Of [name Of Bidder] Is Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; 7. [name Of Bidder] Complies With Existing Labor Laws And Standards; And 8. [name Of Bidder] Is Aware Of And Has Undertaken The Following Responsibilities As A Bidder: A) Carefully Examine All Of The Bidding Documents; B) Acknowledge All Conditions, Local Or Otherwise, Affecting The Implementation Of The Contract; C) Made An Estimate Of The Facilities Available And Needed For The Contract To Be Bid, If Any; And D) Inquire Or Secure Supplemental/bid Bulletin(s) Issued For The [name Of The Project]. 9. [name Of Bidder] Did Not Give Or Pay Directly Or Indirectly, Any Commission, Amount, Fee, Or Any Form Of Consideration, Pecuniary Or Otherwise, To Any Person Or Official, Personnel Or Representative Of The Government In Relation To Any Procurement Project Or Activity. In Witness Whereof, I Have Hereunto Set My Hand This __ Day Of ___, 20__ At ____________, Philippines. _____________________________________ Bidder’s Representative/authorized Signatory Subscribed And Sworn To Before Me This ___ Day Of [month] [year] At [place Of Execution], Philippines. Affiant/s Is/are Personally Known To Me And Was/were Identified By Me Through Competent Evidence Of Identity As Defined In The 2004 Rules On Notarial Practice (a.m. No. 02-8-13-sc). Affiant/s Exhibited To Me His/her [insert Type Of Government Identification Card Used], With His/her Photograph And Signature Appearing Thereon, With No. ________ And His/her Community Tax Certificate No. _______ Issued On ____ At ______. Witness My Hand And Seal This ___ Day Of [month] [year]. Name Of Notary Public Serial No. Of Commission _______________ Notary Public For _______ Until __________ Roll Of Attorneys No. __________________ Ptr No. ______ [date Issued], [place Issued] Ibp No. ______ [date Issued], [place Issued] Doc. No. _____ Page No. _____ Book No. _____ Series Of _____ * This Form Will Not Apply For Wb Funded Project Bid Securing Declaration Form Republic Of The Philippines) City Of _______________________) S.s. X------------------------------------------------------x Bid Securing Declaration Invitation To Bid: [insert Reference Number] To: [insert Name And Address Of The Procuring Entity] I/we , The Undersigned, Declare That: 1. I/we Understand That, According To Your Conditions, Bids Must Be Supported By A Bid Security, Which May Be In The Form Of A Bid-securing Declaration. 2. I/we Accept That: (a) I/we Will Be Automatically Disqualified From Bidding For Any Contract With Any Procuring Entity For A Period Of Two (2) Years Upon Receipt Of Your Blacklisting Order; And, (b) I/we Will Pay The Applicable Fine Provided Under Section 6 Of The Guidelines On The Use Of Bid Securing Declaration, Within Fifteen (15) Days From Receipt Of The Written Demand By The Procuring Entity For The Commission Of Acts Resulting To The Enforcement Of The Bid Securing Declaration Under Sections 23.1(b), 34.2, 40.1 And 69.1, Except 69.1(f), Of The Irr Of Ra 9184; Without Prejudice To Other Legal Action The Government May Undertake. 3. I/we Understand That This Bid Securing Declaration Shall Cease To Be Valid On The Following Circumstances: (a) Upon Expiration Of The Bid Validity Period, Or Any Extension Thereof Pursuant To Your Request; (b) I Am/we Are Declared Ineligible Or Post-disqualified Upon Receipt Of Your Notice To Such Effect, And (i) I/we Failed To Timely File A Request For Reconsideration Or (ii) I/we Filed A Waiver To Avail Of Said Right; (c) I Am/we Are Declared The Bidder With The Lowest Calculated Responsive Bid, And I/we Have Furnished The Performance Security And Signed The Contract. In Witness Whereof, I/we Have Hereunto Set My/our Hand/s This ____ Day Of [month] [year] At [place Of Execution]. [insert Name Of Bidder’s Authorized Representative] [insert Signatory’s Legal Capacity] Affiant Financial Documents For Eligibility Check Year 20 1 Total Assets 2 Current Assets 3 Total Liabilities 4 Current Liabilities 5 Net Worth (1-3) 6 Net Working Capital (2-4) The Net Financial Contracting Capacity (nfcc) Based On The Above Data Is Computed As Follows: Nfcc = [(current Assets – Current Liabilities) (15)] Minus Value Of All Outstanding Or Uncompleted Portions Of The Projects Under Ongoing Contracts Including Awarded Contracts Yet To Be Started Coinciding With The Contract To Be Bid. The Values Of The Domestic Bidder’s Current Assets And Current Liabilities Shall Be Based On The Latest Audited Financial Statements Submitted To The Bir. Nfcc = Php Submitted By: Name Of Bidder Signature Of Authorized Representative Over Printed Name Date:

Details: Sources Sought Notice Medical Waste Sterilizing Autoclave disclaimer this Rfi Is Issued Solely For Information And Planning Purposes Only And Does Not Constitute A Solicitation. All Information Received In Response To This Rfi That Is Marked As Proprietary Will Be Handled Accordingly. In Accordance With Far 15.201(e), Responses To This Notice Are Not Offers And Cannot Be Accepted By The Government To Form A Binding Contract. Responders Are Solely Responsible For All Expenses Associated With Responding To This Rfi. response Instructions: do Not Provide More Than 8 Pages, Including Cover Letter Page. submit Your Response Via Email To: Barron.long@va.gov submit Your Response Nlt 14:00 (mst) On Friday February 7th mark Your Response As Proprietary Information If The Information Is Considered Business Sensitive. va Has Identified The Appropriate North American Industry Classification System (naics) Code 332420 - Autoclaves, Industrial-type, Heavy Gauge Metal, Manufacturing With A Small Business Size Of 750 Employees. Please Identify And Explain Any Naics Codes Your Company Believes Would Better Represent The Predominated Work Included In The Attached Statement Of Work Draft / Salient Characteristics List; information Requested From Industry: in Response To The Sources Sought, Interested Contractors Shall Submit The Following Information And Any Capabilities/qualifications Statement To Include But Not Limited To An Overview Of Proposed Solution(s) And A Description Of The Product Your Company Possesses Accordance With The Statement Of Work Draft / Salient Characteristics List. vendor Name: sam Uei #: name Of Manufacturer: manufacturer Address: estimated Delivery Time: sac Fss Contract Number vendor Point Of Contract (poc) Name poc Phone Number: poc Email Address: statement Of Work introduction: the Autoclave Shall Be Delivered Within 120 Calendar Days After The Effective Date Of The Contract. Delivery Dates Specified May Be Adjusted By The Co To Coincide With The Date The Tcpf Will Be Ready To Receive Installation. The Co Will Advise The Contractor Of The New Delivery Date At Least 45 Days Prior To The Original Or Adjusted Delivery Date(s). Deliveries, Cranes, Or Haulage Will Be Arranged With The Contracting Officer Representative (cor), As To Not Interfere With Day-to-day Ancillary Va Medical Services Such As Nutrition/food Service, Laundry Delivery, Maintenance Routes, Etc. the Autoclave Shall Be Delivered Within 120 Days After The Effective Award Date. Installation Of The Autoclave Shall Take Place No More Than 30 Days After The Delivery Date. The 2 Days Onsite Shakedown And 1-day Onsite Training Are Included In The Installation Timeframe. Training Shall Consist Of Both Operator And Maintenance Personnel At A Minimum.â trainingsâ shall Not To Be Conducted Concurrently. The Total Contract Duration Is 150 Days. note: Installation Shall Be Continuous, Without Interruption, Monday Through Friday, Excluding Federal Holidays, Until All Installation And Testing Work Has Been Completed. Installation May Take Place On The Weekends If Pre-approval Is Given By The Cor. site Specific Project Requirements the Contractor Shall Furnish The Supervision, Labor, Equipment, Tools, Safety, Rigging, Hoisting, Supplies And Installation Services Necessary To Meet The Terms And Conditions In Accordance With The Statement Of Work (sow). this Sow Includes Removal Of Trade-in Equipment, Delivery, Installation, And Training Of The New Laundry Equipment Installed. The Equipment And Installation Shall Be Conducted In Conformance With The Sow And Technical Specifications Provided Herein. All Items Provided By The Contractor Shall Be New. The Contractor Shall Not Utilize Any Refurbished Equipment, Machinery, Or Parts. the Autoclave Is To Be Located Within Building 154, Near The Waste Removal Area. within The New Design Layout Of The Autoclave Area, The Contractor Shall Relocate Existing Lighting Fixtures, And Provide New Energy-efficient, Light-emitting Diode (led) Lighting For Any New Workstation Or Storage Area. New Lighting Shall Comply With Va Lighting Design Guide, January 2022; And Shall Be 50 Foot-candles (minimum) Measured 30-inches Above Floor For Workstation Task Areas, And 35 Foot-candles (minimum) For Storage Areas. all Valves Within The Layout Of The Autoclave And Equipment Shall Be Ball Valves With The Appropriate Ratings And That Are Part Of The Scope Of Work Within This Rfq. all Old Piping, Drain Piping, Ductwork, Vents, Hangers, And Water Piping Associated With Equipment Shall Be Removed. all Piping, Water, Steam, Condensate, And Air Will Be New And Originate From The Nearest Header Within 35 Of The New Autoclave And Electrical For The New Equipment Will Originate From The Electrical Panel Identified By The Station. All Piping, Water, Conduit, Steam, Condensate, And Air Lines Within This Rfq Shall Be New. waste Material Sorting/recycling the Contractor Shall Divert Discarded Items And Other Wastes To Recycling Trash Disposal Scheduled Regularly. Items Which Need To Be Sent For Recycling Or Resale Unless Not Feasible Include Pallets, Metals (iron, Copper, Brass, Etc.) Cardboard, Mercury Items, Used Oil, Electronic, Rechargeable Batteries, Wood Products And Debris. the Contractor Shall Not Store Waste Materials And Items Held For Recycling. Waste Materials Shall Be Stored Prior To Pick Up In A Manner That Does Not Allow The Items To Become A Fire, Health, Environmental Or Safety Hazard Or Provide Harborage For Pests And Consistent With Federal, State And Va (listed In Order Of Preference) Laws And Regulations Governing Storage Of Waste Materials. Actions Include Using Drip Drains Pans, Storing Liquid Wastes Or Items That Rot In Closed Containers, Removing Freon From Junked Air Conditioning, Observing Occupational Safety And Health Administration (osha) And National Fire Protection Association (nfpa) Limits On Sizes Of Piles Of Lumber Or Wood Products. Dumpsters Larger Than One And One-half (1 ½) Cubic Yards In Size Must Be Located At Least Ten (10) Feet From Exterior Walls Of Buildings. painted Or Treated Lumber, Paint Chips, A Potential Asbestos Containing, Or Asbestos Contaminated Items Should Not Be Recycled But Shall Be Disposed Of Properly. No Waste Material Disposal Is Allowed On Government Property. the Cor Designated Contractor Staging Area (tbd After Award) Will Be Fully Enclosed Completely With Fencing And Fence Covering Provided By The Contractor. The Fencing Height Shall Be A Minimum Of Six (6) Feet High, With Covering, Signage And Sandbags Or Plastic Temporary Fence Weights. external Equipment/motor Protection Filters Are To Be Provided For All Air Intakes To Include But Not Limited To Washer Extractors, Electronic Boxes, Mechanical Equipment, Etc., Wherever Air Intakes Are Located. These Are Used As A Primary Pre-filtration Defense To Help Prevent Damage And Extensive Maintenance That Large Volumes Of Lint/debris Can Cause. They Are To Fit All Air Intakes, Motors Etc. And Be Made Of Three-dimensional Electrostatic Media And Encased In A 1/8"-3/8" Rigid Magnetic Galvanized Steel Frame And Contain 2 Layers Of Polypropylene Media. The Media Will Not Shed Fibers, Absorb Moisture, Or Promote Bacterial Growth; The Filter Should Be Designed For Uv Protected, And Stands Up To Extreme Outdoor Or Indoor Exposure, Corrosive Chemicals, High Velocity Air Flow, As Well As Industrial Cleaning And Maintenance Handling. the Contractor Shall Supply Lock-out/tag-out Devices For Each Piece Of Equipment. All Lock-out/tag-out And Confined Space (cs) Locations Shall Be Marked And Identified On The Machine With Instructions On Lock-out Or Cs Procedures For The Equipment. These Instructions/procedures Shall Be Permanently Mounted On Each Piece Of Equipment. Lock-out/tag-out Procedures Include All Sources Of Stored Energy, Including But Not Limited To: Electrical, Gas, Water, Air Lines, Hydraulic, Etc. Relief Valves Shall Be Installed For Lock-out/tag-out Locations To Relieve Residual Air Lines Etc. the Contractor Shall Supply One (1) Lock-out And Tag-out Kit With The Lock-out/tag-out Devices For Each Piece Of Equipment. The Kits Shall Turned Over To The Cor. All Lock-out / Tag-out And Permit Required Confined Space (prcs) Locations Shall Be Marked And Identified On The Machine With Instructions On Lock-out Or Prcs Procedures For The Equipment. These Instructions/procedures Shall Be Permanently Mounted On Each Piece Of Equipment. Lock-out/tag-out Procedures Include All Sources Of Stored Energy, Including But Not Limited To: Electrical, Gas, Water, Steam, Condensate, Air Lines, Hydraulic Etc. Relief Valves Shall Be Installed For Lock-out/tag-out Locations To Relieve Residual Air Etc. number And Nomenclature Will Separately Identify All Equipment With No Less Than Two (2) Inch Numbers And Letters. Each Piece Of Equipment Will Be Separately Identified And Labeled. Example: Hot Water Heater 1, Hot Water Storage Tank Etc. The Equipment Shall Be Made Compatible To Meet Production Requirements Specified In The Technical Specifications. contractor Bears All Responsibility For All New Utility Connections. All New Utility Piping That Has Been Added Shall Be Leak Tested (air, Water, Steam And Condensate). connections To Va Supplied Utilities Shall Be Within 35 Of New Equipment Supplied And Electrical Panel Identified. Penetrations In Floors, Walls And Ceilings Not Utilized Will Be Filled With Existing Floor, Wall, And Ceiling Like Material. All Braces, Pipes (air, Gas, Water, Steam, Condensate, Electrical), Conduit And Duct Work That Will Not Be Utilized Shall Be Removed Back To The Source That Pertains To The Equipment Directly Associated With This Rfq. the Contractor Shall Not Damage Equipment Frame, Door Panels, Cylinder, Cylinder Panels, Control Box On The Government Installation. If The Contractor Causes Damages To Any Government Property, The Contractor Shall Replace Or Repair The Damage At No Expense To The Government As The Co Directs. If The Contractor Fails Or Refuses To Make Such Repair(s) Or Replacement(s), The Contractor Shall Be Liable For The Cost, Which May Be Deducted From The Contract Price. existing Equipment That Will Be Re-used Shall Be Protected From Damage During Installation Up To And Including Removal And Replacement Where Necessary To Facilitate Installation Of New Equipment. utility Shutdowns And Hot Work Permits contractor Shall Provide Ten (10) Calendar Days Advance Notice For Any Planned Utility Shutdowns And Should Be Indicated On The Project Schedule. contractor Shall Follow Stations Protocol On Notice Of Any Hot Work Permits Needed. the Tcpf Will Be Open During The Project. The Contractor Will Have Access To The Tcpf Seven Days A Week From 7:00 Am Through 3:30pm. On The Weekends There Will Be A Staff Member On Station To Allow Entrance And Will Monitor The Contractor While They Are On Station. note: With Cor Approval The Contractor May Work Evenings And/or Weekends To Accomplish The Work Required. badge Requirements the Contractor S Personnel (including Subcontractors) Anticipated To Be On Site For More Than Two (2) Days Will Need To Obtain A Piv Badge Through The Va Cor. [note: Piv Badges Require At Least 30 Days To Secure So It Would Be Beneficial For The Contractor To Start This Process Immediately.] site Visit the Contractor Has The Responsibility Of Visiting The Site And Examine The The Installation Area. Failure On The Part Of The Contractor To Accomplish A Site Visit And Become Thoroughly Familiar With All Conditions That May Affect Their Quote Will Be At The Contractor S Risk. the Ft. Harrison Tcpf Will Accommodate Site Visits As They Are Requested. The Site Visits May Be On Different Dates Or All On The Same Date, Depending On If/when Requests Are Made By The Contractor. The Contractor Must Request A Scheduled Date To Visit The Ft. Harrison Tcpf And The Cor Will Determine If The Requested Date Is Available. Site Visit Requests Shall Be Made By Contacting. exemption Certificate the Cor Will Provide A Valid Certificate Of Exemption For The State Of Montana Sales And Use Tax To The Contractor. general Installation Requirements existing Utilities Shall Be Utilized To Meet The Performance Requirements Of The Technical Specifications. Connection Points For All Equipment Shall Be Within 35 Of New Equipment. When Existing Service Lines Require Demolition, They Shall Be Removed Back To The Source. the Contractor Shall Ensure Maximum Utilization Of Existing Equipment Space To Prevent Additional Plumbing, Electrical Or Other Utilities. should Additional Utilities Be Required For The Equipment, These Utilities Shall Be The Responsibility Of The Contractor. Utilities Are Electric, Water, Steam, Condensate And Air Lines. all Exposed Utility/ductwork/piping Systems, Control Boxes And Motors That Are Exposed To Floor Traffic Shall Be Appropriately Guarded And Protected. equipment And Materials Shall Be Suitable For Installation In Available Space, Arranged For Safe, Efficient, And Convenient Operation And Maintenance, And If Applicable With Referenced Specifications To Include A Summary Of Routine Preventative Maintenance For Each Piece Of Equipment. the Contractor Shall Furnish All Labor And Materials Necessary For Storage And Installation Of New Equipment. Installation Shall Include, But Is Not Limited To: all Mounting Holes Shall Be Utilized For Anchoring Equipment. Secure Mounts Shall Be Laid Out In Advance For Review And Approval By The Cor. any And All Penetrations Of Walls, Ceilings And Floors For The Installation Or Removal Of Electrical Conduit, Pipes, Ductwork, Liquid Supply Lines, Communication Wiring, Etc. Shall Be Sealed With An Approved Fire-retardant Material (not Foam) And Shall Match Existing Materials On Both Sides Of The Penetration. contractor Is To Supply New Utility Connections (i.e., Wall/ceiling Mounts, Junction Boxes, Raceways, And Conduits). the Contractor Shall Be Responsible For All Control Wiring Including Disconnects Interconnections, And Conduit. Interconnecting Consists Of All Control Wiring, All Ductwork, Interconnecting Pieces Of Equipment And Outside Vents, All Airlines, And All Connections From Va Supplied Utilities. all Installation And/or Modifications Of Utilities And Structures, Shall Match Existing Materials. No Wooden Platforms Allowed. all Pipes, Vents, Drains, Electrical Boxes, Ductwork, And Conduit Shall Be New. all Pipes And Ductwork Shall Be Insulated. All Conduits And Air Pipes Shall Not Be Painted. All Vents And Drains Shall Be Painted, (refer To The Table Below For Colors). All Insulation Shall Be Wrapped With White Pvc Plastic As Indicated Below. Pvc Covering Shall Be A Minimum .030 Thickness. Flow Markings And Identification Of All Pipes, Vents, Ductwork, And Airlines To Equipment Shall Be Appropriately Marked With A Minimum Of Two (2) Inch Letters. Pre-made Adhesives Are Acceptable, Spray-painting Stencils Are Not Acceptable. air Piping: (only Identification/flow Markings) air Intake Ductwork: safety White Pvc (identification And Flow Markings) large Dryer Air Exhaust Ductwork: safety White Pvc Textured Aluminum (identification & Flow Markings) small Dryer Air Exhaust Ductwork: safety White Pvc (identification & Flow Markings) vent Pipe: painted Flat Black (identification And Flow Markings) drain Line: painted Flat Black (identification And Flow Markings) domestic Water: safety White Pvc (identification And Flow Markings) fire Suppression Piping: painted Bright Red (identification And Flow Markings) outside Exposed Ductwork: sealed Watertight And Weather-proofed To Protect From The Environment all Conduits: not Painted installation Of Piping, Sleeves, Inserts, Hangers, And Equipment Shall Be In Accordance With The Installation Design Drawing And Shall Be Sealed By A Licensed Professional Architect And Engineer, Which Were Previously Approved By The Cor. In The Installation Design Drawings, The Contractor Shall Locate Drains, Piping, Sleeves, Inserts, Hangers, And Equipment Out Of The Way Of Windows, Doors, Openings, Light Outlets And Other Services And Utilities. All Piping Shall Be Installed To Comply With Accepted National And Local Plumbing Practices. Mechanical Or Grooved Fittings On Mechanical Piping Are Acceptable. if Necessary To Drill Through Structural Sections, The Contractor Shall Notify The Cor Immediately. The Cor Shall Work With A Structural Engineer To Determine Proper Location. The Cor Shall Instruct Contractor On Structural Location To Continue Work. install Gauges, Thermometers, Valves, And Other Mechanical And Electrical Devices For Ease Of Reading, Operating, And Maintaining. Servicing Shall Not Require Dismantling Of Adjacent Equipment, Electric Or Pipe Work. valve Tags - Furnish And Install Valve Tags On All Compressed Air, Gas, Steam, Condensate And Water Valves On Equipment And Connection Points. Tags Shall Be Engraved With Identification (gas, Air Etc.), Black Filled Identification, Numbers, And Letters Not Less Than ½ Inch High For Number Designation And Not Less Than ¼ Inch For Service Designation On 19 Gauge 1-1/2-inch Round Brass Disc; Tags Shall Be Attached With Brass Hooks Or Brass Chain. trap Tags: Furnish And Install All Steam Trap Tags On Equipment And Connection Points Of The Textile Care Processing Equipment. Tags Shall E Engraved, Black Filled Numbers And Letters Not Less Than ½ Inch High For Number Designation And Not Less Than ¼ Inch For Service Designation On 19 Gauge 1-1/2 Inch Round Brass Disc, Tags Shall Be Attached With Brass Hooks Or Brass Chain. the Contractor Shall Provide Two (2) Valve Lists And Two (2) Steam Trap Lists On Typed Plastic-coated Cards, Sized 8-1/2-inch X 11 Inch Showing Tag Number, Valve Type, Valve Function And Location Area Of Valve For Each Service Or System To The Cor. equipment, Motors, Piping, Ductwork And Any Other Components Or Materials Shall Be Protected Against Physical Damage From Carts With Guardrails Supplied By The Contractor. belts, Chains, Pulleys, Couplings, Motor Shafts, Gears Or Other Moving Parts Shall Be Fully Guarded In Accordance With Osha 1910.219. Guard Parts Shall Be Rigid And Suitably Secured And Be Readily Removable Without Disassembling The Guarded Unit. a Minimum Clearance Of 36 Inches Between Moving Parts And Fixed Objects And 24 Inches Between Non-moving Parts And Fixed Objects Is Required In Accordance With Osha 1910.219. All Conveyor Rollers Shall Have Roll Caps Installed And Guards Will Be Provided Under All Conveyors. plumbing Requirements plumbing grooved Or Mechanical Fittings Are Allowed On Piping. the Contractor Shall Not Use Cast Iron Fittings, And Components Or Malleable/ductile Fittings Anywhere In The High-pressure And Medium Pressure Steam System (15 Psi Or Above). The Contractor Shall Only Use Cast Steel Or Forged Steel Fittings And Components, In Accordance With Applicable Va Master Specifications Found At Https://www.cfm.va.gov/til/spec.asp traps the Contractor Shall Provide Traps On All Sanitary Branch Waste connections From Fixtures Or Equipment Not Provided With Traps. Exposed Brass Shall Be Polished Brass Chromium Plated With Nipple And Set Screw Escutcheons. Concealed Traps May Be Rough Cast Brass. Slip Joints Are Not Permitted On Sewer Side Of Trap. Traps Shall Correspond To Fittings On Cast Iron Soil Pipe Or Steel Pipe Respectively, And Size Shall Be As Required By Connected Service Or Fixture. plumbing Installation in Accordance With The National Standard Plumbing Code, 2021 Edition. pipe Saddles Shall Be Installed On The Outside Of All Insulation And Pvc Coverings. escutcheons Shall Be Installed At All Floors, Wall And Ceiling Locations That Pipe, Conduits, Vents And Ductwork Penetrate. pipe Shall Be Round And Straight. Cutting Shall Be Done With Proper Tools. Pipe, Except For Plastic And Glass, Shall Be Reamed To Full Size After Cutting. all Pipe Runs Shall Be Laid Out To Avoid Interference With Other Work. install Valves With Stem In Horizontal Position Whenever Possible. All Valves Shall Be Easily Accessible. piping Shall Conform To The Following: waste, Storm Water Drain And Vent: Drain To Main Stack As Follows: pipe Size Minimum Pitch 3 Inch And Smaller 1/4 Inch To The Foot 4 Inch And Larger 1/8 Inch To The Foot exhaust Vent extend Exhaust Vents Separately Through Roof. Sanitary Vents Shall Not Connect To Exhaust Vents. insulation Requirements unless Specified In Other Sections Of The Technical Specifications, Cellular Glass Insulation Is Required For Hot Water Piping. A Minimum 1.5 Inches Thick For Hot Water Is Required. All Insulation On Piping And Equipment Shall Be Terminated Square At Items Not To Be Insulated, Access Openings And Nameplates. Cover All Exposed Raw Insulation With Sealer Or Jacket Material That Does Match The Color Of The Insulation. water Piping interior Domestic Water Piping Shall Be Copper Tube, Type L Drawn Per Astm B88. Fittings For Copper Tube Must Be Wrought Copper Or Bronze Castings Conforming To Ansi B16.18 And B16.22. Unions Shall Be Bronze In Accordance With Federal Specification Ww-u-516 With Solder Or Braze Joints Including Adapters For Joining Screwed Pipe To Copper Tubing. air Piping interior To The Building And Outdoor External Air Piping Shall Be Copper Tube. all Piping Shall Be Installed Parallel To Walls And Column Centerlines. Pipe Shall Be Round And Straight. Cutting Shall Be Done With Proper Tools. Except For Plastic And Glass, Pipe Shall Be Reamed To Full Size After Cutting. Copper Piping Work Shall Be Performed In Accordance With Best Practices Requiring Accurately Cut Clean Joints And Soldering In Accordance With The Recommended Practices For The Material And Solder Employed. all Pipe Runs Shall Be Laid Out To Avoid Interference With Other Work. install Ball Valves In Horizontal Position. All Valves Shall Be Easily Accessible. pipe Saddles Shall Be On The Outside Of All Insulation And Pvc Coverings. pipe Escutcheons Will Be Used For All Pipe Penetrations Through Walls, Floors, And Ceilings. electrical Requirements electrical electrical Installation conduits, Fittings, And Electrical Wire all Electrical Installations Shall Conform To Requirements Of The National Electrical Code (nec). install A New Power Disconnect Box For Each Piece Of Equipment. all Electrical Wire Shall Be Copper, Heat Resistant Grade, Thermoplastic Insulated. Control Wiring Shall Be (stranded) Thermoplastic High Heat Nylon (thhn)/thermoplastic Heat And Water-resistant Nylon (thwn) Or Equal. Intermediate Wall Conduit Is Required. Provide Conduit Trapeze Hangers. all Power Wiring Shall Have A Minimum Conduit Size Of 3/4-inch In Diameter. Color Coding Of All Wiring Shall Be In Accordance With Established Nfpa 70. all Low Voltage Communication Wire Used For Data Management Systems, Liquid Supply Systems And Intercoms Shall Be Installed In Minimum 3/4-inch Diameter Protective Conduit. Wire Nuts Shall Not Be Used For Any Connections. electrical Wiring Installation in Accordance With Nfpa 79 Electrical Standard For Industrial Machinery 2021 Edition: wiring Shall Not Be Cut, Abraded, Nor Have Excessive Insulation Stripped, And Shall Be Properly And Tightly Joined At Terminals. wire Nuts Shall Not Be Used, And Solderless Connectors Shall Have Insulation Grip. Wiring Shall Have Adequate Slack To Provide Strain Relief. Wire Nuts Are Only Acceptable For Electrical Installation Of Motors And Terminal Boxes. wiring Shall Be Provided Between Motors, Controllers, Timers, Pushbuttons, Starters, And Limit Switches Installed On Or Within The Equipment And Shall Be Done With Materials As Applicable, Except Liquid Tight Flexible Conduit Shall Be Used Where Required For Belt Adjustment By Moving A Motor Or For Vibration Isolation. all Wiring Shall Terminate In Connection Boxes With Provisions For Connections Beyond The Machine; Each Conductor Shall Be Identified By A Different Color. the Line Voltage Side Of The Work Is A Single Point Demo And Termination To A Prewired Control Cabinet. electrical Identification Installation in Accordance With Nfpa 79 Electrical Standard For Industrial Machinery 2021 Edition: install Nameplates - Center On Device, Cover Plate, Or Enclosure. use Power Source Designations Defined In The Technical Specifications. Indicate Electrical Power Loads Served Using Designations From Electrical Schedules And Designations From The Appropriate Trade Furnishing The Equipment Served. lettering Shall Include Name Of Equipment, The Specific Unit Number, And Any Reference To On/off Or Other Instructions That Are Applicable. all Labeling Shall Be On Laminated Phenolic Nameplates And Shall Be Placed On Equipment. nameplates Shall Be Laminated Phenolic With A Blue Surface (480 Volts)/black Surface (208 Volts) And White Core. Use 1/16-inch Thick Material For Plates Up To 2 Inch X 4 Inch. For Larger Sizes, Use 1/8-inch Thick Material. the Contractor Shall Mark All 4-plex Outlets And Boxes With The Electrical Panel, Circuit, And Branch Identification. electrical Protection the Contractor Shall Provide Any Protective Methodology Or Devices Necessary To Protect The Equipment From: damage Due To Electrical Power Problems, Including Brownouts, Emergency Power Interruptions, Electrical Surges, Sags, And Electrical Storms. any Equipment Located Outside The Building Or On The Roof Shall Have Lightning Protection Installed. data Loss Due To Electrical Power Problems. All Equipment Electronics Shall Be Protected With A Power Monitor Hook-up Point And Power Monitor. existing Equipment That Will Be Re-used Shall Be Protected From Damage During Installation Up To And Including Removal And Replacement Where Necessary To Facilitate Installation Of New Equipment. uninterrupted Power Supply (ups) Shall Be Installed For All Equipment Supplied. (minimum 2-hour Back-up). electrical Receptacles And Outlets receptacles Shall Be Underwriters Laboratories Certified. mounting Screws, Mounting Strap And Terminal Screws Shall Be Brass Or A Copper Alloy Metal. receptacles Shall Have Provisions For Back Wiring From Four (minimum) Separate Wiring Holes And Side Wiring From Four Captivity Held Binding Screws. ground Fault Interrupter (gfi) Four-plex Receptacles Shall Be Single Phase, 20 Ampere, 120 Volts, 2-pole, 3-wire, Us National Electrical Manufacturers Association (nema) 5-2or. the Duplex Type Receptacles Shall Have Break-off Feature For Two Circuit Operation. The Ungrounded Pole Of Each Receptacle Shall Be Provided With A Separate Terminal. the Receptacle Bodies Shall Be White In Color. four-plex Receptacles With Gfi Shall Be An Integral Unit Suitable For Mounting In A Standard Outlet Box. gfi Shall Consist Of A Differential Current Transformer, Solid State Sensing Circuitry And A Circuit Interrupter Switch And Shall Be Rated For Operation On A 160 Hz, 120-volt, 20 Ampere Branch Circuit. The Device Shall Have Nominal Sensitivity To Ground Leakage Current Of Five (5) Milliamperes And Shall Function To Interrupt The Current Supply For Any Value Of Ground Leakage Current Above Five (5) Milliamperes On The Load Side Of The Device. The Device Shall Have A Minimum Nominal Tripping Time Of 1/30th Of A Second. receptacles 20, 30 And 50 Ampere, 250 Volt: Shall Be Complete With Appropriate Cord Grip Plug. weatherproof Receptacles shall Consist Of A Duplex Receptacle, Mounted In Box With Gasket, Weatherproof, Cast Metal Cover Plate And Cap Over Each Receptacle Opening. The Cap Shall Be Permanently Attached To The Cover Plate By A Spring Hinged Flap. The Weatherproof Integrity Shall Not Be Affected When Heavy Duty Specification Or Hospital Grade Attachment Plug Caps Are Inserted. Cover Plates On Outlet Boxes Mounted Flush In The Wall Shall Be Gasket To The Wall In A Watertight Manner. wall Plates wall Plates For Switches And Receptacles Shall Be As Specified By The Cor. Oversize Plates Will Not Be Acceptable. wall Plate Color Shall Be White. standard Nema Design, So That Products Of Different Manufacturers Must Be Interchangeable. for Receptacles Or Switches Mounted Adjacent To Each Other, Wall Plates Shall Be Common For Each Group Of Receptacles Or Switches. the Contractor Shall Provide 4-plex Receptacle At Each Equipment Location For Mechanic S Use. marking Pen Labeling use For All Junction And Outlet Boxes Or Portions Of Junction Boxes With Power Wiring, Communication Systems, Pull And Junction Boxes, And Conduit Installed For Future Use. For All Boxes With Power Wiring, Indicate Appropriate Panel And Circuit Number(s) Where Applicable, Etc. Label Inside Covers In Finished Areas And Outside Covers In Unfinished Areas. Labeling Shall Be Completed Using Permanent, Waterproof, Quick Drying Marking Pen. label Tapes label Each Conductor At Origin And Destination Points And At All Junction Boxes Where Two Or More Feeder Or Control Circuits Are Present. Identify With Branch Circuit Or Feeder Number For Power And Lighting Circuits, And With Control Conductors, Number As Indicated On Schematic And Interconnection Diagrams Or Equipment Manufacturer's Drawings For Control Wiring. Using Cloth, Plastic, Split Sleeve Or Tubing Type Wire And Cable Label Markers. dielectric Fittings provide Dielectric Couplings Or Unions Between Ferrous And Non-ferrous Pipe. In Addition, Provide Threaded Dielectric Unions For Pipe Sizes 2 Inches And Under. For 2-1/2 Inches And Above, Provide Copper And Steel Flanges Electrically Isolated At Gasket And By Sleeves At Bolts. Fittings On Cold Water And Soft Water Lines Shall Be Rated For 100 Psi, 80 Degrees F. Fittings On Other Services Shall Be Rated For The Maximum Pressure And Temperature Conditions Of The Service. Where Copper Piping Is Connected To Steel Piping, Provide Dielectric Connections. prefabricated Roof Curbs galvanized Steel Or Extruded Aluminum 12 Inches Overall Height, Continuous Welded Corner Seams, Treated Wood Nailer, 1-1/2 Inch Thick, 3-pound Density Rigid Mineral Fiberboard Insulation With Metal Liner, And Built-in Curved Cantilever Strip. Provide Raised Cantilever Strip (recessed Mounting Flange) To Start At The Upper Surface Of The Insulation. Curbs Shall Be Constructed For Pitched Roof Or Ridge Mounting As Required To Keep Top Of Curb Level. installation Requirements approval For The Contractor To Proceed With Installation Shall Be Contingent Upon The Acceptance Of The Design Submittals And Written Notification To Proceed With Installation From The Cor. the Contractor Shall Be Responsible For The Determination Of, And Compliance With, Federal, State, And Local Code Requirements, Design Data, And Other Factors Necessary To Design And Install The System. the Contractor Shall Verify The Location Of Extant Utilities. Contractor Shall Connect To Designated Utilities In A Manner Conforming To A Nationally Recognized Code And At A Time Satisfactory To Minimize Or Preclude Disruption To Existing Functions Or Clinical Services. the Contractor Shall Be Responsible For Installation, Which Consists Of Assembling, Positioning, And Mounting Of All Equipment And Connections Of All Cables. The Contractor Is Responsible For Furnishing And Pulling All Interconnecting Wiring And Cabling, Including Wiring, And Cabling To Be Pulled Through Conduit And Raceways. It Is The Responsibility Of The Contractor To Supply And Install Junction Boxes; Wall/ceiling Mounts And Support Structures. the Contractor Shall Provide Certified Field Engineers Or Technicians To Conduct All Necessary Tests During Installation. Contractor Shall Provide Copies Of The Certifications Upon Government Request. the Contractor Shall Inform The Co And Cor Of Any Problems As They Occur In Connection With Installation, Or Issues Which Will Affect Optimum Performance Shall Be Reported Prior To The Start Of Installation. Installation Shall Not Proceed Under Such Circumstances Until Authorized By The Co. availability Of Parts And Service the Quoter Shall Guarantee The Contractor Availability Of Servicing And Replacement Parts For A Period Of Ten (10) Years To The Government For The Laundry Equipment Being Procured Under This Rfq. incorporation Of Documents the Following Documents Are Hereby Incorporated By Reference And Made A Part Of This Rfq. the Equipment And Installation Supplies Shall Conform To The Following Standards: air Moving And Conditioning Association, Inc. (amca) Standards, 2009 Edition. american National Standards Institute (ansi), 2021 Edition. Z8.1-2006 Safety Requirements For Commercial Laundry And Dry Cleaning Operations. femp: Federal Energy Management Program (energy Efficient Product Rating). hvac Duct Construction Standards-metal & Flexible. national Electrical Manufacturers Association (nema), 2021 Edition. national Fire Protection Association (nfpa), 2021 Edition. All Nfpa Standards And Codes. National Electrical Code (nec), 2020 Edition. national Standard Plumbing Code, 2021 Edition. occupational Safety And Health Administration (osha) 29 Cfr 1910. sheet Metal And Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (smacna), 2021 Edition. sheet Metal Contractors National Association Inc. Publication, 2019 Edition. underwriters Laboratories Standards, 2022 Edition. city, County, State, Federal, Va And National Environmental, Fire And Safety Regulations/standards.

Details: This Is A Sources Sought Notice Only. this Is Not A Solicitation For Bids, Proposals, Proposal Abstracts, Or Quotations. The Purpose Of This Sources Sought Notice Is To Obtain Information Regarding The Availability And Capability Of Qualified Sources To Perform The Potential Requirement. This Sources Sought Notice Is Part Of Market Research Effort And Invites Contractors Capable Of Fulfilling The Requirement In Accordance With The Statement Of Work And Salient Characteristics.â  The Responses Received From Interested Contractors Will Assist The Government In Determining The Appropriate Acquisition Method. the Department Of Veterans Affairs (va), Network Contracting Office (nco) 23, Is Conducting Market Research To Identify Potential Sources Which Can Provide The Following:â  statement Of Work mold Remediation Services introduction/background air Quality Testing In A Va Building, Revealed Levels Of Airborne Microbial Particles That Exceed An Acceptable Level For A Healthcare Facility. Due To This Hazard, The Building Has Been Vacated Of All Patients And Staff And Will Remain So Until It Is Safe To Occupy. project Objective remediation Services To Remove Or Clean All Surfaces And Materials Located Inside Building. Building To Be Placed Under Negative Pressure, With Additional Units To Be Used As Air Filtrations. Hvac System To Be Isolated, All Diffusers Removed, Cleaned, Then Set Aside, All Flex Ducting To Be Removed (to Later Be Replaced), And All Duct Openings To Be Sealed. All Carpet In The Building To Be Removed. All Ceiling Tiles In The Building To Be Removed. All Drywall (including Above The Drop Ceiling) That Has Microbial Growth Or Moisture Damage To Be Removed. All Pipe And Ductwork Insulation Showing Evidence Of Growth Or Moisture Damage To Be Removed. All Building Semi And Non-porous Surfaces - Such As But Not Limited To Cabinetry, Countertops, Metal, Glass, Rubber Baseboards, Lighting And Plumbing Fixtures - Needs To Be Thoroughly Disinfected Via Appropriate Cleaning Methods. specifications mold Remediation Technical Specifications part 1 General scope this Specification Covers The Remediation Of Mold Including Removal, Cleanup And Disposal Of Mold Contaminated Materials From A Va Building. The Methods And Procedures In This Specification Are Based On The Observations And Previously Collected Background Air Samples. an Estimate Of The Amount Of Material To Be Removed Or Cleaned Is Not Given. The Determination Of The Actual Amounts, For Bidding Purposes, Is The Responsibility Of The Contractor. By Submitting A Bid, The Contractor Acknowledges That He Has Investigated And Satisfied Himself As To: the Conditions Affecting The Work, Including, But Not Limited To, Physical Conditions Of The Site Which May Affect Site Access, Handling And Storage Of Tools And Materials, Access To Water, Electricity Or Other Utilities, Or Otherwise Affect Performance Of Required Activities. the Character And Quantity Of All Surface And Subsurface Materials Or Obstacles To Be Encountered As Far As This Information Is Reasonably Ascertainable From An Inspection Of The Site, Including Exploratory Work Done By The Building Owner Or A Designated Consultant, As Well As Information Presented In Drawings And Specifications Included With This Contract. Any Failure By The Contractor To Acquaint Himself With Available Information Will Not Relieve Him From The Responsibility For Estimating Properly The Difficulty Or Cost Of Successfully Performing The Work. The Building Owner Is Not Responsible For Any Conclusions Or Interpretations Made By The Contractor On The Basis Of The Information Made Available By The Building Owner. description the Work Specified Herein Shall Be The Remediation Of Mold By Competent Persons trained, Knowledgeable And Qualified In The Techniques Of Remediation, Handling And Disposal Of Mold Contaminated Materials And The Subsequent Cleaning Of Contaminated Areas, Who Comply With All Applicable Federal, State And Local Regulations And Are Capable Of, And Willing To Perform, The Work Of This Contract. the Contractor Shall Supply All Labor, Materials, Services, Insurance, Permits, licenses, Patents, And Equipment Necessary To Carry Out The Work In Accordance With All Applicable Federal, State And Local Regulations And These Specifications. the Contractor Is Responsible For Restoring The Work Area And Auxiliary Areas Utilized During The Remediation To Conditions At Least Equal To Original Conditions. (this Excludes Any Material Removed As Part Of Scope.) Any Damages Caused During The Performance Of Remediation Activities Shall Be Repaired By The Contractor (e.g., Paint Peeled Off By Barrier Tape, Nail Holes, Water Damage, Broken Glass) At No Additional Expense To The Owner. applicable Standards And Guidelines all Work Under This Contract Shall Be Done In Strict Accordance With All Applicable Federal, State, And Local Regulations, Standards, And Codes Governing Mold Remediation And Any Other Trade Work Done In Conjunction With The Remediation. the Most Recent Edition Of Any Relevant Regulation, Standard, Document Or Code Shall Be In Effect. Where Conflict Among The Requirements Or With These Specifications Exists, The Most Stringent Requirements Shall Be Utilized. specific Requirements: title 29, Code Of Federal Regulations, 1926. Occupational Safety And Health Administration (osha), U.s. Department Of Labor. quality Assurance bidders Must Be Licensed As Required By The Iowa Bureau Of Labor. bidders Shall Demonstrate Prior Experience On Mold Remediation Projects Of Similar Nature And Scope Through The Submission Of Letters Of Reference From The Owners Including The Name, Address, And Telephone Numbers Of Contact Person (someone Specifically Familiar With The Contractor's Work) For At Least Three (3) Previous Users Of Service If Requested By The Owners. the Owner Reserves The Right To Reject Bids For Any Reason That Serves The Best Interests Of The Owner Or Building Occupants. The Owner Also Reserves The Right To Waive Any Technicality Or Irregularity In A Bid. Failure To Submit Requested information/documentation Can Result In Automatic Disqualification Of Bid Package. submittals And Notices pre-remediation: submit The Location Of The Landfill To Be Used For Disposal Of The Mold Contaminated Material. submit A List Of All Personnel Who Will Be Involved In The Remediation Activity Including, Supervisors, Workers, And Any Other Personnel Or Agent Who May Be Responsible For Any Aspect Of The Remediation Activities. submit Documentation From A Physician That All Employees Or Agents Have Been Medically Monitored To Determine Whether They Are Physically Capable Of Working While Wearing The Respirator Required Without Suffering Adverse Health Effects. submit Documentation Of Respirator Fit Testing For All Employees And Agents Who Must Enter The Work Area. Document Niosh Approval Of All Respiratory Protective Devices Utilized On-site. submit A List Of Equipment For This Project. with The Owner Or Owner's Representative, Inspect The Premises Wherein All Remediation And Remediation Related Activities Will Occur And Submit A Statement Signed By Both, Agreeing On Building And Fixture Condition Prior To The Commencement Of The Work. submit Manufacturer's Certification That Hepa Vacuums, Negative Pressure Ventilation Units, And Other Local Exhaust Ventilation Equipment Conform To Ansi 29.2-79. when Rental Equipment Is To Be Used In Remediation Areas Or To Transport Mold Contaminated Waste, A Written Notification Concerning Intended Use Of The Rental Equipment Must Be Provided To The Rental Agency With A Copy Submitted To The Owner. during Remediation Activities: submit Weekly Job Progress Reports Detailing Remediation Activities And Progress. submit Copies Of All Transport Manifests, Trip Tickets And Disposal Receipts For All Mold Waste Materials Removed From The Work Area During The Remediation Process. post In The Clean Room Area Of The Worker Decontamination Enclosure: a List Containing The Names, Addresses, And Telephone Numbers Of The Contractor, The Owner, The Assessment Professional, The Testing Laboratory And Any Other Personnel Who May Be Required To Assist During Remediation Activities. a Logbook To Record Names Of All Personnel Who Enter The Work Area. a Copy Of Emergency Procedures. telephone Numbers Of All Emergency Personnel And Principals For This Remediation Project. the Project Will Not Be Considered Completed Until All Submittals Are Received By The Owner. This Will Affect Payment For The Project. site Security the Work Area Is To Be Restricted Only To Authorized, Trained, And Protected Personnel. These May Include The Contractor's Employees, Employees Of subcontractors, Owner Employees And Representatives, State And Local Inspectors And Any Other Designated Individuals. entry Into The Work Area By Unauthorized Individuals Shall Be Reported Immediately To The Owner By The Contractor. access To The Work Area Shall Be Through A Single Worker Decontamination System. All Other Means Of Access (doors, Windows, Hallways, Etc.) Shall Be Blocked Or Locked So As To Prevent Entry To Or Exit From The Work Area. The Only Exceptions For This Rule Are The Waste Pass Out Airlock Which Shall Be Sealed Except During The Removal Of Containerized Mold Waste From The Work Area, And Emergency Exits In Case Of Fire Or Accident. Emergency Exits Shall Not Be Locked From The Inside; However, They Shall Be Sealed With Polyethylene Sheeting And Tape Until Needed. the Contractor Shall Have Control Of Site Security During Remediation Operations Whenever Possible, In Order To Protect Work Efforts And Equipment. contractor Will Have Owner's Assistance In Notifying Building Occupants Of Impending Activity And Enforcement Of Restricted Access By Owner's Employees. emergency Planning emergency Planning Shall Be Developed Prior To Remediation Initiation And Agreed To By Contractor And Owner. emergency Planning Shall Include Considerations Of Fire, Explosion, Toxic Atmospheres, Electrical Hazards, Slips, Trips And Falls, Confined Spaces, And Heat Related Injury. Written Procedures Shall Be Developed And Employee Training In Procedures Shall Be Provided. employees Shall Be Trained In Evacuation Procedures In The Event Of Work Place Emergencies. part 2 Materials And Equipment materials general: deliver All Materials In The Original Packages, Containers, Or Bundles Bearing The Name Of The Manufacturer And The Brand Name. store All Materials Subject To Damage Off The Ground, Away From Wet Or Damp surfaces, And Under Cover Sufficient Enough To Prevent Damage Or Contamination. polyethylene Sheeting For Walls And Stationary Objects Shall Be A Minimum Of 4 Mil Thick. For Floors And All Other Sheeting Of At Least 6 Mil Thickness Shall Be Used In Widths Selected To Minimize The Frequency Of Joints. tape - Duct, Glass Fiber, Or Other Type Capable Of Sealing Adjacent Sheets Of Polyethylene And Capable Of Sealing Polyethylene To Dissimilar Finished Or Unfinished Surfaces Under Both Wet And Dry Conditions Including The Use Of Amended Water. polyethylene Sheeting Utilized For Worker Decontamination Enclosure Shall Be Opaque White Or Black In Color. disposal Bags Shall Be Of 6 Mil Polyethylene. disposal Drums Shall Be Metal Or Fiberboard With Locking Ring Tops. equipment general: a Sufficient Quantity Of Negative Pressure Ventilation Units Equipped With Hepa Filtration Shall Be Utilized To Provide One Workplace Air Change Every 15 Minutes Or A Static Pressure Within The Work Area Of At Least -0.02 Inches Of Water Column. These Ventilation Units Must Be Commercially Produced Units And Not Self-manufactured. Ventilation Units To Be Exhausted Outside.the Contractor Shall Furnish A Copy Of Their Calculations To Obtain This Air Flow Or Static Pressure If Requested By The Owner. air Purifying Respirators Equipped With Hepa Filters Will Be Required. A Sufficient Supply Of Filters Shall Be Available In The Clean Change Area. This Requirement May be Modified By The Assessment Professional If Air Sampling Results Indicate The Need For More Protection. air Purifying Respirators With Dual High Efficiency (hepa) Filters May Be Utilized During Work Area Preparation Activities. Spectacle Kits And Eyeglasses Must Be Provided For Employees Who Wear Glasses And Who Must Wear Full Face Piece Respirators. Respirators Shall Be Provided That Have Been Tested And Approved By The National institute Of Occupational Safety And Health For Use In Mold Contaminated Atmospheres. full Body Disposable Protective Clothing, Including Head, Body And Foot Coverings (unless Using Footwear As Described In Section 2.02 (a)(6) Consisting Of Material Impenetrable By Mold (tyvek Or Equivalent) Shall Be Provided To All Workers In Sizes Adequate To Accommodate Movement Without Tearing. additional Safety Equipment (e.g., Hard Hats, Eye Protection, Safety Shoes Meeting The Applicable Ansi Standard, Disposable Pvc Gloves) As Necessary, Shall Be Provided To All Workers And Authorized Visitors. nonskid Footwear Shall Be Provided To All Remediation Workers. Disposable Clothing Shall Be Adequately Sealed To The Footwear To Prevent Body Contamination. a Sufficient Supply Of Disposable Mops, Rags And Sponges For Work Area Decontamination Shall Be Available. mobile Radios, Telephones, Etc. As Required By The Project Will Be Provided By The Contractor. removal/cleaning Equipment: sufficient Supply Of Scaffolds, Ladders, Lifts And Hand Tools Shall Be Provided As Needed. sprayers With Pumps Capable Of Providing A Water Stream Or Mist For Dust Control. rubber Dustpans And Rubber Squeegees Shall Be Provided For Cleanup. brushes Utilized For Removing Loose Mold Containing Material Shall Have Nylon Or Fiber Bristles, Not Metal. a Sufficient Supply Of Hepa Filtered Vacuum Systems Shall Be Available During Cleanup. part 3 Execution preparation post Caution Signs At Any Location And Approaches To A Location Where Airborne Concentrations Of Mold May Exceed Ambient Background Levels. Additional Signs May Need To Be Posted Following Construction Of Workplace Enclosure Barriers. shut Down And Lock Out Electric Power To All Work Areas As Necessary If Wet Conditions Warrant. Provide Temporary Power And Lighting. Ensure Safe Installation (including Ground Faulting) Of Temporary Power Sources And Equipment By Compliance With All Applicable Electrical Code Requirements And Osha Requirements For Temporary Electrical Systems. shut Down And Lock Out All Heating, Cooling And Air Conditioning System (hvac) Components That Are In, Supply Or Pass Through The Work Area. Seal All Intake And Exhaust Vents In The Work Area With Tape And 6 Mil Polyethylene. Also Seal Any Seams In System Components That Pass Through The Work Area. Remove All Hvac System Filters And Place In Labeled 6 Mil Polyethylene Bags For Staging And Eventual Disposal As Mold Contaminated Waste. due To Hvac Being Offline During Winter Conditions, Contractor To Provide Temporary Heat To Maintain Indoor Temperature Of 60 Degrees Fahrenheit Throughout Building. the Contractor Shall Provide Sanitary Facilities For Remediation Personnel Outside Of The Enclosed Work Area And Maintain Them In A Clean And Sanitary Condition Throughout The Project. seal Off All Windows, Doorways, Elevator Openings, Corridor Entrances, Drains, Ducts, Grills, Grates, Diffusers, Skylights, And Any Other Openings Between The Work Area And Uncontaminated Areas Outside Of The Work Area With 4 Mil Polyethylene Sheeting And Tape. barrier Walls Will Be Constructed Of 4 Mil Polyethylene Sheeting Extending From The Ceiling To Floor. workplace Exits worker Decontamination Enclosure System: worker Decontamination Enclosure Systems Shall Be Provided At All Locations Where Workers Will Enter Or Exit The Work Area. worker Decontamination Enclosure Systems Constructed At The Work Site Shall Utilize 6 Mil Opaque White Or Black Polyethylene Sheeting Or Other Acceptable Materials For Privacy. Detailed Descriptions Of Portable, Prefabricated Units, If Used, Must Be submitted For The Owner's Approval. Plans Must Include Floor Plan With Dimensions, Materials, Size, Thickness, Plumbing, And Electrical Utilities. the Worker Decontamination Enclosure System Shall Consist Of At Least A Clean Room And An Airlock. entry And Exit From The Decontamination Enclosure System Chamber Shall Be Through Curtained Doorways Consisting Of Two Sheets Of Overlapping Polyethylene Sheeting. One Sheet Shall Be Secured At The Top And Left Side, The Other Sheet At The Top And Right Side. Both Sheets Shall Have Weights Attached To The Bottom To Ensure That They Hang Straight And Maintain A Seal Over The Doorway When Not In Use. the Clean Room Shall Be Sized To Adequately Accommodate The Work Crew. Benches Shall Be Provided As Well As Hooks For Hanging Up Street Clothes. Shelves For Storing Respirators Shall Also Be Provided In This Area. Clean Work Clothes: Clean Disposable Clothing, Replacement Filters For Respirators, Towels, And Other Necessary Items Shall Be Provided In Adequate Supply In The Clean Room. A Location For Postings Shall Also Be Provided In This Area. Whenever Possible, A Lockable Door Shall Be Used To Permit Access Into The Clean Room From Outside The Work Area. Lighting, Heat, And Electricity Shall Be Provided As Necessary For Comfort. This Space Shall Not Be Used For Storage Of Tools, Equipment Or Materials, Or As An Office Space. waste Container Pass Out Airlock: the Waste Container Pass Out Airlock Shall Be The Same As The Exit Entry Airlock. emergency Exits: emergency Exits Shall Be Established And Clearly Marked With Duct Tape Arrows Or Other Effective Designations To Permit Easy Identification From Anywhere Within The Work Area. They Shall Be Secured To Prevent Access From Uncontaminated Areas And Still Permit Emergency Exiting. These Exits Shall Be Properly Sealed With Polyethylene Sheeting Which Can Be Cut To Permit Egress If Needed. These Exits May Be The Worker Decontamination Enclosure, The Waste Pass Out Airlock And/or Other Alternative Exits Satisfactory To Fire Officials. isolation Of The Workplace maintenance Of Enclosure Systems: following Completion Of The Construction Of All Polyethylene Barriers And Decontamination System Enclosures, Allow Overnight Settling To Ensure That Barriers Will Remain Intact And Secured To Walls And Fixtures Before Beginning Actual Remediation Activities. all Polyethylene Barriers Inside The Workplace, In The Worker Decontamination Enclosure System, In The Waste Container Pass Out Airlock And At Partitions constructed To Isolate The Work Area From Occupied Areas Shall Be Inspected At Least Twice Daily, Once Prior To The Start Of Each Day's Remediation Activities. Document Inspections And Observations In The Daily Project Log. damage And Defects In The Enclosure System Are To Be Repaired Immediately Upon Discovery. negative Pressure To Be Monitored With A Continuous Reading Device. A Record Of This Shall Be Furnished To The Owner. Use Smoke Tubes To Test The Effectiveness Of The Barrier System When Directed By The Owner. at Any Time During The Remediation Activities After Barriers Have Been Erected, If Visible Material Is Observed Outside Of The Work Area Or If Damage Occurs To Barriers, Work Shall Immediately Stop, Repairs Be Made To Barriers, And Debris/residue Cleaned Up Using Appropriate Hepa Vacuuming And Wet Mopping Procedures. install And Initiate Operation Of Negative Pressure Ventilation Equipment As Needed To Provide One Air Change In The Work Area Every 15 Minutes Or Produce A Static Pressure Of -0.02 Inches Of Water Column. (see Section 2.02 (a)) Openings Made In The Enclosure System To Accommodate These Units Shall Be Made Airtight With Tape And/or Caulking As Needed. If More Than One Unit Is Installed, They Should Be Turned On One At A Time, Checking The Integrity Of Wall Barriers For Secure Attachment And The Need For Additional Reinforcement. Ensure That Adequate Power Supply Is Available To Satisfy The Requirements Of The Ventilating Units. Negative Pressure Ventilation Units Shall Be Exhausted To The Outside Of The Building Whenever Feasible. Additional Negative Pressure Ventilation Units May Be Exhausted Inside The Work Area To Provide Continuous Air Cleaning. They Shall Not Be Exhausted Into Occupied Areas Of The building. Twelve-inch Extension Ducting Shall Be Used To Reach From The Work Area To The Outside When Required. Careful Installation, Air Monitoring And Daily Inspections Shall Be Done To Ensure That The Ducting Does Not Release Fibers Into Uncontaminated Building Areas. once Constructed And Reinforced As Necessary, With Negative Pressure Ventilation Units In Operation As Required, Test Enclosure For Leakage Utilizing Smoke Tubes. Repair Or Reconstruct As Needed. workplace Entry And Exit Procedures personnel Entry And Exit: all Workers And Authorized Personnel Shall Enter The Work Area Through The Worker Decontamination Enclosure System. Workers Shall Not Eat, Chew, Or Smoke Once They Have Entered The Work Area. Eating May Take Place Just Outside The Clean Room. Smoking, At Any Time During The Project, Is Prohibited On The Campus. all Personnel, Before Entering The Work Area, Shall Read And Be Familiar With All Posted Regulations, Personal Protection Requirements (including Workplace Entry And Exit Procedures) And Emergency Procedures. A Sign Off Sheet Shall Be Used To Acknowledge That These Procedures Have Been Reviewed And Understood By All Personnel Prior To Entry. all Personnel Shall Proceed First To The Clean Room And Appropriately Don Respiratory Protection And Launderable And/or Disposable Coveralls, Head Covering, And Foot Covering. Hard Hats, Eye Protection, And Gloves Shall Also Be Utilized If Required. Clean Respirators And Protective Clothing Shall Be Provided And Utilized By Each Person For Each Separate Entry Into The Work Area. personnel Wearing Designated Personal Protective Equipment Shall Proceed From The Clean Room Through The Airlock Into The Main Work Area. before Leaving The Work Area All Personnel Shall Remove Gross Contamination From The Outside Of Respirators And The Outer Protective Clothing By Brushing And/or Wet Wiping Procedures. Each Person Shall Clean Bottoms Of Protective Footwear Just Prior To Entering The Airlock. personnel Shall Proceed To The Airlock Where They Remove The Outer Protective equipment Except Respirators. Deposit Disposable And/or Launderable Clothing Back Into The Work Area Into Appropriately Labeled Containers For Disposal And/or laundering. reusable, Contaminated Footwear Shall Be Stored In The Airlock When Not In Use In The Work Area. Upon Completion Of Remediation, It Shall Be Disposed Of As Mold Contaminated Waste. Rubber Boots May Be Decontaminated At The Completion Of The Remediation Project For Reuse. still Wearing Respirators, Personnel Shall Proceed To The Clean Room, Clean The Outside Of The Respirators And The Exposed Face Area Under Running Water Prior To Removal Of Respirator. Various Types Of Respirators Will Require Slight Modification Of These Procedures. don Clean Disposable And/or Launderable Clothing If There Will Be Later Reentry Into The Work Area Or Street Clothes If It Is The End Of The Work Shift. these Procedures Shall Be Posted In The Clean Room And Equipment Room. waste Container Pass Out Procedures: mold Contaminated Waste That Has Been Containerized Shall Be Transported Out Of The Work Area Through The Waste Container Pass Out Airlock Or Through The Worker Decontamination Enclosure If A Separate Airlock Has Not Been Construction. waste Pass Out Procedures Shall Utilize Two Teams Of Workers, An "inside" Team And An "outside" Team. the Inside Team Wearing Appropriate Protective Clothing And Respirators For Inside The Work Area Shall Clean The Outside, Including Bottoms, Containers (bags, Drums, Or Wrapped Components) Using Hepa Vacuums And Wet Wiping Techniques And transport Them Into The Waste Container Pass Out Airlock. the Outside Team, Wearing Appropriately Assigned Respirators, Shall Enter The Airlock From The Outside Of The Work Area, Remove Them From The Airlock To The Outside. No Worker From The Outside Team Shall Further Enter The Work Area Through This Airlock. The Exit From This Airlock Shall Be Secured When Not In Use To Prevent Unauthorized Entry. personnel Protection Requirements training: prior To Commencement Of Remediation Activities, The Contractor Shall Have One Person Designated As A Competent Supervisor. This Person Shall Be On-site At All Times. special On-site Training On Equipment And Procedures Unique To This Job Site Shall Be Performed As Required. training In Emergency Response And Evaluation Procedures Shall Be Provided. respiratory Protection: all Respiratory Protection Shall Be Provided To Workers In Accordance With The Written Respiratory Protection Program, Which Includes All Items In osha 29 Cfr 1910.134 (b)(1-11). This Program Shall Be Posted In The Clean Room Of The Worker Decontamination Enclosure System. workers Shall Be Provided With Personally Issued, Individually Identified Respirators. respirator Types Shall Be Utilized According To The Following Schedule: full Face Air Purifying Respirators With Dual Hepa Filters Shall Be Utilized By Workers During Remediation Operations. full Face Powered Air Purifying Respirators Equipped With Hepa Filters May Be Used During Remediation Activities. fit Testing: workers Must Perform Positive And Negative Air Pressure Fit Tests Each Time A Respirator Is Put On, Wherever The Respirator Design So Permits. Powered Air Purifying Respirators Shall Be Tested For Adequate Flow As Specified By The manufacturer. workers Shall Be Given A Qualitative Fit Test In Accordance With Procedures Detailed In The Osha Lead Standard (29 Cfr 1910.1025, Appendix D, Qualitative Fit Test Protocols) For All Respirators To Be Used On This Remediation Project. An Appropriate administered Quantitative Fit Test May Be Substituted For The Qualitative Fit Test. documentation Of Adequate Respirator Fit Must Be Provided To The Owner. no One Wearing A Beard Shall Be Permitted To Don A Respirator And Enter The Work Area. protective Clothing: disposable Clothing Including Head, Foot, And Full Body Protection Shall Be Provided In Sufficient Quantities And Adequate Sizes For All Workers And Authorized Visitors. launderable Clothing, If Required, Shall Be Provided In Sufficient Quantities And Adequate Sizes For All Workers And Authorized Visitors. hard Hats, Protective Eyewear, Gloves, Rubber Boots, And/or Other Footwear Shall Be Provided As Required For Workers And Authorized Visitors. Safety Shoes May Be Required For Some Activities. commencement Of Work enclosure Systems Have Been Constructed And Tested. negative Pressure Ventilation Systems Are Functioning Adequately. all Pre-remediation Submissions, Notifications, Postings, And Permits Have Been Provided And Are Satisfactory To The Owner. all Equipment For Remediation, Cleanup, And Disposal Are On Hand. all Worker Training Is Completed. contractor Receives Written Permission From The Owner To Commence Remediation. removal/cleaning Procedures protection Of Materials Not Being Removed: materials That Are Not Being Removed Are To Be Protected From Any Damage That May Occur During Work. The Acoustic Ceiling Tile Suspension Grid Is To Be Cleaned Yet Remain In Place And Is Not To Be Damaged During The Removal Of The Tiles. level One: clean And Isolate Active Work Areas In Accordance With Section 3.01. wet All Mold Containing Materials With An Approved Biocide Solution Using Equipment Capable Of Providing A Fine Spray Mist, To Reduce Airborne Concentrations When The Material Is Disturbed. Keep All Removed Material Wet Enough To Prevent Release Until It Can Be Containerized For Disposal. removal And Cleaning: all Acoustic Ceiling Tiles, All Carpet Throughout The Entire Building Are To Be Removed And Properly Disposed Of. non-porous Materials - All Non-porous Surfaces Are To Be Cleaned Using A detergent Solution Or Solution Of Contractor's Choice That Will Re Move Mold. Hepa Vacuums May Be Used Along With The Solution For Cleaning. all Materials Need To Be Dried. Examples Of Non-porous Materials Include: metal glass hard Plastics plumbing Fixtures all Hvac Diffusers Are To Be Removed, Thoroughly Cleaned (as Detailed Above) And Set Aside Per Owner S Direction To Be Re-installed Later. semi-porous (e.g. Wood Doors, Unsealed Concrete) All Semi-porous Surfaces Are To Be Cleaned Using A Detergent Solution Or Solution Of Contractor's Choice That Will Remove Mold. This Solution Must Be Approved By Owner. Hepa Vacuums May Be Used Along With The Solution For Cleaning. All Materials Need To Be Dried. Examples Of Semi-porous Materials Include: wood concrete porous Materials - Remove All Porous Materials Where Visible Mold Growth Or Evidence Of Moisture Is Present. The Materials Should Be Removed, Bagged And Discarded. Examples Of Porous Materials Include: drywall insulation Of All Types carpet (all Being Removed, Regardless Of Evidence) acoustic Ceiling Tiles (all Being Removed, Regardless Of Evidence) containers (6 Mil Polyethylene Bags) Shall Be Sealed When Full. Bags Shall Not Be Overfilled. They Should Be Securely Sealed To Prevent Accidental Opening And Leakage By Tying Tops Of Bags In An Overhead Knot Or By Taping In gooseneck Fashion. Do Not Seal Bags With Wire Or Cord. Bags Shall Be Decontaminated On Exterior Surfaces By Wet Cleaning And Hepa Vacuuming. large Components Removed Intact May Be Wrapped In 2 Layers Of 6 Mil Polyethylene Sheeting Secured With Tape For Transport To The Landfill. mold Containing Waste With Sharp Edged Components (e.g., Nails, Screws, Metal Lath, Tin Sheeting) Will Tear The Polyethylene Bags And Sheet And Shall Be Reinforces With Extra Bags Or Wrapping. cleanup Procedure remove And Containerize All Visible Accumulations Of Mold Containing Material And Mold Contaminated Debris Utilizing Rubber Dust Pans, Rubber Squeegees, Hepa vacuums, Etc. remove All Containerized Waste From The Work Area And Waste Container Pass Out Airlock. decontaminate All Tools And Equipment And Remove At The Appropriate Time In The Cleaning Sequence. inspect The Work Area For Visible Residue. If Any Accumulation Of Residue Is Observed, It Will Be Assumed To Be Mold And The Work Area Must Be Re-cleaned. the Work Area Shall Be Cleaned Until It In Compliance With Criteria Agreed Upon By The Contractor And Owner Prior To Initiation Of Remediation Activities. following The Satisfactory Completion Of Clearance Criteria Remaining Barriers May Be Removed And Properly Disposed Of. A Final Visual Inspection By The Owner Shall Ensure That No Contamination Remains In The Work Area. Unsatisfactory Conditions May Require Additional Cleaning And Air Monitoring (see Section 3.11, Reestablishment Of The Work Area). clearance Testing following The Completion Of Cleanup Operations, The Remediation Contractor Shall Notify The Owner (or Industrial Hygiene Consultant Selected By Owner) When The Building Area Is Ready For Clearance Testing. Remediation Contractor Will Not Be Responsible For Performing Clearance Testing. The Owner (via Contracted Industrial Hygienist) Shall Arrange For Collecting Samples. 3.10 Disposal Procedures general: as The Work Progresses, To Prevent Exceeding Available Storage Capacity Onsite, Sealed And Labeled Containers Of Mold Containing Waste Shall Be Removed And Stored In The Dumpster On-site Until It Is Transported To The Prearranged Disposal Location. all Waste Shipment Records Shall Be Delivered To The Owner. A Recommended Record Keeping Format Utilizes The Waste Shipment Record (wsr) Which Includes The Names And Addresses Of The Generator (owner), Contractor, Transporter, And Disposal Site, The Estimated Quantity Of The Mold Waste And The Type Of Containers Used. transportation To The Landfill: once Drums, Bags And Wrapped Components Have Been Removed From The Work Area, They Shall Be Loaded Into An Enclosed Truck Or Dumpster For Transportation. any Debris Or Residue Observed On Containers Or Surfaces Outside Of The Work Area Resulting From Cleanup Or Disposal Activities Shall Be Immediately Cleaned Up Using Hepa Filtered Vacuum Equipment And/or Wet Methods As Appropriate. large Metal Dumpsters Are Sometimes Used For Mold Waste Disposal. These Should Have Doors Or Tops That Can Be Closed And Locked To Prevent Vandalism Or Other Disturbance Of The Bagged Mold Debris And Wind Dispersion Of Mold Fibers. Bags Shall Be Placed, Not Thrown, Into These Containers To Avoid Splitting. disposal At The Landfill: upon Reaching The Landfill, Trucks Are To Approach The Dump Location As Closely As Possible For Unloading Of The Mold Containing Waste. bags, Drums, And Components Shall Be Inspected As They Are Off Loaded At The Disposal Site. Waste Containers Shall Be Placed On The Ground At The Disposal Site, Not Pushed Or Thrown Out Of The Trucks. following The Removal Of All Containerized Waste, The Truck Cargo Area Shall Be Decontaminated Using Hepa Vacuums And/or Wet Methods To Meet The No Visible Residue Criteria. 3.11 Re-establishment Of The Work Area And Systems re-establishment Of The Work Area Shall Only Occur Following The Completion Of Cleanup Procedures And After Clearance Criteria Have Been Met And Documented To The Satisfaction Of The Owner. the Contractor And Owner Shall Visually Inspect The Work Area For Any Remaining Visible Residue. Evidence Of Contamination Will Necessitate Additional Cleaning Requirements In Accordance With Section 3.07. following Satisfactory Clearance Of The Work Area, Remaining Polyethylene Barriers May Be Removed And Disposed Of As Mold Contaminated Waste. at The Discretion Of The Contractor, Mandatory Requirements For Personal Protective Equipment May Be Waived Following The Removal Of All Barriers. re-secure Mounted Objects Removed From Their Former Positions During Area Preparation Activities. relocate Objects That Were Removed To Temporary Locations Back To Their Original Positions. reestablish Hvac, Mechanical And Electrical Systems In Proper Working Order. Remove Contaminated Hvac System Filters And Dispose Of As Mold Contaminated Waste. Decontaminate Filter Assembly Using Hepa Vacuums And Wet Cleaning Techniques. Install New Filters In Hvac Systems. Dispose Of Old Filters. repair All Areas Of Damage That Occurred Because Of Remediation Activities. period Of Performance upon Notice To Proceed, Contractor Shall Have 30 Calendar Days To Complete The Scope Detailed In This Document.